Prospectus Undergraduate Studies

PROSPECTUS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
2011
(Note: The final interpretation of all regulations in this Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies
shall be vested in Council).
i
NOTE
The Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies is valid for 2011 only. Curricula and syllabi may
be amended for 2012.
It is obtainable free of charge from:
The Registrar
Polytechnic of Namibia
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
NAMIBIA
Location: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek

Telephone: (+264-61) 207 2008 / 2118
Fax: (+264-61) 207 2113
Website: www.polytechnic.edu.na
E-mail: registrar@polytechnic.edu.na
Although the information contained in this Prospectus has been compiled as accurately as
possible, Council and Senate accept no responsibility for any errors and omissions, which
may occur. The Polytechnic retains the right to amend regulations or conditions without prior
notice.
Due to the rapidly changing external environment that many programmes operate in, and the
Polytechnic’s desire to remain constantly relevant in its offerings, some programmes may be
significantly amended after publication of this Prospectus. Please consult our website for the
latest versions of our curricula, syllabi and academic regulations.
The fact that particulars of a specific programme, field of study, subject, or course have been
included in this Prospectus does not necessarily mean that such a programme, field of study,
subject, or course will be offered in the academic year 2011.
© Polytechnic of Namibia/Office of the Registrar.
ii
RECTOR’S FOREWORD
Walter Bagehot, an English journalist and economist who lived in the 19th century, once said, “the greatest
pleasure in life is doing what people say you cannot do.” That is the true spirit of an explorer. One who
dares to venture into un-trodden paths and sail in uncharted waters.
The prevailing global financial/economic predicament is the most serious since the Great Depression of the
last century. Stock markets have fallen and remain jittery; large financial institutions been bailed out or taken
over by governments, or have simply folded; the increase in the commodity prices has not relented, thus
affecting poorer countries’ growth more negatively; and even the wealthiest governments have formulate
austerity measures to save their economies. This crisis has indeed changed the world forever.
What is Namibia’s response to this changed world? Are we going to watch the unfolding events at the
sidelines, or are we going to translate them into new opportunities? Often, we’re caught up in the daily
struggle for survival and routines - obscured by the challenges and difficulties – that we don’t realise the
many opportunities that lie beyond the moment or the dark cloud of gloom. The Chinese use two brush
strokes to write the world “crisis”: one brush stroke symbolises danger, the other opportunity. This is the
advice we give to our nation.
Just like an explorer’s instinct to preserve and overcome obstacles in his chosen path, the Polytechnic of
Namibia has remained resolute in deciphering the hidden opportunities or “treasures” that lie ahead. We
say that with a great measure of confidence because the Polytechnic provides a rich teaching and learning
environment for our faculty, staff and students, one with many academic pathways and global opportunities.
Over the years, we have launched bold and exciting new initiatives which represent fundamental shifts in
our educational approach, and the new curriculum model is a case in point. It is a curriculum developed
in a multi-cultural environment that speaks to the modern economy, the latter which requires graduates
with diverse foundational and advanced knowledge, and specialised skills and ‘world-of-work’ experience.
The many national and international partnerships and awards we have earned simply tell a story of the
recognition of our success and appreciation.
We offer high-class teaching and learning, research and services across a wide range of disciplines,
and develop ‘export-quality’ manpower. It is a well-known fact that our students and graduates are well
accepted internationally and have the advantage in the job market – they have bright prospects and are
almost always certain of employment.
In short, the Polytechnic is a crucible for understanding and mastering the world man is born into. We look
equally curiously at a particle of sand as we do at a particle of gold, because both are unique and must be
understood for their value and utility. Our meaning and relevance to the society is reflected in the relevant
and wide range of qualifications at under- and post-graduate levels we offer in sought-after disciplines
such as Architecture, Business, Communication, Entrepreneurship, Information and Communication
Technology, Engineering (including Mining and Transport), Health Sciences, Logistics and Supply Chain
Management, Management, Natural Resource Management (including Land Management), and Hospitality
and Tourism Management.
The qualifications, research and services are tailored to respond to the specific and evolving needs of
business and industry, and are supported by a network of specialised entities such as the Centres for
Teaching and Learning, Entrepreneurial Development, Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency, as well
as the Namibian-German Centre for Logistics, the Namibia Business Innovation Centre, and the Harold
Pupkewitz Graduate School of Business (HP-GSB).
The new knowledge economy will be managed by knowledge workers – those who are well educated,
well skilled and versatile. Our desire is to see our nation under visionary and capable leaders - leaders
with imagination and foresight, and who are excellent at the art of strategic thinking. They are the pillars
of ‘sustainable innovation.’ I welcome you all warmly to the Polytechnic and trust you to unleash your
potential so that you can ‘fly where the eagles fly’.
Faithfully,
Dr. Tjama Tjivikua

Founding Rector
iii
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Higher education in Namibia started around 1979/80. Prior to this, all students wishing to
pursue higher education had to go to South Africa or other countries abroad.
The Polytechnic of Namibia has its roots in the establishment of the Academy for Tertiary
Education by Act No. 13 of 1980. Classes in Teacher Training and Secretarial Courses started
on 14 January 1980.
Five years later, another Act, number 9 of 1985 was promulgated and the Academy consisting
of a university component (the present University of Namibia), a Technikon, and College for
Out-of School Training was established. The Technikon offered a total of 17 diploma and
certificate courses in Agriculture and Nature Conservation, Personnel Management, Public
Administration, Cost Accounting, Secretarial Training, and Communicative and Legal Training.
The College for Out-of-School Training (COST) offered 13 certificate courses in Technical and
Commerce/General areas. Some of the courses included pre-tertiary teacher training.
Shortly after independence in 1990 it was resolved that the three components be collapsed
into two independent higher education institutions, namely, a university and a polytechnic.
Act No. 18 of 1992 that established the University of Namibia was promulgated and this left
the Technikon and COST in some limbo, but they were placed under the auspices of the new
university until the promulgation of the Polytechnic Act.
Two years later, with the establishment of the Polytechnic of Namibia by Act No. 33 of 1994,
Technikon Namibia and the College for Out-of-School Training (COST) merged to become the
Polytechnic of Namibia. The Act provides for the gradual phasing out of vocational training
courses and the granting of degrees by the Polytechnic.
The former City Campus (former Academy) became the Polytechnic and its first Rector, Dr.
Tjama Tjivikua, was appointed on 4 August 1995, and the first meeting of Council was held on
10 August 1995. This event accelerated and completed the delinkage of the two institutions
of higher education in December 1995. The Polytechnic thus became an independent and
autonomous institution in January 1996. It held its first graduation ceremony at which the
President of the Republic of Namibia, Dr. Sam Nujoma, delivered the keynote address on 18
April 1996.
The Polytechnic’s governing structure includes the Council, its supreme policy-making body,
the Senate, which is responsible for the academic component of the institution, the Rector, its
chief academic and administrative officer, and a Students Representative Council.
Today, the Polytechnic offers 31 Certificates (29 Undergraduate and 2 Postgraduate Certificates),
21 Diplomas, 39 Bachelor degrees,15 Bachelor Honours degrees and 6 Masters degrees in
sixty-seven programmes ranging from Architecture, Business Administration, Communication,
Criminal Justice and Entrepreneurship to Engineering (including Mining and Transportation),
Geoinformation Technology, Information and Communication Technology, Bio-medical and
Environmental Health Sciences, Hospitality and Tourism Management, Logistics and Supply
Chain Management and Nature Conservation.
iv
MISSION AND VISION
VISION
To be a premier university of science and technology educating leaders for the new
economy.
MISSION
To promote national competitiveness by providing multiple opportunities for excellent

education, applied research, innovation and service.
v
CONTENTS
Page
Note ii
Rector’s Foreword iii
Historical Perspective iv
Mission and Vision v
Contents vi
Contact Details x
Officers of the Polytechnic xi
Members of Council xii
Members of Senate xiii
Academic Calendar 2011 xv
Academic Year 2011: Dates for Semester and Year Courses 2011 and 2012 xx
Meetings 2011 xxi
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS 1

Curriculum Framework 1
Qualifications 8
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS

General Information 12
Academic Regulations 18
Curriculum Regulations 18
Recognition of Prior Learning 19
Class Attendance 21
Assessment 23
Re-registration for a Qualification 30
Maximum Study Period 30
Promotion Regulations: Continuous and Diversified Assessment 30
Appeal by a Candidate 31
Graduation 31
Application and Interpretation of the Rules 32
FEES
Enquiries and Payments 33
Stipulations Regarding Students Fees 34
Fees Payable 34
Payment of Fees 39
Rebates and/or Discounts 40
Interest on Overdue Accounts 41
Refunds 41
Non-Formal Courses 42
Financial Assistance 42
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

Staff 43
Department of Accounting and Finance 48
Bachelor of Technology: Accounting & Finance 48
Department of Business Management 52
Bachelor of Business Administration 53
Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management 60
Bachelor of Entrepreneurship Honours 63
Bachelor of Marketing 65
vi
Bachelor of Technology: Marketing 68
Department of Human Resources Management 72
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (New) 72
National Diploma: Human Resources Management (2007-2009) 78
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Phased out 2006) 83
Department of Office Management & Technology 86
Bachelor of Office Management & Technology 87
Department of Economics 92
Bachelor of Technology: Economics 92
Bachelor of Transport Management 95
Department of Public Management 98
Bachelor of Technology: Public Management 98
Bachelor of Public Management 102
SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES

Staff 105
Department of Communication 109
Bachelor of Communication 109
Department of Languages 113
Bachelor of English 115
Department of Criminal Justice and Legal Studies 117
National Diploma: Police Science 117
Bachelor of Criminal Justice 120
Department of Media Technology 124
Bachelor of Journalism & Communication Technology 124
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
Staff 132
Engineering Admission Requirements 132
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil: Urban or Water 142
Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Urban Engineering 145
Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Water Engineering 145
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil 146
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining 151
Bachelor of Technology: Electronic/Power Engineering 154
Bachelor of Technology: Electronic Engineering 154
Bachelor of Technology: Power Engineering 157
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power 163
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication 165
National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical 171
Bachelor of Technology Degree in Mechanical Engineering 174
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical 175
Department of Technical and Vocational Education and Training 180
National Certificate: Vocational Instructor 181
National Higher Certificate: Vocational Instructor 182
National Diploma: Vocational Instructor 182
Department of Architecture 184
Bachelor of Architecture Honours 184
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES

Staff 188
Department of Bio-Medical Sciences 191
Bachelor of Bio-Medical Sciences 191
vii
National Higher Certificate: Emergency Medical Care 193
Department of Environmental Health Sciences 195
Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences 195
Department of Mathematics and Statistics 198
Bachelor of Science: Applied Mathematics and Statistics 198
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Staff
Diploma: Information Technology 200
Bachelor of Information Technology: Business Computing 204
Bachelor of Information Technology: Systems Administation and Networks 206
Bachelor of Information Technology: Software Development 209

SCHOOL OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM
Staff 215
Department of Agriculture 219
National Diploma in Agricultural Management 219
Bachelor of Agricultural Management 223
Department of Nature Conservation 227
National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) 228
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation 229
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management 231
Namibian Environmental Education Certificate 232
Department of Hospitality and Tourism Management 233
Bachelor of Hospitality Management 233
National Technical Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations 234
National Technical Certificate: Rooms Division Operations 235
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management 240
Department of Land Management 244
National Diploma in Property Studies 246
Bachelor of Property Studies Honours 247
National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management 251
Certificate in Land Administration 253
National Diploma in Land Management and Registration 254
Diploma in Land Administration 256
Bachelor of Land Administration 258
National Certificate in Land Use Planning 261
National Diploma in Land Use Planning 262
Bachelor of Technology: Land Management 264
Certificate in Land Surveying 267
National Diploma in Geomatics 268
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics 270
National Diploma in Land Surveying 278
Bachelor of Geo-information Technology 279
Bachelor of Geo0information Technology (New) 281
CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING

Staff 286
Distance Education Information 287
Bachelor of Public Management 301
Bachelor of Technology: Public Management 302
viii
Bachelor of Technology: Accounting and Finance 308
Bachelor of Business Administration 311
National Diploma: Business Administration 314
National Diploma: Marketing 316
Bachelor of Human Resources Management 322
Bachelor of Human Resources Management (2007-2010) 327
Bachelor of Office Management and Technology 337
Bachelor of Technology: Economics 338
Bachelor of English 344
Bachelor of Communication 346
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management 349
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation 350
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management 351
Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education (NEEC) 351
LIBRARY SERVICES 353
COMPUTER SERVICES 357
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS 359

General Information and Services Offered 359
Students Regulations 361
Student Activities 361
Students Disciplinary Regulations 363
General Hostel Regulations 371
AWARDS 378
Rector’s Medal 378
Merit Awards 378
ix
CONTACT DETAILS
Central Administration and Lecturers’ Offices

Postal Address: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA
Street Address: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek, NAMIBIA
Student post to: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA
Website: www.polytechnic.edu.na
Email: registrar@polytechnic.edu.na

Postal Address: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA
Street Address: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek, NAMIBIA
Tel: 207 2081/2206
Fax: 207 2208
Website: www.polytechnic.edu.na/coll
E-mail: coll@polytechnic.edu.na
TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Polytechnic Switchboard Operator: 2072111
Office of the Rector: Rector 207 2000/1-3

Vice-Rector: Administration & Finance 207 2004/5
Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs & Research 207 2280/1
Office of the Registrar: Registrar 207 2008/2118

Deputy Registrar 207 2379/2053
Examinations Office 207 2027/2412
Student Enquiries, Registrations,
and Records 207 2056
Office of the Bursar: Bursar 207 2007
Office of the DOS: Dean of Students 207 2165

Students Councillor 207 2270
Cultural Department 207 2070
Sports Department 207 9111

Students Representative Council 207 2457
Computer Services: Manager 207 2275
Library Library, enquiries and loan counter 207 2022
Hostels:
Men: Shangri-La Superintendent 207 2132
House Committee 207 2375
Call Office 229413/233130
Ladies: Mon Resa Superintendent 207 2131

Call Office 229405/234193/
233100
Ladies: Höpker
Superintendent 207 2131
NB: The international code in all numbers is +264-61
x
OFFICERS OF THE POLYTECHNIC
RECTOR
Tjama Tjivikua, B.A. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.S. (Lowell), Ph.D. (Pittsburgh)
VICE-RECTOR: ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AND RESEARCH

Vacant
VICE-RECTOR: ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE

Gert Günzel, B.A., S.E.D., Cert (Senior Management Programme) (Stellenbosch),
B.A. (Hons) Cum Laude (Stellenbosch), M.A. (Hons) Cum Laude (UOFS), B.Ed.,
D.Litt. et Phil. (Unisa)
REGISTRAR
Corneels Hermanus Jafta, B.Econ, H.E.D. (Western Cape), B.Ed. (UNAM), M.Ed.
(Canberra)
BURSAR
Sadia Brendel, Dip. Admin, B. Admin (Unam)
CHIEF LIBRARIAN
Judy Grobler, B.Bibl. (UOFS)
DEAN OF STUDENTS
Frieda Shimbuli, B.Sc. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.Sc. (St Joseph’s University), Dip.
Journalism (Berlin), Cert. Audio-Visual (London)
xi
MEMBERS OF COUNCIL
1. Mr. Niilo Taapopi - Chairperson
2. Ms. Evelyn Breuer - Vice-Chairperson
3. Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector
3. Dr. Gert Gunzel - Vice-Rector: Administration and Finance
4. Vacant - Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs and Research
5. Dr. Louis Burger
6. Mr. Erastus N. Ikela
7. Ms. Meriam Kahitu
8. Ms. Katrina Liswani
9. Mr. Festus Katuna Mbandeka
10. Ms. Florence Zitha Munyungano
11. Ms. Loide Shaanika
12. Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - Senate Representative to Council
13. Mr. Corneels Jafta - Secretary to Council
14. Mr. Ashwell. W. Forbes - SRC President
xii
MEMBERS OF SENATE
Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector and Chairperson

Dr. Gert Günzel - Vice-Rector: Administration and Finance
Vacant – Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs and Research
Mr. Corneels Jafta - Registrar
Members of Council
Dr Louis Burger – Council Member
Ms Florence Munyungano – Council Member
Deans and Heads of Departments

School of Business & Management (SBM)
Mr. Kofi Boamah – Dean
Mr. Paul Maliti - HOD: Accounting and Finance
Mr. Joseph Madhimba – HOD: Business Management
Dr. Cyril Ogbokor - HOD: Economics
Ms. Lydiah Wambui – HOD: Human Resources Management
Ms. Patsy Weimers – HOD: Office Management and Technology
Dr Andrew Niikondo – HOD: Public Management
Mr. Van Wyk du Plessis - Director: Accounting and Finance
Prof. Claus Kaldeich - Academic Director: Namibian-German Centre for Logistics
School of Communication (SCCJLS)

Dr. Sarala Krishnamurthy – Dean
Mr. Fred Opali - HOD: Languages
Ms. Tracy Grellmann - HOD: Communcation
Ms. Mariette Hanekom – HOD: Criminal Justice and Legal Studies
Ms. Emily Brown - HOD: Media Technology
School of Engineering (SOE)

Dr. Zacchaeus Oyedokun - Dean
Dr. Victor Kamara – HOD: Civil Engineering
Mr. Kalaluka Kanyimba - HOD: Electronics/Power Engineering
Mr. Samuel John - HOD: Mechanical Engineering
Mr. Steve van Staden - HOD: Technical and Vocational Educational Training
Dr. Helmut Mischo – Director: Civil Engineering
Mr. Godfrey Dzinonwa - Dirctor: Mining Engineering
Dr. Klaus Mueller - CIM Expert and Professor of Civil Engineering
Prof. Damas Alfred Mashauri - Professorial Chair of IWRM
School of Health and Applied Sciences

Dr. Sylvester R. Moyo – Dean
Mr. Chris Hikuam – HOD: Bio-Medical Sciences
Ms. Charmaine Jansen - HOD: Environmental Health Sciences
Dr. Immanuel Ajibola - HOD: Mathematics and Statistics
School of Information Technology (SIT)

Dr. Heike Winschiers – Dean
Mr. Admire Kachepa – HOD: Basic Computer Studies
Mr. Johnson Billawer - HOD: Business Computing
Mr. Peter Gallert - HOD: Computer Systems and Networks
Mr. Jens Fendler - HOD: Software Engineering
Prof. Hippolyte Muyingi - MTC Endowed Chair in ICT
xiii
School of Natural Resources and Tourism (SNRT)
Mr. Lameck Mwewa - Dean
Mr. Salomo Mbai - HOD: Agriculture
Dr. Joram Ndlovu – HOD: Hospitality and Tourism Management
Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - HOD: Land Management
Dr. Willem Jankowitz – HOD: Nature Conservation
Library
Ms. Judy Grobler – Chief Librarian
SRC
Mr. Ashwell Forbes - President
xiv
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2011
CORE DATES
DATE ACTIVITY
JANUARY
1 S New Years Day (Public Holiday)
3 M Institution Re-opens
Administrative Staff Resume Duty
17 M Namibian Schools Open (First Term)
18 Tu Academic Staff Resume Office Duties
21 F Last Day for Application for Remark and Recheck: November 2010 Examinations
Academic Welcome
23 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
24 M Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek – Information Administration
Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (March Senate)
28 F Registration Ends: Senior Students
Submission of Revised Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek – Information Administration
31 M Registration Begins: First Year Students
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek - Information Administration
FEBRUARY
4 F Registration Ends: First Year Students

Agenda Closes: Institutional Research and Publications Committee Meeting
COLL Vacation School Ends : Windhoek - Information Administration
Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum)
Documentation
5 S NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION BEGINS: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS
7 M NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS
Late Registration Begins
8 Tu NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION ENDS: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS
9 W Lectures Begin (First Semester)
Official Opening of Academic Year
Agendas Close: All Boards of Studies
11 F Late Registration Ends: All Programmes and COLL
13 S MIB (International Trade and Logistics) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
17 Th Meeting: Institutional Research and Publications Committee
18 F Polytechnic Management Meeting
21 M Meeting: BOS – Natural Resources and Tourism
22 Tu Meeting: BOS – Communication
23 W Meeting: BOS - Engineering
24 Th Meeting: BOS – Business and Management
25 F SENEX: April Promotion and Graduation
Submission to COLL of 1st Tutorial Letter with Assignments for 2011: Second Semester Courses
Submission to COLL of New and Revised Study Material for 2011: Second Semester Courses
Submission to COLL of All Courses to be Revised/Developed For 2012
28 M Meeting: BOS – Information Technology
Last Day For Course/Programme Amendments/Applications For Credit/Cancellations With 100%
Credit: All Courses & Programmes
33% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses

MARCH

1 Tu Meeting: BOS – Health and Applied Sciences
2 W Agenda Closes: Senate
5 S MIB (International Trade & Logistics) Contact Sessions Ends (2009/11 Cohort)
18 F Meeting: Senate
20 S MIB (International Financial Management) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12)
21 M Namibia Independence Day (Public Holiday)
24 Th CAREER FAIR 2011
25 F CAREER FAIR 2011
26 S MIB Contact End (2010/12 Cohort)
30 W Agenda Closes: Council
31 Th 66% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
26% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
Last day for application for Retention of Semester Mark (3rd and 4th Opportunity Examinations)
xv
APRIL
1 F Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate
in March)
4 M Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (June Senate)
6 W Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet : April 2011 – Faculty Officers
only – Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks
9 S MIB (International Financial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
14 Th Awards Ceremony
16 S Graduation Ceremony
17 S MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
18 M Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum)
Documentation
20 W Agenda Closes: All Boards of Studies
21 Th Meeting: Council
Namibian Schools Close (First Term)
Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers: June Examination Session
22 F Good Friday (Public Holiday)
25 M Easter Monday (Public Holiday)
26 Tu Mid Semester Break Begins
COLL Vacation School Begins
28 Th Last day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Text books for
the 2nd Semester, 2011
29 F Last day for Course Cancellation of Any Nature
100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
Mid Semester Break Ends
COLL Vacation School Ends
MAY
1 S Workers Day (Public Holiday)
2 M Public Holiday
3 Tu Institutional Holiday
4 W Cassinga Day (Public Holiday)
5 Th Lectures Begin: All Schools
Meeting: BOS – Communication
6 F Meeting: BOS – Information Technology
7 S MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
9 M Meeting: BOS – Business and Management
Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers: June Examination Session
10 Tu Meeting: BOS –Natural Resources & Tourism
11 W Meeting: BOS –Engineering
12 Th Meeting: BOS – Health and Applied Sciences
Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: October 2011 Ceremony
15 S MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort)
16 M Namibian Schools Open (Second Term)
Submission to Examinations of Semester Marks: COLL
18 W HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
19 Th HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
20 F Lectures End: First Semester – All Schools
23 M Last Day for Submission of Semester Mark: Semester Courses
25 W Africa Day (Public Holiday)
26 Th Agendas Close: Senate
Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin
28 S Information Administration Practical Examinations End
30 M Examinations Begin: June Session – Semester Courses
JUNE
2 Tu Ascension Day (Public Holiday)
4 S MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort)
15 W Agenda Closes: Council
16 Th Day of the African Child (School Holiday)
18 S Examinations End: June Session – Semester Courses
19 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE
20 M Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses
Mid Year Recess Begins
xvi
Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate
in June)
26 S MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort)
27 M Last Day for Submission of Examination Marks: June Session
30 Th 62% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses
Last Day for Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Year Courses
JULY
1 F SENEX: June Examination Results (am)
Release of June Examination Results (pm)
3 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
4 M Registration Begins: Second Semester
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration
8 F Meeting: Council
Registration Ends: Second Semester
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek - Information Administration
10 S Mid Year Recess Ends
11 M Lectures Begin: Second Semester – All Schools
14 Th Last Day for Application for Remark: June Examinations
15 F Last Day for Deans/HOD’s to Submit Fees Analysis to Finance
Submission of Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year
16 S MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort)
25 M Academic Promotion of Students Begins
29 F 33% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
Last Day for Course Amendments/Cancellations with 100% Credit: Semester Courses
Last Day for Submission to Finance of Budget Estimates and Motivations
AUGUST
1 M CULTURAL FESTIVAL BEGINS

3 W Academic Promotion of Students Ends
Agenda closes: Institutional Research & Publication Committee
INTERNATIONAL CUISINE DAY
5 F MR AND MISS POLYTECHNIC
CULTURAL FESTIVAL ENDS
8 M Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (October Senate)
18 Th Meeting: Institutional Research & Publication Committee
Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum)
Documentation
Approval of Polytechnic Action Plan for 2012 Academic Year
Lectures End
Agenda Closes: Council
22 M Mid Semester Break Begins
COLL Vacation School Begins: Windhoek
23 Tu Agendas Close: All Boards of Studies
24 W Namibian Schools Close (Second Term)
25 Th Submission to COLL of 1st Tutorial Letter with Assignments for 2012: First Semester and Year Courses
Submission to COLL of New and Revised Study Material for 2012
26 F Heroes Day (Public Holiday)
27 S COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek
28 S Mid Semester Break Ends
29 M Lectures Begin
in August)
31 W 66% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses
Last Day for Application for 3rd and 4th Opportunity Examinations
SEPTEMBER

1 Tu SENEX: October Promotion and Graduation
5 M Meeting: BOS – Engineering
Namibian Schools Open (Third Term)
6 Tu Meeting: BOS – Natural Resources and Tourism
7 W Meeting: BOS – Information Technology
8 Th Meeting: BOS – Communication
Last Day for all Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Semester Courses
9 F Meeting: BOS – Health and Applied Sciences
12 M Meeting: BOS – Business and Management
xvii
15 Th Last Day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Textbooks for
the 1st Semester 2012
25 S MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort)
29 Th Mature Age Entry Testing Begins
Last Day for Submission of Applications for 2012
Last Day for Course Cancellations of Any Nature
100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester and Year Courses
OCTOBER
1 S Mature Age Entry Testing Ends
MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort)
3 M Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session
4 Tu Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet: October 2011 Ceremony –
Faculty Officers only – Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks
7 F Meeting: Senate
10 M Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session
13 Th Awards Ceremony
14 F Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: COLL
Graduation Ceremony
20 Th Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: April 2012 Ceremony
21 F Lectures End: Second Semester – All Schools
Polytechnic Management Meeting
Agenda Closes: Council
24 M Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: Second Semester Courses
Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin
in October)
28 F Information Administration Practical Examinations End
31 M Examinations Begin: November Session
Last Day for External Purchase Orders

NOVEMBER
3 Th Last day for Processing of Applications of Prospective Students for 2012
7 M Selection of New Students for 2012 Begins
19 S Examinations End: November Session
20 S HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE
21 M Selection of New Students for 2012 Ends
22 T Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses
Submissions of Contributions for Annual Report 2011
28 M Last Day for Submission to Examinations of all Examination Marks
Dispatch of Letters of Admission/Rejection
Last Day for Internal Purchases from the Stores

DECEMBER
2 F Academic Promotion of Students Begins
7 W Namibian Schools Close (Third Term)
8 Th Academic Promotion of Students Ends
9 F SENEX: November Examination Results (am)
Release of November Examination Results (pm)
End of Academic Activities
10 S International Human Rights Day (Public Holiday)
22 Th Institution Closes: 16:30
23 F Institution Closed
25 S Christmas Day (Public Holiday)
26 M Family Day (Public Holiday)
27 Tu Institution Closed
JANUARY 2012
1 S New Years Day (Public Holiday)
2 M Public Holiday
3 Tu Administrative Staff Resume Office Duties
16 M Namibian Schools Open (First Term)
18 W Academic Staff Resume Office Duties
19 Th Last Day for Applications for Remark: November 2011 Examinations
Academic Welcome
22 S HOSTEL AND KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN
23 M Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek – Information Administration
xviii
24 Tu Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/
Centres for Review (PD&R, QA, CTL)
27 F Registration Ends: Senior Students
COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek – Information Administration
30 M Registration Begins: First Year Students
COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration
xix
ACADEMIC YEAR 2011
Semester Dates
Semester 1 08.02 – 20.05
Mid-semester break 26.04 – 29.04
GOOD FRIDAY 22.04.2011

EASTER MONDAY 25.04.2011
Mid-year Recess 20.06-08.07
Semester 2 11.07 - 21.10

Mid-semester break 22.08 - 25.08
PUBLIC HOLIDAYS 2011

DATE MONTH DAY HOLIDAY
01 January Saturday New Year’s Day
21 March Monday Independence Day
22 April Friday Good Friday
25 April Monday Easter Monday
01 May Sunday Workers’ Day
02 May Monday Public Holiday
03 May Tuesday Institutional Holiday
04 May Wednesday Cassinga Day
25 May Wednesday Africa Day
2 June Thursday Ascension Day
26 August Friday Heroes’ Day
10 December Saturday International Human Rights Day
25 December Sunday Christmas Day
26 December Monday Family Day

ACADEMIC YEAR 2012
Semester Dates
Semester 1 06.02 - 24.05

Mid-semester break 10.04 - 13.04
GOOD FRIDAY 06.04.2012

EASTER MONDAY 09.04.2012
Mid-year Recess 18.06 – 06.07
Semester 2 16.07-26.10
Mid-semester break 28.08- 31.08
XX
MEETINGS
BOARDS OF STUDIES
School/Month Feb/Mar May September
Natural Resources and Tourism 21.02 10.05 06.09
Communication 22.02 05.05 08.09
Engineering 23.02 11.05 05.09
Business and Management 24.02 09.05 12.09
Information Technology 28.02 06.05 07.09
Health and Applied Sciences 01.03 12.05 09.09
SENATE
March June August October
18 (Friday) 10 (Friday) 12 (Friday) 07 (Friday)
SENEX (EXAMINATIONS)
July December
01 (Friday) 09 (Friday)
SENEX (PROMOTION AND GRADUATION)

February September
25 (Friday) 01 (Thursday)
COUNCIL
April July September November
21 (Thursday) 08 (Friday) 02 (Friday) 04 (Friday)
INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

February August
17 (Thursday) 18 (Thursday)

xxi
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK
INTRODUCTION
The curriculum framework of the Polytechnic of Namibia (PON) was approved by Senate in
October 2009 and implementation commenced in January 2010. The curriculum framework
document was developed in the context of the institution’s vision, mission and values and
brings together all aspects of the Polytechnic’s intentions and expectations in terms of
programme attributes and development imperatives, teaching and learning and assessment,
and provides a coherent guiding document within which these attributes are to be achieved
and these activities are to be carried out. The provisions of the curriculum framework apply
to the development, teaching and assessment of all programmes leading to qualifications at
the Polytechnic and facilitate, amongst others, the alignment of qualifications to the National
Qualifications Framework (NQF).
POLYTECHNIC GRADUATE OUTCOMES

The Polytechnic of Namibia expects all its graduates to possess, at the level appropriate to
the qualification being awarded, the following graduate attributes:
• Technical and/or professional and/or subject knowledge and the application thereof for
the purpose of furthering a career or engaging in economic activity in the field of expertise
or cognate area of learning of the relevant qualification.
• Critical thinking.
• Problem solving.
• Good Communication Skills in English and another language if required.
• Culturally sensitive global and responsible citizenship.
• Engaged community membership.
POLYTECHNIC CURRICULUM MODEL

The Polytechnic Curriculum Model (illustrated in Figure 1 below) is primarily aimed at guiding
undergraduate programmes and is based on the following principles:
• Design of a programme of learning that will facilitate delivery of the Polytechnic graduate
outcomes, meaning that generic competencies are built into the curriculum.
• Articulation between qualifications, meaning that credit may be transferred more easily
between qualifications within a School and even between Schools. This is to be achieved
by starting students in programmes in the same cognate area from a common base, and
gradually specialising at the higher levels.
• Increasing complexity of learning moving from foundational learning to application and
specialisation at the higher levels, meaning that a more-or-less even spread of credits
must be achieved in a programme covering more than one NQF level.
• Professional or career focus, meaning that work-integrated learning is an integral part of
any curriculum and that specific career-focused competencies must be delivered.
The Curriculum Model includes the following types of learning:
Basic Studies (maximum 72 credits)

Basic Studies are courses designed to provide the incoming student with basic and foundational
(subject) competencies (knowledge) underpinning learning in a higher education institution
in general and in the specific cognate area of the programme of learning. In total, Basic
Studies should not exceed 72 credit points, but may include required learning that is not
credit-bearing.
1
Institutional Core requirements (maximum 36 credits)
Polytechnic core requirements that should form part of all qualifications are courses
delivering competencies in the following areas:
• Computer User Skills
• English Communication
• Information Competence
• Basic Mathematics
• Basic Science
• Contemporary Issues
The table, below, summarises essential information regarding institutional core

courses which will be implemented effective from January 2011:
Course Course Title Semester(s) NQF Level NQF Credits

Code Offered
CUS411S Computer User Skills 1 and 2 4 10
(CUS)
LIP411S Language in Practice 1 and 2 4 Non-Credit
(LP) Bearing
(NCB)
ICT521S Information 2 or higher 5 10
Competence (following CUS in
the curriculum)
BMS411S Basic Mathematics 1 and 2 4 12
BSC410S Basic Science 1 and 2 4 8
CIS610S Contemporary Issues 5 or 6 (of all 6 12
new/revised
undergraduate
programmes)
Learners entering with good competencies in some of the above courses may be
exempted from these courses in accordance with standards and criteria decided
by Senate from time to time. Some of these institutional core courses, such as
Basic Mathematics and Basic Science, may be subsumed by the core courses of a
programme.
Exemption from Institutional Core Courses

Candidates may be considered for exemption, in accordance with Senate’s resolution,
from the following institutional core courses based on their Grade12/NSSC Grades
in relevant subjects:
INSTITUTIONAL CORE SCHOOL SUBJECT(S) GRADE

COURSE
Basic Mathematics Mathematics Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4
(Higher Level)
Basic Science Biology and Physical Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4
Science (Higher Level)
Computer User Skills Computer Studies Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4
(Higher Level)
2
Language in Practice English Language Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4
(Higher Level)
School Core (approximately 18 credits)

School core courses are those courses that lay the foundation in the cognate area
of the programme. These are selected by each School as appropriate.
Electives (approximately 18 credits)

Elective courses that form part of Basic Studies are courses designed to broaden
the experience of the student and to ensure that graduates are well-rounded
and possessed of a broad worldview. These courses may include such courses
as Sociology, Psychology, Economics, Law, and so forth. Schools must choose
these electives with care to ensure that students do achieve the broadening as
expected.
Professional Studies (minimum 180 credits)

Professional Studies form the core of the cognate area (subject/profession/career) of the
specific programme. These courses form the mainstay of the programme and should be
designed to ensure basic competence of the graduate in the specific cognate area, including
specific technological competence.
Specialisation (minimum 72 credits)

Specialisation courses are designed to add value to the professional studies and to provide
deepening of competence in a specific subject area or area of professional or technical practice.
These are programme specific and may be offered in the form of electives.
Work Integrated Learning (minimum 36 credits)

Work-integrated learning is the opportunity afforded to students to practice, in a real work
situation, what they have learnt in the programme. Work-integrated learning is an important
part of the process of achieving competence. Schools must make provision for work-integrated
learning to take place at a stage of the programme when learners have gained sufficient
knowledge to make their practical learning valuable to themselves and the workplace. Although
it is preferable that students are placed in a real work situation for fulfilment of this requirement,
it may also be met by simulated work integrated learning.
Research/Creative Work/Professional Project (minimum 30 credits)

Creative work/Research output/Professional Project work is a requirement at Level 8 of the
Professional Bachelor and the Integrated Bachelor Honours (480 credits) degree.
3
POLYTECHNIC QUALIFICATION TYPES
Certificates and Diplomas at NQF Level 4-8 including Postgraduate Certificates and
Diplomas
Polytechnic Certificates and Diplomas are qualifications issued at any level from 4 - 8. The
purpose of these qualifications is to fulfil particular needs in society and industry.
Polytechnic Certificates consist of a minimum of 60 credits.
Polytechnic Diplomas consist of a minimum of 120 credits.
The NQF Level of the Certificate/Diploma will always be communicated in the description
and title of the qualification and in the transcript, with those at Level 8 being designated
‘Postgraduate’.
The Bachelor (Level 7)

The Polytechnic Bachelor degree at Level 7 consists of a minimum of 360 credits. The
Bachelor degree will consist of the following types of learning as per the Polytechnic Curriculum
Model:
• Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising:
o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills
in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological
Competence, and Contemporary Issues.
o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject
areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted
in the School.
o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learner’s experience and
competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside
the School/Faculty.
• Professional and/or Technical Studies forming the basis of the career/professional
roles to be carried out by the graduate (approximately 180 credits).
• Work-integrated Learning (approximately 36 credits) representing the opportunity for
practice of learned competencies in a real workplace situation.
• Specialisation (approximately 72 credits) representing deepening of knowledge and
competence in a specific area of specialisation in the subject knowledge and/or professional
practice.
The Bachelor degree may include the credits for a National Certificate and/or a National
Diploma.
The credits for the Bachelor degree are spread more or less evenly over levels 5, 6 and 7 of
the NQF to ensure progression of complexity of learning and the building and deepening of
knowledge in one or two major subject areas or areas of professional/technical practice.
The Polytechnic of Namibia restricts the use of the qualification title ‘Bachelor of Science’
to those Bachelor degrees of which the professional or technical studies comprises at least
50 % of studies in the Natural Sciences. All other Bachelor degrees may use the appropriate
professional/technical designation.
The curriculum for the Bachelor degree in each School or common area of study is designed
in such a way that there is great opportunity for credit transfer at Levels 4 and 5 between
qualifications in the same School and also across Schools in the institution.
4
The Professional Bachelor (Level 8)
The Professional Bachelor degree at Level 8 is designed to fulfil the educational requirements
for registration as a professional in any of the fields controlled by national regulated professional
bodies. The outcomes of the Professional Bachelor will meet both the requirements of the NQF
and that of the profession or occupation concerned, should these be different.
The Professional Bachelor consists of a minimum of 480 credits and must meet the professional
registration requirements of the appropriate professional body. A minimum of 120 credits must
be at Level 8. In addition to the requirements of the professional body, if not subsumed by
such requirements, the professional Bachelor shall include the following essential elements
of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model:
in the School.
the School/Faculty.
The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level
or any other appropriate qualification at level 9.
Integrated Bachelor Honours 480 credits

The integrated Bachelor Honours degree of minimum 480 credits culminating at Level 8 is
an initial higher education degree designed to meet the outcomes and requirements of those
careers and fields where a level of training beyond that of Bachelor is required, but such field or
career is not regulated by a nationally recognised professional body. The Polytechnic Bachelor
Honours consists of a minimum of 480 credits. A minimum of 120 of these credits must be at
Level 8, of which a minimum of 30 credits must be for research output.
The Integrated Bachelor Honours shall include the following essential elements of the
Polytechnic Curriculum Model:
in the School.
the School/Faculty.
Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) 120 credits

The Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) is an initial postgraduate specialisation degree that links
the undergraduate Bachelor degree (Level 7) with studies at Level 9. The Bachelor Honours
(PG) consists of a minimum of 120 credits, of which at least 30 credits must be for research
5
output. The Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) degree builds on the outcomes of a Bachelor
degree in the same subject area or career-focused cognate area of learning.
Master
The Polytechnic Master degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 9, consisting of a minimum
of 240 credits, all of which must be at Level 9. The requirements for the Master degree can be
completed by thesis only, by thesis and coursework combined or by mini-thesis and coursework
combined. In the case of a Masters degree combining coursework with a thesis or mini-thesis,
the contribution of research output must constitute at least 80 of the eligible credits.
The Master degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further studies at
Doctoral level or any other qualification at Level 10.
Doctorate
The Polytechnic Doctoral degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 10, consisting of a minimum
of 360 credits, all of which must be at level 10.
6
7
QUALIFICATIONS
The following certificates, diplomas and degrees are offered by the Polytechnic of Namibia:
QUALIFICATIONS REGISTERED ON NATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK (NQF)
Undergraduate
Certificate in Criminal Justice 132 credits Level 5 25CCJT
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) 375 credits Level 7 25BACJ
Bachelor of Science in Applied Maths and Stats 455 credits Level 7 35BAMS
(Accounting option)
461 credits
(Economics option)
Postgraduate
Bachelor of Criminal Justice Honours 137 credits Level 8 25BHCJ
Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Maths 150 credits Level 8 35BHAM
Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Stats 150 credits Level 8 35BHAS

QUALIFICATIONS ALIGNED WITH NQF (REGISTRATION PENDING)
Undergraduate
Certificate in Public Management 1 year 24BPMA
Certificate in Transport Management 1 year 05CTRM
Diploma in Human Resources Management 2 years 06DHRM
Diploma in Transport Management 2 years 06DTRM
Bachelor of Public Management 3 years 24BPMA
Bachelor of Human Resources Management 3 years 07BHRM
Bachelor of Transport Management 3 years 07BTRM
Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management 3 years 07BLSM
Bachelor of Entrepreneurship Honours 4 years 22BHEP
Bachelor of English 3 years 25BAEN
Bachelor of Communication 3 years 25BACO
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Correctional Management) 3 years 25BCSM
Bachelor of Journalism & Communication Technology 3 years 25BJCT
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil 4.5 years 35BECV
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining 4.5 years 35BEMI
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics & Telecommunications 4.5 years 35BEET
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power 4.5 years 35BEEP
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical 4.5 years 35BEME
Bachelor of Architecture 3 years 59BHAR
Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences 4 years 50BBMS
Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences 4 years 50BEHS
Diploma in Information Technology 1 year 80NDIT
Bachelor of Information Technology: Business Computing 3 years 80BSBC
Bachelor of Information Technology: Software Development 3 years 80BSSD
Bachelor of Information Technology: Systems Admin & Networks 3 years 80BSAN
Certificate in Land Administration 1 year 27CLAD
Certificate in Land Surveying 1 year 27CLAS
Diploma in Agricultural Management 2.5 years 27DAGR
Diploma in Property Studies 3 years 27DPRS
Diploma in Land Administration 2.5 years 27DLAD
Diploma in Geomatics 3 years 27DGEM
Diploma in Geoinformation Technology 2 years 06DGIT
8
Bachelor of Agricultural Management 3.5 years 27BAGR
Bachelor of Property Studies Honours 4 years 27BPRS
Bachelor of Land Administration 3 years 27BLAD
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics 3 years 27BSGE
Bachelor of Geoinformation Technology 3 years 07BGIT
Postgraduate
Bachelor of Human Resources Management Honours 1 year 08HRMH
Bachelor of Public Management Honours 1 year 24BHPM
Bachelor of Logistics Honours 1 year 22BCOH
Master of International Business 2 years 22MIIB
Master of Science in Leadership and Change Management 1.5 years 22MSLC
Post Graduate Executive Cert. in ICT Policy and Regulation 1 year 22PCIT
Bachelor of English Honours 1 year 25BHEN
Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology Honours 1 year 25HJCT
Bachelor of Architecture Honours 1 year 59BHAR
Master of Transportation Engineering 2 years 52MTEN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing 1 year 80BHBC
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering 1 year 80BHSE
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networks 1 year 80BHCN
Post Graduate Cert.: Business Computing (Information Systems Audit) 1 year 08PGBC
Master of Information Technology 2 years 80MIFT
Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours 1 year 27BHAM
Master of Integrated Land Management 2 years 27MILM
PRE-NQF QUALIFICATIONS (TO BE ALIGNED)

Undergraduate
National Certificate in Accounting and Finance 1 year 23BACF
National Certificate in Business Studies 1 year 21CBUS
National Certificate in Office Management & Technology 1 year 25COMT
National Diploma in Accounting and Finance 3 years 23BACF
National Diploma in Marketing 3 years 21DMRK
National Diploma in Business Administration 3 years 21DBAD
National Diploma in Office Management & Technology 3 years 25DOMT
Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance 4 years 23BACF
Bachelor of Technology in Economics 4 years 23BECO
Bachelor of Business Administration 4 years 21BBAD
Bachelor of Marketing 4 years 21BMRK
Bachelor of Office Management & Technology 4 years 25BOMT
National Certificate in Engineering (Civil and Project Management) 1.5 years 35DCPM
National Certificate in Power Engineering 2 years 35BPEN
National Certificate in Electronic Engineering 2 years 35BELL
National Certificate in Mechanical Engineering 2 years 35BMEC
National Higher Certificate in Engineering (Civil and Project Man) 2 years 35DCPM
National Higher Certificate in Power Engineering 2.5 years 35BPEN
National Higher Certificate in Electronic Engineering 2.5 years 35BELL
National Higher Certificate in Mechanical Engineering 2.5 years 35BMEC
National Higher Certificate (Vocational Instructor) 2 years 35HPVT
National Diploma in Engineering (Civil and Project Management) 3 years 35DCPM
National Diploma in Power Engineering 3 years 35BPEN
National Diploma in Electronic Engineering 3 years 35BELL
National Diploma in Mechanical Engineering 3 years 35BMEC
National Diploma (Vocational Instructor) 3 years 35DPVT
9
Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Urban) 2 years 35BCUR
Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Water) 2 years 35BCWT
Bachelor of Technology in Electronic Engineering 2 years 35BELL
Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering 2 years 35BMEC
Bachelor of Technology in Power Engineering 2 years 35BPEN
National Higher Certificate in Emergency Medical Care 2 years 55CEMC
Certificate in Community-Based Natural Resource Management 1 year 27CNRM
Certificate in Namibian Environmental Education 1 year 27NEEC
National Technical Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations 1 year 27CFBO
National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations 1 year 27CRDO
National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations 1 year 27CFBO
National Certificate in Rooms Division Operations 1 year 27CRDO
National Certificate in Travel and Tourism Operations 1 year 27CTTO
National Certificate in Land Use Planning 1 year 27CLUP
National Certificate in Nature Conservation (Techniques) 1 year 27CNAT
National Diploma in Hotel Management 3 years 27DHMN
National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management 3 years 27DTTM
National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) 3 years 27DNAT
National Diploma in Land Use Planning 3 years 27DLUP
Bachelor of Hospitality Management 4 years 27BHMN
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management 4 years 27BTTM
Bachelor of Technology in Land Management 1 year 27BLMN
Bachelor of Technology in Nature Conservation 1 year 27BNAT
Postgraduate
Master of Integrated Water Resources Management:
Module: Water for People (SADC-Cooperation) 6 months 35MWRM
OUTSIDE PROGRAMMES ACCREDITED BY THE POLYTECHNIC

Certificate (Sea Fisheries Observer)
Certificate (Sea Fisheries Inspector)
Certificate (Junior Hospitality Skills)
EXTRA-CURRICULAR COURSES
Hospitality Skills Courses
Resort Operations Courses
Computer Training Courses
Language Courses
CENTRE FOR ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT

Certificate in Business Process Management (CATS)
Certificate in Events Management
Short Courses
ACCREDITATION OF THE POLYTECHNIC QUALIFICATIONS

The Polytechnic of Namibia is established by a law of the Republic of Namibia to deliver higher
education programmes leading to qualifications at all tertiary levels. As such, its qualifications
are nationally and internationally recognised.
10
However, to ensure international comparability and quality of its programmes, the Polytechnic
has, since 1999, been evaluated by South African higher education accreditation bodies.
Currently the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC) of the Council for Higher Education
in South Africa is the body that evaluates and accredits its qualifications.
The Master of International Business is accredited by the Foundation for International Business
Administration Accreditation.
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
GI1 APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION

All prospective full-time, part-time, and distance education students must apply
for admission to the Polytechnic of Namibia on the prescribed form. Application
forms are available on request from the Office of the Registrar and on the website.
All applications have to be accompanied by the relevant fees. The closing date
for all applications is the last working day in September preceding the year in
which admission is sought. Applicants will be notified as soon as possible after
the closing date whether their applications for admission have been successful
or not.
International students are subjected to a medical examination for admission to

the Polytechnic.
Mature age applicants are required to sit for a series of tests shortly after the
closing date for applications.
No late applications are accepted for mature age entry.
GI2 ADMISSION CRITERIA

The pre-NQF Bachelor degree is a four-year integrated programme with exit points
at two or more of the following levels:
• National Certificate;
• National Higher Certificate;
• National Diploma;
• Bachelor.
GI2.1 General Admission Requirements

In addition to the normal admission criteria for enrolment, the Polytechnic of
Namibia reserves the right to restrict the number of students being admitted to
a particular programme by means of selection. Candidates may generally be
admitted to the Polytechnic for instruction and training subject to such specific
departmental requirements as determined by Senate for admission to a specific
programme on the following conditions:
Candidates must have passed at least 5 subjects (not necessarily during the same
examination session), including English Language, with an E symbol or better
on the NSSC Ordinary level and have obtained a total score of at least 25 points
on the Evaluation Scale. Where candidates offer more than five (5) subjects the
best five (5), including English Language, will be counted,
OR
Candidates must have obtained any other school leaving certificate from other
examination authorities that can be regarded as equivalent to the prescribed
qualifications and obtain a total score of at least 25 points on the Evaluation Scale
based on the best five (5) subjects, including English Language.
Final Selection for a Programme

Final selection for a programme will take place based on the real examination
results of all qualifying candidates for that programme. All qualifying candidates
will report on campus on a date as determined by the Registrar and will participate
in such specific selection processes as may be determined by the Department
concerned.
12
A qualifying candidate is a candidate who has properly submitted an application
for studies; who has met the general admission requirements; and who has met
the specific admission requirements of a programme.
The final selection process will generally not be applicable to students who wish to
study on the distance education mode, but may be so applied in exceptional cases.
Notice of such final selection process for such distance education programmes
will be given separately.
GI2.2 Mature Age Entry Scheme

Applicants who do not meet normal admission requirements, but have at least a
Junior Certificate or equivalent qualification, may, in the spirit of lifelong learning
and redress of past disadvantage, apply for admission through the mature age
entry scheme.
Applicants under the mature age entry scheme should:

(a) Have reached the age of 23 years on or before 1 January of the academic
year for which admission is sought.
(b) Normally have completed their full-time school or college education at least
three years before the academic year for which admission is sought.
(c) Have at least three years work experience.
Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references, and passing of the
Polytechnic language proficiency test in English at a level which enables them to
commence programmes of study as approved by Senate.
GI2.3 General criteria

The highest qualification of a candidate will serve as a basis for evaluation for
admission.
Students who cannot provide substantial proof of admission qualifications, may be

allowed to continue with their studies based on outstanding academic performance,
subject to the approval of Senate.
GI2.4 Admission to the Fourth Year (Bachelor) Level of pre-NQF Programmes:

Admission into the fourth year level of the programme is by way of one of the
following paths:
i. Current and continuing students may enrol for courses on the fourth year
level before having completed all requirements for the award of the National
Diploma, provided that all pre-requisites for such courses are met and that the
progression rules of a particular programme are satisfied.
ii. Applicants from outside the Polytechnic or those who are not current students,
must be in possession of a recognised National Diploma, or its equivalent as
determined by Senate, provided that Senate may require such applicants to
do additional study before allowing them to enrol for the Bachelor level.
iii. Students transferring from another university of technology and other
recognised institutions during their study period would be dealt with as
‘continuing’ students.
GI2.5 Admission with Advanced Standing

The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department,
grant admission with advanced standing i.e. admit applicants with credits or
13
completed qualifications from other accredited institutions of higher learning to
higher study levels within a programme.
Granting such advanced standing shall not involve an evaluation of the credits
on a course-by-course basis as provided for by Rule AC2, but shall rather be
considered on the volume of relevant credits presented and the attainment of core
competencies (learnings) within the curriculum of the programme. Admission with
advanced standing shall be considered under the following conditions:
(a) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must make up at least the
equivalent of one study period (one semester or one year) of the programme
for which such advanced standing is applied for. If such credits do not have the
sufficient volume, i.e they do not make up the equivalent of one study period,
the applicant should be advised to apply for course-by-course credits under
Rule AC2.
(b) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must not be older than
eight years and must be presented in an official original academic transcript
from the institution concerned. Exceptions to the 8-year limitation may only be
decided upon by Senate.
(c) In the case of completed qualifications being presented, such application
must be accompanied by a detailed original academic transcript issued by the
certifying institution.
(d) The volume of advanced standing granted shall not exceed 50 % of the credit
requirements for a degree, except in such cases where a National Diploma is
considered appropriate for enrolment in the fourth-year level of a degree, in
which case such application shall not be considered under this rule, but rather
under rule GI2.4.
Applicants wishing to be considered for advanced standing must apply on the

prescribed form and must pay the prescribed, non-refundable fee. Applications for
advanced standing must be made together with the application for admission.
GI2.6 Application for Resumption of Studies

Students who have gained credits towards completing their qualification, but who
have interrupted their studies for a semester or longer, must apply for resumption of
studies by completing the prescribed form, before they will be allowed to re-register.
The provision that allows students to apply for resumption of studies will last for
three years from the last date that the student was registered. Should the student
fail to resume studies within this three-year period, s/he must apply for admission
to the programme again.
GI3 REGISTRATION AS A STUDENT

Registration commences at the beginning of each semester after selection has
been completed and the compilation of the course controlled.
GI3.1 General Regulations

Students shall, annually prior to the commencement of their studies, enrol as
students of the Polytechnic of Namibia by completing the registration form in
full, thereby binding themselves to the rules of the Polytechnic of Namibia and
undertaking to pay the prescribed fees. In the event of semesterised programmes,
students may be required to enrol for every semester.

Students are provisionally registered until they submit the original certificates
serving as requirements for admission to a particular programme. Such certificates
14
must be submitted on or before 31 May in the year of first registration as a student,
unless the Registrar allows extension of time.
Students have to provide the Registrar with a postal and residential address as
well as an address for the receipt of accounts. Any change in these addresses
must be submitted to the Registrar without delay but not later than 7 days after
such a change. Official correspondence/financial statements sent to the address
thus provided by the students will be deemed to have been received by them.

Senate may annually determine the closing date for enrolment, provided that Senate
may consent to late registration on payment of a late registration fee.
No student shall be admitted as a candidate for more than one degree, diploma,
or certificate at the same time without the special permission of Senate.
Council may, after consultation with Senate, restrict the number of persons who
may be permitted to register for a particular programme, in which event Senate
may, from amongst the persons qualified to register for such a programme, select
those who will be permitted to register.
Note: Documents to be submitted on first registration
On first registration the original of the qualification serving as admission qualification

must be submitted together with an original identity document or birth certificate and
official proof of a change of name, where applicable, plus such other documents
as specified for a specific programme.
GI3.1.1 Requirement for Consistency of Offering Types (Qualification and Course

Level)
Students are allowed to combine offering types at the course level, i.e. enrol for
courses on a combination of full-time, part-time and distance education modes.
However, the offering type on which the qualification is enrolled will be strictly
determined by the offering type on which the majority of courses is enrolled. In other
words, a student will be registered for the full-time offering type on the qualification
level only if the majority of the courses are also enrolled on the full-time offering
type.
GI3.1.2 Obligation to pay for Study Material when changing from Distance Education
or e-Learning to Face-to-face Mode of Study
Students who enrolled for (a) course(s) on the Distance Education or e-Learning
mode and then change to a face-to-face mode will be charged a fee for the study
material issued to them. No study material will be accepted as returns.
GI3.2 Registration for non-credit purposes (NCP)

A student who does not wish to register for a degree, diploma, or certificate, but
is only interested in (a) particular course(s) may register for non-credit purposes
(NCP) if he/she meets the relevant admission requirements for such course(s).
Courses, half-courses, modules, or papers followed for NCP are subject to the
same financial conditions and other administrative stipulations as those applicable
to students following these for degree, diploma or certificate purposes.
Courses, half-courses, modules or papers in which a student has passed for

NCP will not necessarily be recognised as credits for a future degree or diploma.
15
The granting of such credit may be considered only if the student has qualified
for admission to study for the relevant programme on or before April 30 of the
academic year in which he/she has passed the NCP courses or modules.
GI3.3 Registration as a guest student

Any person who does not want to follow an approved degree or diploma programme,
but wants instead to attend lectures in one or more courses may be admitted as a
guest student, if he/she:
- completes the prescribed application form
- obtains the written permission from the relevant Dean to attend the lecture(s)
- registers as guest student (including payment of the prescribed fees) and
- submits such proof of registration to the relevant lecturer(s)
A guest student is not entitled to formal evaluation and certification, i.e., he/she
will write no tests or examinations and receive no credit for attending lectures in
(a) specific course(s). A guest student is not entitled to any rights/privileges to
which bona fide students are entitled. All uncertainties regarding this matter must
be taken up with the Registrar.
GI3.4 Registration dates

Student registration will take place in accordance with the registration dates as
contained in the Calendar. The registration programme is also announced in the
media and prospective students must make sure of the dates, times and venues
of registration. Students must abide by the registration programme and relevant
deadlines.
GI3.5 Late registration

A late registration fee is levied on students who register during or after the period
of late registration provided for in the Calendar.
GI3.6 Student cards

The Polytechnic issues a student card to each student on which the student’s
registration number and photo appear.

Lost student cards are only replaced after submission of an official receipt for the
prescribed replacement fee.
Students are required to carry their student cards on their person at all times
and may be asked to show such student card by any authorised staff member of
the Polytechnic or its contractors. Students may be denied access to buildings,
classrooms and/or services should they be unable to show a valid student card on
demand.
GI3.7 Change of address

A student must immediately notify the Registrar of any change of address on the
prescribed form.
16
GI4 ISSUING OF DOCUMENTS
GI4.1 Academic records and certificates

Upon graduation each candidate will be issued a free copy of an academic record
and a degree or diploma certificate. Subsequent to graduation, academic records will
be reprinted at a fee. A past student wishing to obtain a copy of her/his academic
record shall apply for it on the prescribed form, pay the prescribed fee and produce
the receipt to the Student Records Department before the document will be issued
to her/him.

A student currently registered at the Polytechnic wishing to obtain a copy of her/
his academic record shall also apply on the prescribed form, pay the relevant fee
and produce the receipt to Student Records Department before s/he is furnished
with the document.

The Polytechnic shall not reprint degree or diploma certificates the originals of which
have been lost by a student. A statement certifying that the student completed
such a degree or diploma will be issued instead.
The Polytechnic shall not re-issue qualifications upon a subsequent change

of biographical data of the recipient. It is the responsibility of the holder of the
qualification to provide official proof of the change in biographical data to any
employer or other stakeholder.

GI4.2 Proof of registration
A student wishing to obtain a proof of registration after the standard document has
been issued at registration shall pay the prescribed fee.
GI4.3 Syllabuses
A past student shall apply in writing to the Student Records Department for the
issuing of a certified syllabus. The student shall pay the prescribed fee at the cashier
and produce the receipt to the Student Records Department before s/he shall be
furnished with the document/s.
GI4.4 Examination results

A student wishing to have her/his results reprinted, due to non-receipt of such
results, which were posted to the student’s registered address, shall pay the
prescribed fee and produce the receipt before such results are issued to her/him
by the Examinations Department.
• After the advice of results has been sent to candidates, the Polytechnic cannot
take responsibility for delivery of such results or lack thereof.
• Once the advice of results has been sent to a candidate’s registered address,
the Polytechnic presupposes that s/he have received them.
• Results will also be available through the Internet and via sms.
17
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
AC1 CURRICULUM REGULATIONS
AC1.1 Timetable clashes

The student is responsible for selecting his/her courses in such a way that these
can be accommodated within the existing timetable.
Notice of timetable clashes must be handed in at the Office of the Registrar in writing
on a prescribed form within five lecturing days of commencement of lectures.
Note: Timetable clashes are clashes only when courses of the same prescribed curriculum
for the same qualification and the same level appear at the same time on the
timetable.
AC1.2 Sequence of Courses and Pre-Requisites

Unless otherwise determined by Senate, a student shall not be admitted to a
second or subsequent level course in a subject if he/she has not fulfilled the pre-
requisites for that course. The Prospectus gives additional details in this regard in
the Curriculum section.
If a course is prescribed as a prerequisite course, students who obtain a semester

mark of at least 50% shall be deemed to have satisfied the pre-requisite.
NOTE: Certain departmental rules may be different from the above. Please consult
departmental rules.
AC1.3 Course Amendment

A student may only amend his/her curriculum course(s) within the period as
decided by Senate and published in the Academic Calendar. In respect of each
amendment:
• the written approval of the Head of the Department the student wishes to enter
and
• the consent of the Faculty Officer must be obtained, and
• the Registrar must be notified on the prescribed form within the prescribed
period
AC1.4 Termination of Studies

In the case of a student who wishes to terminate a course or programme, the
Registrar must be notified in writing. The date on which such written notification is
received will be deemed as the official date for the cancellation of the course and/
or programme. (For financial obligations arising out of cancellations, refer to the
Students Fees Regulations).

Students may not cancel individual courses after 30 April and 30 September for
the first and second semesters respectively.
Tuition fees are not transferable from one academic period to the next or to a future
academic period. A student who cancels (a) course(s) during the semester will be
refunded the portion of tuition fees as per the refund rules contained in the Fees
section of the Prospectus.
If it becomes clear that a student follows a course for which he/she is not registered,
the student’s participation in the activities of such a course will be terminated.
18
AC1.5 Requirement to be registered before participating in a course
Students are not allowed to attend classes or participate in a course in any manner
or form (such as submitting assignments) without being registered for such course.
Should it become clear that a student is participating in a course for which s/he is
not registered; such participation will be terminated with immediate effect.
Students who are found not to be registered for a course will not receive assessment
marks nor will they be allocated supervisors in the case of Research Projects,
Theses or Mini-theses. Such cases will be referred to the Faculty Officer to be
investigated.
Students who are found to participate in courses for which they are not registered
may be charged with misconduct.
AC2 RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING

Credits obtained while a Polytechnic student was suspended due to disciplinary
reasons, will not be recognised by the institution.
AC2.1 General Conditions and Procedures for Course Recognition
Note: Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be
recognised for credit purposes.
Students, who wish to apply for recognition of courses successfully completed

at academic institutions other than the Polytechnic of Namibia, must direct such
applications to the Registrar before 31 October of the year preceding the intended
year of registration. The Registrar may accept applications after this closing date for
submission to Senate, but the full liability for any consequences of an unsuccessful
late application for exemption rests with the student (see below). No late applications
will be accepted after 28 February of the relevant year of registration.
Recognition of courses at a tertiary level will not be considered on the basis of

courses passed at secondary or other school level. Also a course completed on
certificate/diploma level does not necessarily entitle a student to recognition of such
course.
An application for recognition of a course must be accompanied by documentary

proof issued by the examining body concerned that the student has passed the
relevant course and has obtained a minimum of 50 % of the total marks. Condoned
pass marks are not accepted for recognition.
Course recognition will normally be considered if the corresponding course covers

80 % of the current syllabus.
A student, who has not completed a qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia

and wants to enrol for another qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia, will
be entitled to recognition of all corresponding courses on condition that the
original programme of study is no longer pursued. However, a student from
another institution who has not completed a qualification, and who wants to enrol
for a programme of study at the Polytechnic of Namibia, will only be entitled to
recognition of a maximum of 50 % of the courses contained in the curriculum of a
corresponding programme.
19
A student who has completed a qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia
or another institution and wants to enrol for another qualification course at the
Polytechnic of Namibia is entitled to recognition of a maximum of 50 % of the courses
contained in the envisaged curriculum. The number of courses for recognition may
be exceeded only with the approval of Senate.
If any existing qualification has been revised so that the structure and the name of
the qualification change, the qualification will not be interchangeable and recognition
of completed courses will be restricted.
If a student holds a terminated qualification and wishes to obtain the new

qualification, this student will receive recognition for a maximum of 50 % of the
number of relevant prescribed courses.
Procedure: Application for course recognition

On application for course recognition, an original advice of results and a certificate
of conduct must accompany the application as well as syllabi of the courses for
which recognition is requested.
A fee per course is payable to the Polytechnic of Namibia upon application.
Unsuccessful application for course recognition

In the case of an unsuccessful application, the student remains fully liable as far
as academic and financial consequences for the relevant courses he/she might
have registered for are concerned.
AC2.2 Recognition of courses of other institutions

Note: Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application shall not be
The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department
concerned, grant recognition for examinations and/or courses completed
successfully at other institutions up to a maximum of 50 % of the courses required
for a qualification.
Such recognition shall be applied for on the prescribed form and shall be granted
on merit as judged against the following criteria:
(a) There is at least 80 % overlap between the content of the two courses
concerned that is, the one presented for recognition and the one for which
recognition is requested.
(b) The institution at which the course was completed is recognised by the relevant
authorities in the country of origin.
(c) The academic standard and the standard of assessment in the course are to
the satisfaction of the School/Department.
(d) The syllabus of the course presented has not changed significantly since the
completion of the course.
20
AC2.3 Recognition of Internal Examinations/Courses
Note: Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be
A student, who wishes to register for another programme of study before completing
a qualification at the Polytechnic, is entitled to recognition of all corresponding
courses on condition that the current programme of study is cancelled and that the
overlap between the curricula of such courses is at least 80 %. Such recognition shall
also be applicable to corresponding courses completed for non-credit purposes.
AC2.4 Recognition of Non-certified Prior Learning

A registered student of the Polytechnic may apply for the recognition of competencies
gained through experience for the purpose of gaining credit for a course or courses
that form part of the curriculum of the programme he/she is registered for.
Students wishing to apply for such recognition of prior learning should do so in

writing indicating clearly the course(s) that they wish to be assessed for, and should
pay the prescribed fee. Such candidates should construct a portfolio of evidence of
the learning and present this to the relevant Head of Department for appraisal. The
Head of Department will grant access to the assessment of prior learning process
based on his/her appraisal of the portfolio of evidence.
Candidates granted access to assessment of prior learning would be assessed

using a set of assessments, which is equivalent in standard and content to the
normal assessment in the course, and would be required to pay a further fee.
AC2.5 Recognition of Research Projects/Theses

A research project or thesis shall be recognised for the award of only one degree,
be that at the Polytechnic or another institution.
AC2.6 Recognition of Major Courses

A candidate shall not offer as a major or principal course for a degree/diploma a
course which was a major or principal course of a degree/diploma already conferred
upon him/her, but shall offer an alternative course approved by Senate.
AC3 CLASS ATTENDANCE
AC3.1 Attendance at lectures/contact sessions

Lectures/contact sessions are presented at the reasonable discretion of the relevant
lecturer within the prescriptions and policy regarding tuition and training of Senate,
the Boards of Studies and Departments.

Full-time and Part-time students are expected to attend at least 80% of contact
sessions, practicals and excursions.

Students are expected to attend lectures regularly and do the required assignments,
tests and examinations.

Absence from lectures may be considered in the calculation of a student’s semester
mark.
Students and/or staff may not use devices (such as cell phones or audio sets) that
my cause disturbance during contact sessions.
21
AC3.2 Academic Honesty and Integrity
A student shall do all prescribed work which has a bearing on his tuition and shall
write all tests and examinations.
The Polytechnic does not condone any form of academic dishonesty, including
plagiarism and cheating on tests and assessments, amongst other such practices.
The Polytechnic requires students to always do their own assignments and to
produce their own academic work, unless given a group assignment.
Academic Dishonesty includes, but is not limited to:

• Using the ideas, words, works or inventions of someone else as if it is your
own work.
• Using the direct words of someone else without quotation marks, even if it is
referenced.
• Copying from writings (books, articles, web-pages, other students’ assignments,
etc.), published or unpublished, without referencing.
• Syndicating a piece of work, all or part of an assignment, by a group of students,
unless the assignment was a legitimate group assignment.
• The borrowing and use of another person’s assignment, with or without their
knowledge or permission.
• Infringing copyright, including documents copied or cut and pasted from the
internet.
• Obtaining the assistance of someone else in preparing an assignment or to
write or sit an assessment, whether this is against payment or not.
• Re-submitting work done already for another course or programme as new
work, so-called self-plagiarism. A maximum of 20 % of a student’s work may
be from previous work done by the student.
• Bringing notes or any other unauthorised material or equipment into an
examination or test venue, regardless of whether such notes or material were
used to copy or not.
• Receiving any outside assistance in any form or shape during an examination
or test.
• Unauthorised communication during an assessment.
• Accessing the work of another student during a computer-based
assessment.
All forms of academic dishonesty are viewed as misconduct under the Polytechnic
Student Rules and Regulations. Students who make themselves guilty of academic
dishonesty will be brought before a Disciplinary Committee and may be suspended
from studying for a certain time or may be expelled. All students who are found guilty
of academic dishonesty shall have an appropriate endorsement on their academic
record, which will never be erased. Sponsors and/or bursary donors will further be
informed of such misconduct, while such information will also be shared with other
institutions.
AC3.3 Full-time/part-time Jobs

Full-time students should note that they are registered at the Polytechnic of Namibia
on a full-time basis and therefore the Polytechnic may make demands on the time
of such students.
Absence from classes, tests or examinations due to job commitments will not be
considered. The Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to request proof of study
22
leave, written permission from an employer, etc. from a student before admitting
him/her to a full-time programme. In the case where programmes are offered both
full-time and part-time, employed persons are expected to make use of the part-
time mode.
Part-time students, who commit themselves to studies at the Polytechnic of

Namibia, will be expected to attend the classes, tests and examinations set down
for the relevant programmes. No provision is made for students who engage in
other commitments during this period which could interfere with their studies, e.g.:
job-related courses (local and abroad), out-of-town work, etc.
AC4 ASSESSMENT
AC4.1 General Provisions

Evaluation of a student’s performance in a certificate/diploma/degree programme
shall be based on continuous assessment and/or examinations.
The weighting between continuous assessment and formal examinations shall be

as determined by the special Departmental and School Regulations.
In cases of courses assessed wholly by continuous assessment only, the relevant

regulations shall be as determined by the Department/School concerned and
approved by Senate (See AC7).
Overall performance in a course shall be assessed on a percentage scale divided

as follows:
(a) 75 and above Distinction
(b) 70-74 Merit
(c) 60-69 Credit
(d) 50-59 Pass
(e) 0-49 Fail
Note: Departmental regulations approved by Senate may be different from the above
general outline and shall be applicable to programmes for which such departmental
regulations were approved.
Saturdays that fall in the academic period are considered academic days for the
purposes of conducting tests and examinations.
AC4.2 Passing a course

In order to pass a course, a student shall, unless otherwise determined by Senate,
upon recommendation of a department, obtain a final pass mark of at least 50 % in
that course, subject to a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination mark, in the case
of an examined course. Such exceptions as approved by Senate are reflected in
the departmental rules.
Note: Refer to the departmental regulations for more information.
23
AC4.3 Allocation of Annual Result
The Polytechnic uses a system of annual result codes signifying the outcome of
a period of study as follows:
CODE DESCRIPTION ALLOCATION RULES

P (Study Pass Study Period Student has passed 50% or more of
Period) the courses required for a specific
study period, e.g. first, second, or third
year.
P8 Pass Programme Student has obtained sufficient credits
Extended to continue studying, but will not be
able to complete in normal time.
F Fail Student passed less than 50 % of the
required courses for the study period
and/or lower study periods
PI Obtain Certificate Student has completed all the
minimum curriculum requirements for
the Certificate
P7 Obtain Higher Student has completed all the
Certificate minimum curriculum requirements for
the Higher Certificate
PF Obtain Diploma Student has completed all the
the National Diploma
PG Obtain degree Student has completed all the
the Bachelor or B.Tech degree
PC Obtain qualification Student has completed the qualification
cum laude cum laude
MA Obtain Masters degree Student has completed all the
the degree of Master
BH Obtain Hons degree Student has completed all the
the Bachelor Honours degree
AC4.4 Completion and Submission of Undergraduate Research Projects for

Examination
Undergraduate research projects must be submitted for examination by 31 October
each year if the student is expecting to graduate in March/April of the following
year and by 31 May if the student is expecting to graduate in October. The student
may further be granted time until 31 January (for those registered in the second
semester) and 31 July (for those registered in the first semester) each year to so
submit a research project, but graduation at the immediately following graduation
ceremony is then not guaranteed. Such extension of time must be approved by the
relevant Head of Department in exceptional cases and after due consideration of
the student’s circumstances. Students must make application for such extension
to the head of Department through their supervisors before the first due date of
24
31 October or 31 May, whichever is applicable. Failure to do so will result in the
student having to re-register for the project and pay the prescribed fee.
A student who fails to submit a complete Research Project for examination on or

before 31 January or 31 July, whichever is applicable, or who obtained a failing
mark for such Research Project submitted on 31 January or 31 July, whichever is
applicable, must re-register for the Research Project and pay the prescribed fee.
A student who has submitted a complete Research Project for examination on or

before 31 October or 31 May, whichever is applicable, but who fails to obtain a pass
mark for the project, may revise/improve such project until 31 January or 31 July
whichever is applicable, without the need for re-registration. Should the student
fail to submit the revised/improved research project on or before 31 January or 31
July, whichever is applicable, or obtain a failing mark after such re-submission, the
student must re-register for the research project and pay the prescribed fee.
AC4.5 PROMOTION REGULATIONS: EXAMINATIONS
AC4.5.1 General Regulations
AC4.5.1.1 Conducting of examinations

The duration and scope of the examinations for the different qualifications shall be
determined by Senate, and be conducted under the supervision of Senate at such
venues, dates and times as Senate may determine. On completion of a prescribed
syllabus (unless determined otherwise) examinations shall be conducted in all
courses. Unless Senate determines otherwise, all papers for a specific course shall
be written during the same examination period. A disabled candidate (e.g. blindness,
physical handicap) shall be accommodated if the necessary arrangements have
been made beforehand and with the approval of Senate.
Practical Examinations for full- and part-time students shall be conducted in the
week before the commencement of semester or end of year examinations.
AC4.5.1.2 Determination of Semester Mark

For all residential courses, the semester mark will be determined by way of
appropriate assessments during the semester. A minimum of two assessments must
be set per semester, although variations may occur per course and/or programme
as approved by Senate.
Students who miss one or more of these assessments will be allowed to make
up one assessment by writing an appropriate supplementary assessment set
on the relevant parts of the syllabus as determined by the lecturer or by doing a
supplementary laboratory or practical assignment towards the end of the semester.
The mark for such supplementary assessment will be used to substitute the mark
for one other assessment. Students who miss more than one assessment during
the semester will be allowed to substitute one assessment with the supplementary
test and will be given zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to
be provided for missed assessments.
The semester mark will be calculated using assessments in a ratio as determined

in the course outline of each course.
A semester mark passed successfully shall give the student the right of
admission to the course examination and any subsequent course demanding the
25
respective contents as prerequisite. The following learning outcomes have been
accomplished:
- Students command the intellectual capacity to master the contents and
complexity of the relevant course.
- The share of parts with no evidence of understanding is likely to be sourced
by adequate self-learning.
- The lessons learnt are likely to be re-called sufficiently with adequate
preparation in an examination situation.
Subject to such exceptions as approved by Senate, and by the Registrar in terms

of rule AC4.3.6, a semester mark shall be valid only for the examinations in the
period during which it has been achieved and the immediately succeeding period.
Lecturers may decide to allow not only students who have missed assessments to
sit for supplementary assessments, but also those who wish to improve their marks.
Lecturers who decide to allow their students this opportunity must communicate
this arrangement to all students well in advance and must ensure that all students
who either qualify for a supplementary assessment or who wish to make use
of such supplementary assessment, are informed of the arrangements for the
supplementary assessment.
Students must note that this rule does not entitle all students to such supplementary
assessments, but that the decision to allow or not to allow access to such
supplementary assessment lies entirely with the lecturer concerned.
AC4.5.1.3 Examination admission

A student who is registered for a course shall be admitted to the examination of
such a course after having satisfied the assessment requirements of the course.
Satisfactory work is determined by the various departments by means of practicals,
tests and assignments embodied in a semester mark.
A student shall be required to produce a student card and any other documentation
that may be required from time to time on entrance to the examination venue.
Students, who gain admission to examinations for which they do not meet all
academic, administrative, financial or any other requirements, will have their marks
for such courses nullified and will be subject to disciplinary action.
Admission to the examination of a course will normally require a semester mark

of at least 50 %. Exceptions to this requirement are approved by Senate and
contained in individual course outlines. Students who fail to gain admission to the
examination must repeat the course when it is offered again.
A student shall be required to produce a student card on entrance to the examination

venue.
AC4.5.1.5 Determination of the final mark

The semester mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final
mark in a ratio determined by the relevant department and approved by Senate.
(Note: refer to the departmental regulation for more information)
In the case of a course for which no semester mark is required, the examination
mark shall be the final mark.
26
The final decision regarding examination/course results shall be vested in
Senate.
The overall course performance results in the final mark and is proof of the
following learning outcomes:
- Students are able to recall lessons learnt sufficiently by adequate self-learning
and for examinations preparation
- Evidence given shows that sufficient content parts and relation-ships are
understood and can be applied.
- The share of content parts with no evidence of understanding can be sourced
through adequate self-learning.
- Subsequently, contents and related knowledge not covered are likely to be
presented by accessing known sources.
AC4.5.2 Examining
AC4.5.2.1 Examination opportunities

Examination opportunities will be offered once in all courses at the end of each
semester i.e. in June and November each year. Students are encouraged to
utilise the first opportunity offered immediately following the semester in which the
course is taught, but may also choose to utilise only the second opportunity at the
end of the following semester. No notification of absence from the examination is
required.
A student who has gained admission to the examination shall be free to choose
whether s/he will write the first examination in the course concerned:
Provided that -
• the decision to write the first examination or not shall be irrevocable as soon
as the student has reported for the first examination;
• a student who writes the first examination and who does not pass the course,
shall be permitted to write the second examination also;
• all papers of a course are written in the same examination session.
AC4.5.2.2 Duration
The duration of an examination shall be as approved by Senate for each course.
AC4.5.2.3 Examiners and Moderators

Senate shall, on recommendation of the Schools, appoint at least one examiner and
one moderator for each examination, provided that, where more than one person
is involved in teaching a course, all such persons shall be appointed examiners.
Except in exceptional circumstances such as in the case of death, resignation,

absence, illness or other inability of the lecturer concerned, at least one examiner
shall be a lecturer who has been involved in the internal teaching of the course.
External moderators shall be appointed for all exit level courses as determined and
required by the specific accreditation body.
Regardless of the requirements of accreditation bodies, external moderators shall

at least be appointed for all courses at NQF level 7 and above.
For pre-NQF programmes, external moderators shall be appointed for all courses
at the third and/or fourth-year level for all programmes that have both a National
27
Diploma and a Bachelors degree, or a National Diploma only, as exit points.
External moderators shall be appointed for all courses at the fourth-year level for
all programmes that have only a Bachelors degree as exit point.
External moderators shall be appointed for all courses leading to a postgraduate

qualification.
An external person is a person who:

• is not a full-time employee of the Polytechnic;
• is not involved with the teaching of the course at the Polytechnic.
In the absence of an internal moderator, an external moderator may be

appointed.
AC4.5.2.4 Supplementary examinations

Supplementary examinations will be a re-examination written together with the
second opportunity examination. A student, who fails a course in the first opportunity
examination, shall be entitled to sit for a supplementary examination.
The supplementary examination shall be a re-examination of the same course

content valid for the ordinary examination and shall comprise the same number of
papers as the ordinary examination.
The supplementary examination shall be subject to the general examination and

promotion regulations/requirements.
There shall be no restriction on the number of courses in which a student may be

admitted to sit for supplementary examinations.
If the student has been admitted to a supplementary examination but does not
report for it, the examination mark obtained in the first opportunity examination
shall be awarded.
The mark obtained in the supplementary examination shall replace the ordinary
examination mark.
Supplementary examinations shall be conducted during a period determined by
Senate.
There will be no supplementary examinations for students who have taken second
opportunity examinations.
AC4.5.5 Repeating a course

A student who repeats a course after having failed such a course shall repeat the
entire course as if it were being taken for the first time, subject to such exceptions
approved by Senate and reflected in departmental rules.
AC4.5.6 Retention of semester mark

The Registrar may, upon notification by the Head of Department and Dean, approve
the retention of semester marks for students who failed to attain a pass mark in
the examination period as stipulated under AC4.3.2. Such retention of semester
mark shall only be granted to students who have obtained a semester mark of at
least 50 % and shall only be valid for the second and third semester following the
semester during which the semester mark has been achieved (thus resulting in a
28
3rd and 4th opportunity examination). Students shall be required to write all the
examination papers in the course again.
Applications for retention of semester mark and the admission to a 3rd opportunity
examination must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day
in March for examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the
last working day of August for examinations taking place in the November session.
Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for
failure in the previous examinations and how the student intends staying informed
of potential changes in the course material. It should also contain a statement
committing the student to attending a set of tutorial classes that will be offered
during the last week of that semester. If a student fails to obtain a pass mark, any
subsequent new course linked by a chain of prerequisites cannot be taken.
No retention of semester mark shall be granted for courses where the syllabi
have been amended. Students will be required to repeat the new syllabi of such
courses.
The fee payable for this service shall be non-refundable whether or not a student
wrote the examination and regardless of the outcome of such examination.
Students who are registered for higher level courses on the basis of having achieved
a 50 % semester mark in a pre-requisite course shall be de-registered for the higher
level courses as soon as they are registered for tuition for the pre-requisite course
again.
Students who attended the relevant tutorial classes in the previous semester but
failed to attain a pass mark can apply for a 4th opportunity examination. Applications
must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day in March for
the examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the last working
day of August for examinations taking place in the November session. Applications
must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for failure in the
previous semester. In order to gain approval a student might be required to meet
with a student counsellor at a time and place set by the Registrar to reflect on his/
her performance.
If a pass mark in the four opportunity examinations has not been attained or if no
third or fourth opportunity was available, the semester mark is nullified, the course
is failed and has to be repeated.
Students will remain registered for the third and fourth opportunity examinations
in the offering type (mode) in which they have gained the admission mark for the
course concerned.
Students will be required to pay a fee for this service as determined by Council.
AC4.5.7 Assessment of Students with Special Learning Needs

The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and/or Head of Department,
grant additional time based on the category of disability to students with physical
disabilities to complete tests and examinations.
Students wishing to make use of such additional time should submit a written request
to the Student Information Officer and should provide proof of the disability.
29
AC4.6 Contagious/Communicable Diseases
Students suffering from contagious/communicable diseases, particularly in times
of known epidemics, will be required to write examinations in seclusion, or may be
required to write a special examination at a date and time as decided by Senate.
AC5 RE-REGISTRATION FOR A QUALIFICATION

Students who have failed to pass any courses in the first semester/year of their
study must re-apply for admission. The Registrar may, upon recommendation of
the Dean and Head of Department concerned, approve re-registration for a student
who has failed to pass any course(s) in an academic period.
AC6 MAXIMUM STUDY PERIOD

A student shall not be permitted to re-register for the same qualification after double
the minimum period of study from first registration.
The maximum period for undergraduate qualifications per offering type is:
FT PT DE
1 year Certificates 2 3 3
2 year Higher Certificates 4 6 6
3 year Diplomas 6 8 8
4 year Degrees 8 10 10

Students may appeal to Senate for extension of this period.
Note: For maximum study periods of postgraduate qualifications, see the Prospectus
for Postgraduate Studies.
AC7 PROMOTION REGULATIONS: CONTINUOUS AND DIVERSIFIED

ASSESSMENT
Courses that are assessed by continuous assessment only (no final examination),
will have a minimum of six (6) assessments in a semester that will be utilised to
calculate the final mark in a ratio as determined in the course outline for each course.
Exceptions to the minimum number of assessments or the general application of
this rule must be approved by Senate.
Students, who miss one or more of these assessments during a semester, will be
allowed to make up one such assessment by writing a supplementary assessment
set on the whole syllabus of the course or another appropriate supplementary
assessment as determined by the course lecturer. Such supplementary assessment
will take place during the examination period. The mark for such supplementary
assessment will be used to substitute the mark for one other assessment provided
that in courses where separate assessments are used for theory and practical,
students may be allowed to do one supplementary for theory and one supplementary
for practical. Students, who miss more than one or two assessments in the case of
courses with theory and practical during the semester, will be allowed to substitute
one or two assessments with the supplementary assessment(s) and will be given
zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to be provided for missed
assessments.
30
AC8 APPEAL BY A CANDIDATE
AC8.1 Remark (Applicable only to Examined Courses)

A student who has failed a course may upon written application to the Registrar
and payment of the prescribed non-refundable fee on or before 15 January for
the November Examinations, and on or before 15 July for the June Examinations
request remarking of his/her scripts for such course(s).
For a script to be remarked, a student shall have obtained an examination mark of

at least 35 % and a final mark of at least 45 %.
The remarking will be done by the moderator, hereinafter referred to as the

arbiter.
The student is required to complete the remark application form.
The marks allocated by the arbiter shall constitute the results of the remark, after
approval by Senex/Senate.
Such result shall supersede the result of the original examination and may cause
a lowering of the mark or symbol originally awarded.
Remarking shall not be permitted for scripts already moderated, practical examinations
or for a course of which all papers are marked entirely by computer.
A student who applies for the remarking of a course shall not forfeit any right which
he/she may already have to a supplementary examination.
If the remarking results in the student passing the course, this shall supersede the
original and/or supplementary examination result.

AC8.2 Recheck of Examination marks (Applicable only to Examined Courses)
A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an examination mark may
be incorrect, can apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark
obtained.
The student shall apply for such a recheck on the prescribed form and pay the
non-refundable fee. Such re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the
script, unless so determined by the officer conducting the re-check.
AC8.3 Objection to Final Mark (Applicable to both Examined and Continuous

Assessment Courses)
Any objection to a final mark obtained in a course must be raised with the
Examinations Department within six (6) months of the publication and or notification
date thereof, failing which the final mark shall thereafter be deemed as the correct
final mark obtained by the student.
AC9 GRADUATION:
AC9.1 Requirements for Graduation:

Qualifications of the Polytechnic will only be awarded to students who have met all
curriculum requirements for the specific programme as determined by Senate.
Students who have outstanding financial or other obligations to the Polytechnic will
not be allowed to graduate.
31
Students who are unable to provide original proof of their admission qualification
will not be allowed to graduate.
AC9.2 Notice of Expectation to Graduate:

Students who are in the final semester of study towards the National Diploma
or Bachelor degree must complete and submit the form Notice of Expectation to
graduate to the Faculty Officer before or during Week 8 of that semester. Failure
to do so may lead to such student not being allowed to graduate at the ceremony
following that semester.
Students completing such forms will be held accountable for information they
provide on such forms.
AC9.3 Obtaining a National Diploma or Degree cum laude:

A student shall pass a National Diploma or Degree degree cum laude if s/he has
achieved an overall average of 75 % for all courses in the curriculum of the diploma
or degree, provided that each course was passed with at least a credit. None of the
courses prescribed in the programme must have been failed and the programme
must have been completed in the minimum prescribed time. Cum laude awards
will only be made at the highest qualification in a programme.
AC9.4 Closing of Graduation Lists

Graduation lists will close, finally, at least ten days before the scheduled date of
the Graduation Ceremony. No assessment marks may be captured between such
final closing date and the date of the Graduation Ceremony
AC10 APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE RULES

The interpretation of the rules shall be a matter of the exercise of academic judgment
by the relevant authorities.
Should a disagreement arise between the recommending and approving authorities

in the application of these rules, the case under consideration shall be forwarded
to Senate or SENEX for a final decision.
32
F: STUDENT FEES

F.1 ENQUIRIES AND PAYMENTS
F.1.1 METHODS OF PAYMENTS
1) PERSONALLY
The Cashier
Administration Building
13 Storch Street
Windhoek
2) BY MAIL
All payments by mail must be directed to:
The Bursar
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
3) BY DIRECT DEPOSIT
The Polytechnic of Namibia’s bank details are as follows:
First National Bank
Branch: Ausspannplatz
Branch Number: 28 18 72
Account Number: 555 001 26319
Reference Number: Student #
Submit a copy of the deposit slip or fax to (061) 207-2952 or (061) 207-2273 for the
attention of the Assistant Bursar: Finance only if the payment is not updated within
5 business days. Kindly ensure that the correct student number is clearly stated as
reference number.
F.1.2 OFFICE HOURS: Enquiries and Payments

1) For Enquiries
Mondays to Thursdays
10:00 - 13:00
14:00 - 16:00
No enquiries on Fridays

2) For Payments
Mondays to Thursdays
09:00 - 13:00
14:00 - 16:00
Fridays
09:00 - 13:00
Note: For opening times of Regional Centres, see the section on Centre for Open and
Lifelong Learning (COLL)
33
F.1.3 PAYMENT REQUIREMENTS
(a) Cheques must be crossed and made out to the Polytechnic of Namibia.
(b) No post dated cheques are accepted.
(c) Never send cash by post.
(d) Students will be de-registered immediately for dishonoured or unpaid (R/D)
cheques and an amount of N$600.00 will be charged to the account.
(e) Payment must be made only to the Cashier and not to any other staff member.
An official receipt should be obtained upon payment.
(f) No receipt will be issued for direct deposits. The bank’s stamp on the deposit slip
serves as a proof of payment.
(g) The Polytechnic and its staff cannot be held responsible for possible losses that
may occur when the payment requirements are not adhered to.
F.2 STIPULATIONS REGARDING STUDENT FEES
F.2.1 GENERAL
F.2.1.1 Council reserves the right to amend, without prior notice, all fees payable to the
Polytechnic.
F.2.1.2 Tuition fees shall differ from course to course depending on course requirements.
F.2.1.3 Should Council temporarily or permanently suspend any student’s rights or privileges,
or permanently refuse admission to any student, the student concerned student shall
forfeit all claims to refunds, reduction or remission of fees paid or payable to the
Polytechnic of Namibia.
F.2.1.4 Fees are payable on a monthly basis, whether a student received an account or not.
Failure to adhere to stipulated due dates will result in de-registration, withheld of results,
refusal of access to meals, accommodation and examinations.
F.3 FEES PAYABLE
F.3.1 TUITION FEES

Tuition fees (denoted in the Namibian dollar, N$) are charged per course regardless
of whether the course is taken on full-time, part-time or distance education mode.
34
General tuition fees per course are charged as follows:
School of Business and Management

B. Tech./Bachelor: Accounting and Finance, Economics,
Business Admin, Marketing, Human Resources Management,
Office Management and Technology, Public Management - 1st - 3rd yr 960
B. Tech./Bachelor: Accounting and Finance, Economics
Business Admin, Marketing, Human Resources Management,
Office Management and Technology, Public Management – 4th yr 1 280
Bachelor Honours 1 280
Master of International Business (MIB) - full programme 75 000
M.Sc. Leadership and Change Management - full programme 75 000
School of Communication, Criminal Justice and Legal studies

National Diploma: Journalism and Communication - 1st year 1 100
National Diploma: Journalism and Communication - 2nd & 3rd year 2 870
BA English, BA Communication 1 280
B.Communication Honours, B. English Honours 1 400
B. Criminal Justice 1 530
B. Criminal Justice Honours 1 530
B. Journalism and Communication Technology 2 870
B. Journalism and Communication Technology Honours 1 710
Other disciplines (incl. Service Courses) 960
School of Engineering
Introduction to Engineering Studies 1 190
National Diploma: Engineering (Power, Mechanical) 2 040
B.Tech.: Civil, Electrical Power, Electronics, Electronic/Power,
Electronics and Telecommunication, Mechanical 2 550
B. Engineering: Mining, Mechanical, Electronics & Telecommunications 2 550
B. Architecture Honours - 1st - 3rd yr 2 040
B. Architecture Honours - 4th yr 2 550
Technical & Vocational Education Programmes:
Full Credit 960
Half Credit 700
Master – Waternet/IWRM 3 610
M. Transport Engineering 3 750
School of Health and Applied Sciences

National Higher Certificate: Emergency Medical Care 1 530
B. Bio-Medical Science, B. Environmental Health Science - 1st year 1 530
B. Bio-Medical Science, B. Environmental Health Science 2nd, 3rd & 4th yr 1 650
B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Statistics 1 190
B.Sc. Applied Statistics Honours 1 440
B.Sc. Applied Mathematics Honours 1 440
School of Information Technology

National Diploma: Informational Technology 1 860
B. Information Technology: Business Computing, Systems Admin and Networks,
Software Development 1st – 3rd yr 1 860
B. Information Technology Honours: Business Computing, Computer Networking,
Software Engineering 2 550
Master of Information Technology 3 050
35
School of Natural Resources and Tourism
National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) 1 620
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management -
cost for full programme 4 190
Certificate Namibian Environmental Education -
cost for full programme 4 190
Land Admin, Land Surveying, Land Use Planning, Geo-Information
Technology, Land Valuation and Estate Management,- 1st – 3rd yr 1 340
Land Management and Admin. - 4th yr 1 680
National Technical Certificate: Food & Bev. Operations, Rooms Division Operations 1 340
National Certificate: Food and Bev. Operations, Rooms Division 1 340
National Diploma: Land Use Planning, Geo-Information Technology,
Geomatics, Property Studies, Land Management and Registration,
Land Valuation and Estate Management 1 340
B.Tech.: Land Management 1 680
B. Travel and Tourism Management, - 1st - 3rd yr 1 340
B. Travel and Tourism Management - 4th yr 1 680
B.Hospitality Management - 1st - 3rd yr 1 340
B.Hospitality Management - 4th yr 1 680
B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 1st - 3rd yr 1 620
B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 4th yr 1 980
B. Agricultural Management - 1st - 3rd yr 1 620
B. Agricultural Management - 4th yr 1 980
Master in Integrated Land Management 3 750
N.B. Other course fees may vary as per qualification. Please consult the Fees Booklet of
2011 for specific course fees.
F.3.1.1 EXCEPTIONS TO NORMAL TUITION FEES
COURSE FEE - N$
(Per Semester)
School of Business and Management (SBM)
Computerised Accounting 1,090
School of Natural Resources and Tourism (SNRT)

Basic Hotel Information Systems 2,105
Community Based Land Management 1,770
Food and Beverage Operations & Management 1 1,940
Food Production Theory and Practice 3,340
Tour Guiding 2 2,105
Tourism Destination Management 1 & 3 2,105
Travel Theory & Practice 3 (Galileo) 2,480
Research Project (PRO101N) 1,560
Practical 1 - 4 (BTN) 280
In Service Training (All disciplines in SNRT) 2000
36
F.3.2 FEES FOR OTHER SERVICES
SERVICES FEE - N$
NON-REFUNDABLE
Undergraduate Application 95
Postgraduate Application 150
Late Application 280
Registration (inclusive of Technology, Assessment & Student Activity Fee) 820
Late Registration Fee (in addition to Registration fee) 260
Fines for Unpaid Cheque or Refer to Drawer (R/D) 600
Application for Credit Transfer from Other Institutions 95
Application for Advanced Standing (in addition to application fee) 95
Credit Transfer from Other Institutions (per course) 445
Academic Record 50
Statement to Replace Certificate/Diploma 280
Remark (per course) 365
Re-check of Marks (per course) 95
Replacement of Student/Meal Card 75
Application fee for Recognition of Prior Learning 95
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Assessment Fee (per course) 490
Retention of Semester Mark – payable on application (per course) 490
Application for resumption of studies 95
Receiving of Qualification in Absentia 135
Reprinting of Examination Results 50
Copies of Official Documents (Proof of Registration, etc.) 50
Medical Services – Fees per visit 15
Duplicate Study Guide (Distance Students) 245
Duplicate Tutorial Letter 35
Library Fees
Membership for non-Polytechnic users
One book at a time 235
Two books at a time 400
Three books at a time 560
Fines
Overdue fines on normal loans 1,20
Overdue fines on short loans 1,20
Damage to library materials 140
Irreparable damage to library materials
Loss of Library materials
Illegal removal of library materials 1,300
Cellular Phone (talking on/ringing) 135
Eating/Drinking in the library 135
Making noise 135
Library Deposit – UNAM (staff/students) 610
Other
Parking 70
Parking violation 150
Internet Café charges to Students 10/hour
Making noise 135
37
F.3.3 RESIDENCE FEES
(a) Registration in residence will be done per semester.
(b) Any student who leaves the residence during a semester will be charged for the
whole semester, unless a replacement is made with immediate effect.
(c) All resident students will be levied 50% of the meal fees (N$ 4,160.00) per semester,
which is payable whether meals are taken or not.
(d) Any student who wishes to be given more credit for meals has to pay in advance.
Residence Breakage deposit (Refundable) N$ 700.00
Residence Fees: NAMIBIAN & SADC Citizens

Single Room N$6,200 (per semester)
Double Room N$4,850 (per semester)
Residence Fees: INTERNATIONAL

Single Room N$10,360 (per semester)
Double Room N$8,710 (per semester)

Meal Fees (including VAT) N$8,320 (per semester)
N$16,640 (per year)
Cost per meal inclusive of VAT for full-time boarders:

Meals: Breakfast - N$8.40 Lunch - N$28.10 Supper - N$22.10

Cost per meal for non-residential students, staff and occasional customers:
Meals: Breakfast - N$21.50 Lunch - N$39.17 Supper - $31.39
Accommodation for occasional occupants (per day): N$130.00
F.3.3.1 RESIDENCE BREAKAGE DEPOSIT

(a) A deposit of N$700.00 must accompany a confirmed admission to the residence.
(b) Such deposit does not form part of the residential fees and is refundable on
completion of the student’s studies or when the student leaves the residence
permanently.
(c) The deposit must be paid in cash, cheque or by direct deposit. Please note that
the deposit fee does not form part of the bursary.
In the following circumstances the deposit shall be forfeited in full or in part:
(a) If a student cancels the application after a place in the residence has been allocated
to him/her, 10% of the breakage deposit shall be forfeited.
(b) A student who fails to pay the full residence fees before the due date must again
pay a full residence deposit before readmission is granted.
(c) If a student has an outstanding account or has caused losses/damages to the
Polytechnic’s property when he/she leaves the residence, the relevant amount will
be deducted from the deposit.
F.3.4 EXAMINATION FEES

An assessment fee of N$160 is payable at date of registration and is included in the
registration fee.
38
F.4 PAYMENT OF FEES
F.4.1 The various fees are payable as follows:
Application Fee: Payable on application until 30 September

Late Application Fee: Payable on application after 30 September
Registration Fee: Payable on registration date
Technology Fee: Payable on registration date
Assessment Fee: Payable on registration date
Late Registration Fee: Payable after registration date
Residence Breakage Deposit: Payable on/or before admittance
Fixed Deposit Fee For All Students: N$2,000 for all disciplines
otes:
N
1. The amounts above are inclusive of Registration, Technology, Assessment and
Student Activities fees.
2. If the total fee account is below the minimum amount specified above, then the
whole fee account is payable at Registration.
3. Students will pay the Registration, Technology and Assessment Fees only once
per year on registration for that year.
Balances on fee accounts are payable on the due dates as specified in F.4.2 below.
Residence Fees Deposit At Registration On Due Dates

Per Semester N$2,000 Balance
F.4.2 DUE DATES

Installments are payable on/or before:

Year courses: 28 February 12% 30 June 62%
31 March 26% 31 July 74%
29 April 38% 31 May 50%

31 August 86% 30 September 100%
Semester 1: 29 February 33%

31 March 66%
29 April 100%
Semester 2: 29 July 33%

31 August 66%
30 September 100%
NB: Where students fail to pay their fees on the due dates, Council reserves the right to
refuse such students registration, meals, accommodation, examination admission, or
any other steps Council may take from time to time.
F.4.3 BURSARY STUDENTS

On registration, bursary holders must produce original written proof of bursaries awarded.
Should sponsorship be subsequently withdrawn, the student should pay the required
fees.
NB: No withdrawal of the award will be accepted after 28 February for first semester and
31 July for second semester.
39
Residence breakage deposit of N$700.00 must be paid in cash, cheque or by direct
deposit, as this does not form part of the bursary unless otherwise stipulated.
F.5 REBATES AND/OR DISCOUNTS
F.5.1 Rebates to Personnel Members and their Dependants

Personnel members and their dependants in the permanent employ of the Polytechnic
and UNAM shall pay a registration fee only at date of registration. They may register at
the beginning of the academic year for any academic course, except for extra-curricular
courses, as the latter courses must be self-supporting. No rebate will be allowed if the
relevant person has a bursary and/or when subjects are repeated. To qualify, students
must submit an original letter from Human Resources Department to the Student Debtors
Officers ON REGISTRATION DATE. Rebates not applied for in this manner will be
forfeited.
F.5.2 Rebate to Council Members

Officially appointed Council members and their dependants shall pay a registration fee
only at date of registration. They may register at the beginning of the academic year
for any academic course, except for extra-curricular courses, as the latter courses must
be self-supporting. No rebate will be allowed if the relevant person has a bursary and/
or when subjects are repeated.
F.5.3 Rebate to Members of Housing Committee

A rebate equal to 30 % of residence fees will be granted to the Housing Committee
Chairperson and 20 % of residence fees to Housing Committee members for the period
served in that capacity. Rebates will only be refunded if all accounts are settled in
full.
F.5.4 Rebate to Students Representative Council

A rebate of 50 % to SRC Chairperson and 40 % to SRC members will be granted on
the following conditions:
(a) The rebate will be calculated for the period served as SRC member or
chairperson.
(b) Rebates will be calculated on tuition fees only, excluding residence fees or any
other charges.
(c) Rebates will be refunded at the end of each semester.
(d) Rebates will only be refunded, if the fee account is settled in full.
F.5.5 DISCOUNTS
F.5.5.1 Discount of 20 % for students from the same family (excluding the first student)
based on the following conditions:
(a) Students are self-funding, i.e. they do not get a bursary or scholarship.
(b) Students must apply for the discount in writing to the Bursar.
(c) Applicants must produce a full birth certificate to prove that at least one parent is
the same or a documentary proof that they are legally adopted.
(d) No discount will be considered for courses being repeated.
(e) Students must be studying concurrently; i.e. at the same time.
(f) Part-time and/or married students do not qualify for the rebates.
40
F.5.5.2 Discount for Full Payment
A 10 % discount on tuition fees will be granted if tuition fees are paid in full. The following
conditions apply:
(a) On or before 29 February each year for year and first semester accounts.
(b) On or before 31 July each year for second semester accounts.
(c) Students who are de-registered for whatever reason will forfeit the discount and
will then be liable for the full account.
(d) Students who cancel their courses or subjects will not be entitled to a refund of
the discount after the discount has been allowed.
F.5.5.3 Discount for Excellent Academic Performance

All students who obtain at least 85% in the final mark of a course shall receive a discount
on tuition fees for that course as follows:
5 % for a first year course;
10 % for a second year course;
15 % for a third, fourth or fifth year course.
NOTE: No discount shall be given for excellent academic performance in courses that
the student repeats.
F.6 INTEREST ON OVERDUE ACCOUNTS

A 15 % annual interest will be charged on all residence and tuition accounts overdue
by 30th September.
F.7 REFUNDS
F.7.1 Refund Upon Discontinuation of Studies
F.7.1.1 Year/Semester
Written applications for refunds of class fees should be submitted to the Student Debtors
Officers.
F.7.1.2 Year Courses

(a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 29 February - 100 % credit
(b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 30 June - 50 % credit
(c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 01 July - no credit
F.7.1.3 First Semester Courses

(a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 29 February - 100 % credit
(b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 07 April - 50 % credit
(c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 08 April - no credit

F.7.1.4 Second Semester Courses
(a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 31 July - 100 % credit
(b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 08 September - 50 % credit
(c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 09 September - no credit

F.7.1.6 Students who fail to cancel courses and residence in writing remain responsible
for the full fees for the particular academic year.
F.7.1.7 Extra-Curricular Courses

No refund unless courses are cancelled by the Institution
41
F.7.1.8 Refunds - General
Students who wish to request 100 % refund due to cancellation as a result of factors
beyond their control may appeal to the Registrar in this regard. Such appeal must be
submitted to the relevant Faculty Officer. No refunds can be guaranteed.
Claims for refunds will be processed twice a month, i.e. on the 15th and 30th day. An
official claim form should be completed and handed in at the Enquiry Counter, Ground
Floor, Administration Building.
F.7.1.9 Credit balances will be forfeited if it is not claimed within one year.
F.8 NON-FORMAL COURSES

Non-Formal courses are offered on an extra-curricular basis and are subject to a
minimum of 10 registered students per course. These courses are run on a self-financing
basis.
Fees For Foreign & National Languages (Total Hours 75) - N$1,700
(Inclusive of Registration Fee)
F.9 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Please note that the Polytechnic does not offer any financial assistance in the form of
loans and/or bursaries. For additional information contact the Student Financial Aid
Officer at telephone number (061) 207-2187.
NB: Not withstanding the fact that all the information contained herein has been
compiled as accurately as possible, Council, Senate and the Boards of Studies
of the Polytechnic accept no responsibility for any errors that may occur.
42
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Kofi Boamah, Cert. Ed, DEM, B.Comm. (Hons), M.Com.
(Delhi)
Secretary : Margaret Munkanda, ND Info. Admin. (PoN), B.Tech.
Business Admin.
Telephone Number : 061-207-2220
Fax Number : 061-207-2445
E-mail Address : mmunkanda@polytechnic.edu.na
Faculty Officers : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech.
Public Mngt. (TSA)
: Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech.
Public Mngt. (UNISA)
: Petsy Neiss, ND Nursing Science (UNAM)
Telephone Numbers : 061-207-2320 / 2263 / 2160
E-mail Addresses : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na
wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na
pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Head of Department : Paul Maliti, BA, FCCA, FZICA
Secretary : Margaret Munkanda
Fax Number : 061-207-2445
Faculty Officer : Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech.
E-mail Address : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : John Chekani, M.Sc. (Finance), ADCA, FMC, CMA
: Van Wyk du Plessis, MBA, BA, HBA, LSTD, FA(SA).
: Zelda Maritz, Hons B.Compt. (UNISA) IACSA, CTA (UNISA)
: Paul Maliti, BA, FCCA, FZICA
: Pierre Barayagwiza, M.Sc. Accounting & Economic
Analysis
: Pieter Koortzen, NTDC, FIAC, CFA, FA (SA), M.Com
: Gerhardt Sheehama, B.Tech. Cost & Management
Accounting (Pen. Tech.), M.Sc. Dev. Fin, (Stellenbosch)
: Isaac O. Randa, M.Com. (Acct & Stat.) (Sukhadia), AIII
(India), Ph.D. (Sukhadia)
: Samuel M Mutonga, B.Tech. Acc. & Fin. (PoN)
: Dickens C Sichinga, B.Com. (Accoutancy) (UNIMA),
M.Sc. Acc. & Fin. (Stirling, UK), ACCA (Affiliate).
: Elvia Rutjindo, B.Tech. Accounting and Finance
: Evans Mushonga, M.Comm. (Acc) (MSU), B.Comm.
(UZ)
: Wynand Dreyer, B.Compt. (UFS), B.Acc. (Hons) (UFS),
B.Compt. (Hons) (UNISA)
: Helmut Namwandi, B.Tech. Acc. & Fin. (PoN)
: James van Rooi, B.Econ., HED, MBA

43
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA
(Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma Management
(London), Diploma Journalism (Paris),
Diplôme d’Études en Langue Française
Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.
Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA)
E-mail Address : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN)
Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2398
Fax Number : 061 - 207 2087
E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR
busman@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA
(Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma
Management (London), Diploma Journalism (Paris),
Diplôme d’Études en Langue Française
: Vetira Hijamita, BA (Env. Scie.) (Univ. of Botswana),
B.Sc. (Business Admin. & Marketing) (Commonwealth
Univ., Virginia - U.S.A)
: Victor Somosu, B.Sc. (Bus. Admin.) (Ogun State Univ.),
M.Sc. (Marketing), MBA (Univ. of Lagos), Dip. Comp.Op
& Prog. (ESCC)
: Steven Denk, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech Marketing
(UNISA)
: Alfred Ndjavera, M.Sc. Financial Decision Management.
(University of Luton), B.Com. Economics & Management
(UNAM)
: Adele Mapanga, MBA (United States Internat. Univ.)
: Kwame Essah, MBA, BA Psychology (University of
Ghana)
: Lutz Neuhaus, B.Comm. (Hons) (Pretoria), MBA
(Stellenbosch)
: Efeginia Semente, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech.
Marketing (UNISA)
: Sibolile Sinvula, M. Admin (Unam), Post Graduate
Diploma in Education (PGDE) (Unam), B. Admin. (UNAM)
: Pachalo Msiska, MIB Int. Inv. & Int. Fin. Mgt. (London)
: Ottilie Kangandjo, ND Commerce (PoN) B.Tech.
Business Administration (PoN)
: Simon Akpo, NCE, B.Sc. (Ed) Hons, M.Ed.
: Chris van Zyl, MBA (Stell), Hons. B. Business Mgt. &
Administration (Stell), NHD (Immunology), ND
(Histopathology), Cert. (Med. Tech.) Cert. Estate Agent
(SA)
: Bevan Zealand, B.Admin, Postgraduate Diploma in
Education, Postgraduate Diploma in Management Studies
: Siphiwe Dhlamini, B.Com. ( Fort Hare), B.Com. Hons
(UNISA), M.Com. (UJ Vista), Ph.D. (North West)

44
DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United
States Internat. Univ.)
Fax Number : 061-207-2087
Faculty Officer : Petsy Neiss, BBA Project Management (SBS); ND
Nursing Science (UNAM)
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC)
Academic Staff : Andrew Beukes, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC), MSc Industrial / Organisational Psychology
(Emporia State University, USA)
: Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United
States Internat. Univ.)
: Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology
(UWC)
: Ngondi Kaura-Ndjavera, MA Human Resource
Management
: Michael Sanni, B.Sc. (Hons) Masters Industrial & Labour
Relations/Accredited Assessor (SAQA)
: Fiina Shimaneni, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology
: John Kangowa, B.Tech. HRM
DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY

Head of Department : Petra Weimers, BA, HED (UWC)
Secretary : Magreth Munkanda, ND Exec. Secr. (PoN) B.Tech. Bus.
Admin. (PoN)
Fax Number : 061 - 207 2445
Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.
Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA)
Academic Staff : Petra Weimers, BA, HED (UWC)
: Sandra du Plessis, B.A. (Stellenbosch), Sec. Certificate
(Stellenbosch)
: Ilse Täschner, Nat. Higher Sec. Cert. (Pretoria), BA,
HED (UNISA), Sworn Translator of the High
Court of Namibia (English/Afrikaans/German)
: Lindie Beukes, ND Com. (Technikon) HED, B.Ed.
(UNAM)
: Amanda Schroeder, ND Com. (Technikon), ND Infor.
Admin. (PON), B.Tech. Bus. Admin. (PoN)
: Dennis DJ Fredericks, Teachers Diploma in Commerce
(TDC) (CPUT), B.Comm. (UNISA), B.ED. (Stellenbosch),
M.ED. (Ohio)
45
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Head of Department : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, B.Sc. Econ., M.Sc. Econ. (Nigeria)
Faculty Officer : Ferrand van Wyk, BA (UNAM), PGDE (UNAM), CLEF
(University of the Franche-Comte), DELF (University of
the Franche-Comte), CISCO 1 & 2 (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : fvanwyk@polytechnic.edu.na
Fax Number : 061-207-2087
Academic Staff : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, Ph.D. Economics (Spain), M.Sc. &
B.Sc. Economics (Nigeria)
: Magda Gerber, H.E.D. (UNAM), B.Comm. (UNISA)
: Tafirenyika Sunde, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc.
(Economics) (University of Zimbabwe)
: Bridget Dundee, B.Econ. (Honours) (UWC), PGDE
(Econ), B.Econ.
: Kasnath Kavezeri, M.Sc. (Economics), BBA (Banking
and Finance), B.Ed.
: Eden Shipanga, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Econ(UNAM)
: Mubusisi Mabuku, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc
(Economics) (UNAM)
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT

Head of Department : Dr Andrew Niikondo, ND Public Administration
(UNAM), B.Tech. Public Management (TSA), MA Public
Administration (UWC) Ph.D. (Pub. Admin.) (UNAM)
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na
Fax Number : 061-207-2087
Academic Staff : Charles A. Keyter, Cert. Distance Education (Penn.
State), Cert. Online Instructor (Walden), B. Admin (Hons),
M. Admin, Ph.D Public & Development Management
(Stellenbosch)
: Marie Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), Cert. Adult
Studies, B.A. (Hons), Cert. Project Planning and
Management (Makerere) PA (Botswana)
: Johan Coetzee, Diploma Consultancy Practise,
SAJOM, BA (Hons) Cum Laude, MA Hons Business and
Administration, MBA Executive (Stellenbosch)
: Ben Namabanda, B.Econ (UNAM), M.Admin (UNAM)
46
: John Mbenzi, Dipl Pub Admin (PoN), B.Tech Pub
Management (TSA), MPPA (ISS_Holland & UNAM)
: Pia Teek, Hons in Public Mngt. (Cum Laude), Masters in
Public Management
: Helena Imene, B.Tech. Public Management
HAROLD PUPKEWITZ GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Director : Prof. Vi Makin Cruse, BA (Natal), HED (Wits), MBL
(Unisa), D.B.A. (Pretoria)
Secretary : Rebecca Mujazu, Dip. OMT (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207-2944
E-mail Address : rmujazu@polytechnic.edu.na
Senior Administrative Officer : Martha Haukongo, B.Acc. (UNAM), MBA (Maastricht)
Telephone Number 061-207-2969
Fax Number : 061-207-2944
E-mail Address : mhaukongo@polytechnic.edu.na
Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN),
B. Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA)
Fax Number : 061-207-2113
M.Sc. Coordinator : Amos Owen Thomas, BA, MBA (Singapore), MTS
(Regent), GCHE (Griffith), Ph.D. (Victoria)
MIB Coordinator : Isaac Randa, B.Com., M.Com., Ph.D. (ML Sukhadia),
CTPM (GIBS)
JAMP Coordinator : Ravinder Rena, B.Econ., LLB (Kakatiya); B.Ed.
(Annamalai), MA (Econ), M.Phil., (Econ), Ph.D. (Econ)
(Gold Medalist) (Osmania)
Visiting Professors : Stephen Carter, Ph.D. (Leeds)
: Angela Clarke, Ph.D. (Warwick)
: Susan Grinstead, Ph.D. (Warwick)
: Strini Pillay, Ph.D. (Kwazulu-Natal)
Adjunct Lecturers : Michael Adekoya-Sanni, MIIM (Lagos), B.Sc. Hons
(Lagos)
: Kofi Boamah, M.Com. (Delhi), B.Com. Hons Delhi
: Emily Brown, M.Sc. (Iowa State), BA Hons (Unisa)
: Addmore Machanja, Ph.D. (Wstn Cape), M.Sc. (NUST)
: Jeremia Mwadinohamba, MDF (Stellenbosch), MBA
(Namibia), MIIM (SIT)
: Lydiah Wambui, M.Sc. (US Int’l Univ), BA
: Chris van Zyl, MBA (Stell), Hons. B. Business Mgt. &
Administration (Stell), NHD (Immunology), ND
(Histopathology), Cert. (Med. Tech.) Cert. Estate Agent
(SA)
Note: For more detail, see Prospectus on Postgraduate Studies
47
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ACCOUNTING & FINANCE 23BACF
Additional Admission Requirements: The prospective student must have passed

Mathematics OR Accounting at Grade 12 or an equivalent level.
First Year - National Certificate Accounting and Finance (Offered Full-time, Part-time
and Distance Education)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite
Financial Accounting 1A FAC111S Grade 12 Accounting or Mathematics
Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None
(Business & Management)
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Computer User Skills CUS411S None
Commercial Law 1A CML111S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test
Semester 2
Financial Accounting 1B FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A
Quantitative Methods 1 QTM112S Introduction to Mathematics
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None
Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics
or equivalent.
Second Year (Offered Full-time, Part-time and Distance Education)

Semester 3
Financial Accounting 2A FAC211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2A QTM211S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost & Management Accounting 2A CMA211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Company Law 1A CLW111S Commercial Law 1A & 1B
Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Semester 4
Financial Accounting 2B FAC212S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2B QTM212S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost & Management Accounting 2B CMA212S Cost & Management Accounting 2A
Company Law 1B CLW112S Company Law 1A
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None
Third Year - National Diploma Accounting and Finance

Semester 5
Cost & Management Accounting 3A CMA311S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B
Taxation 3A TAX311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Auditing 3A AUD311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Computerised Accounting 1 CAC111S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
48
Semester 6
Cost & Management Accounting 3B CMA312S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B
Taxation 3B TAX312S Taxation 3A
Auditing 3B AUD312S Auditing 3A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology: Accounting and Finance (Offered Full-time,

Part-time and Distance Education)
Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Accounting or equivalent (Offered Full-

time over 1 academic year and Part-time over 2 academic years)
Semester 7
Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B
Managerial Finance 4A MAF411S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B
Management Accounting & Control 4A MAC411S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B
Research Methodology RMA411S None
Semester 8
Managerial Finance 4B MAF412S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
Management Accounting & Control 4B MAC412S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology
49
Transition rules for Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance
Candidates who hold other qualifications and the ‘old’ Diploma in Accounting or Cost
Accounting must take note of the following transition rules:
Programme Core-Courses Non-Core-Courses

Required to graduate Not required to graduate
National Diploma Commerce Company Law 1A &1B First year minor courses
Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Example
Statistical Methods Introduction to Mathematics
Computerised Accounting 1 English Communication Module 4
Taxation 3A & 3B
Auditing 3A & 3B
Cost and Management Accounting
2A & 2B
3A & 3B
Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Financial Accounting is applicable
to students who have not
completed it under Commerce.
National Diploma Accounting Company Law 1A & 1B First year minor courses
(Old Curriculum) Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Example
Taxation 3A & 3B
Auditing 3A & 3B
B.Tech Business Company Law 1A & 1B First year minor courses

Administration Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Example
Taxation 3A & 3B
Auditing 3A & 3B
2A & 2B
3A & 3B
Financial Accounting 1A &1B
Other qualifications: Other qualifications will be considered individually and credits

granted on a case-by-case basis.
Important notices:
1. Computerised Accounting - CAC111S
Due to limited computer laboratory space, students must note that the department expects
those registering for Computerised Accounting to book space by registering their names in a
specifically designed departmental registration form. This registration form is available on the
day of registration. Registration is strictly on the first come first registered basis.
50
Students who previously registered for Computerised Accounting and failed it, must note that
priority will be given to those who register for the course for the first time. Opportunity to repeat
the course in the subsequent semester is subject to the availability of laboratory space, which
cannot be guaranteed in all cases.
2. Research Project - RPB412S
Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a
member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Head of Department
of Accounting and Finance. Such registration will be in the form of student name, student
number and the topic on which the Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to allocate a supervisor based on the academic requirements
for the research topic.
Research Project topics must be in the field of Accounting and Finance.
For the requirements of submission and completion, see Rule AC4.4 in the General Information
and Regulations Section of the Prospectus.
51
INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMMES 2007

The department introduced new Bachelor qualifications for all its programmes in 2007. Old
programmes were phased out with effect from 2007. The first year of old programmes was no
longer offered in 2007 and the second year of old programmes was no longer offered in 2008.
The third year was no longer offerred in 2009 and the fourth year was no longer offered in 2010.
Students are required to transition to the new programmes as per the transition rules.
Special Academic Regulations
Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for
only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor
curricula would be systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programme is systematically
phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree.
Progression Rule 2: A student shall not be allowed to take a higher level course above his/
her current level of study even if the course in question has no prerequisite, and if such courses
cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds.
Rules for the Award of the National Cerificate in Business Studies

The new National Certificate in Business Studies shall be awarded to students only after
successful completion and credit-passes for all common Business Management courses in
the first year plus Computer User Skills and Principles of Economics 1A & 1B in the second
year.
General Transition Rules

The general transition rules for all programmes are as follows:
1. All new enrolments as from 2007 start with the new curricula.
2. All third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50 % of credits obtained) must
switch to the new curricula in 2009.
3. All third year students in 2008 who have passed may continue with the old curricula, but
if such students should fail any of the courses in the old curricula, such failed courses in
the old curricula will only be offered with new syllabi and students must complete the new
courses.
4. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students on the
old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding
courses from the new curricula.
5. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make up
all outstanding courses from the new curricula.
6. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have the choice to switch to the new curricula and
must be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula.
7. There is no retention of semester mark for courses of which the syllabi have changed.
52
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Phased in 2007) 21BBAD
Programme Transition Rules
Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New)
The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management
Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing 1B Marketing Principles
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below:
Business Management 2A Business Operations
Business Management 2B Business Finance
Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management
Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro.
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management
Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control
Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management:
Analysis & Decision
International Business Management 4A International Business Management:
Planning
International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis
Project Management Project Management
Retail Business Management Retail Business Management
Advanced Organisationl Development Organisational Development and
Change
Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development
and Change
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None
Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
53
Semester 2
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None
Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None
Professional Writing PRW0520 Communication Skills
Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None
Management
(if not yet taken)
Marketing Principles MAR122S None
(or equivalent)
Second Year (Phased in 2008) (National Certificate in Business Studies) (Replaced

National Certificate Business Administration that was phased out at the end of 2006)

Semester 3
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
Business Operations BSO221S None
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
Semester 4
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
Business Finance BFS222S None
Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Phased in 2009)

Semester 5
Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its
Introduction Environment & Marketing Principles
Entrepreneurship ENT321S None
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Purchasing and Supply Management PSM321S Business Operations
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply BLM322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Analysis Environment and Marketing
Principles
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None
Management
54
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Business Administration (Phased in 2010)
Additional Admission Requirements:

Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR Students with the Old National Diploma
in Business Administration, and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas
enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Business Administration programme,
must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can
apply for recognition of prior learning (RPL), where applicable.
National Diploma: Commerce: majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level

and either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting: are required to
register and pass Small & Medium Enterprises Management 2nd Semester and Commercial
Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Commerce: not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year

level: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics
& Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management,
Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management , Small & Medium Enterprises Management
and Commercial Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Information Administration/Office Management and Technology: -

are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics &
Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management,
Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship,
Small & Medium Enterprises Management, Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Marketing
Principles, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business
Statistics 1A & 1B, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B; Consumer & Organisation Behaviour:
Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis.
National Diploma: Marketing, Human Resource Management, Personnel Management,

Public Administration, Public Management and others: are required to register and pass
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Intro. Psychology of Human Resources, Introducation
to Human Resources Management, Small & Medium Enterprises Management , Introduction
to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business
Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain
Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Consumer &
Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis, Principles
of Economics 1A & 1B
(Individual assessment maybe called for).

All other diplomas shall be treated on a case by case basis by the Head of Department.
55
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Business Management IBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning Management & Business
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing Principles
Strategic Business Management: SBM421S Purchasing and Supply
Planning & Control Management & Business Logistics and
Supply Chain Management
Semester 8
Analysis Management & Business Logistics
and Supply Chain Management
Project Management PRM422S None
Analysis & Decision Management & Business Logistics
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - OLD CURRICULUM

(PHASED OUT IN 2006) 22BBAD
Rules of Combination
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses
are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same
cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are
required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same
cognate area) in the following semester.
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
First Year (Not available from 2007)

Semester 1
Business Management 1A BMA111S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test
Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121S None
Semester 2
Business Management 1B BMA112S None
(if not yet taken)
(Business and Management)
(if not yet taken)
56
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
Second Year (Not available from 2008)

Semester 3
Basic Business Statistics1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A & 1B
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
Marketing 1A MAR111S None
One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
previous semester:
Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None
Intermediate Micro Economics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A
Semester 4
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B
Marketing 1B MAR112S None
previous semester: (if not yet taken)
Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None
Intermediate Macro Economics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B
57
NATIONAL DIPLOMA BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Third Year (Not available in 2009) (Full-time, Part-time and Distance mode)
Semester 5
Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
(if not yet taken)
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
Semester 6
Business Management 3B BMA 312S Business Management 2A & 2B
Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship
Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the
(if not yet taken)
Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B
(if not yet taken)
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics1B
International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Business Administration (Phasing out at the end
of 2009) (Full-time and Part-time mode only)

Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR
Students who have completed the National Diploma’s listed below can enrol for the B.Tech
Business Administration provided that they register and pass the additional courses listed
below:
National Diploma: Commerce majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level and
either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting:- Small Business
Management 2nd Semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Commerce not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year

level. Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B;3A & 3B; Small Business Management and
Commercial Law 1A & 1B
National Diploma: Information Administration: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A
& 3B, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship, Small Business Management, Marketing
58
1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, International Trade, Applied Economic Policy Analysis,
Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
National Diploma: Human Resources Management and Personnel Management Diploma:

Small Business Management 2nd semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
Advanced Organisational Development AOD111S None
Financial Planning and Control 1A FPC111S None
International Business Management 1A IBM111S Business Management 3A & 3B
Retail Business Management RBM111S Marketing 1A & 1B or Marketing
Management or Business
Management 3A & 3B
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational Management AOM112S None
Financial Planning and Control 1B FPC112S None
International Business Management 1B IBM112S Business Management 3A & 3B
Important Notice:
Research Project - RPB412S
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such
registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the
Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic
requirements.
Research Project topics must be in the student’s field of specialisation.
No retention of semester mark for continuous assessment courses, namely Research

Methodology, Research Project, Dissertation and Project and Entrepreneurship.
For requirements of submission and completion of the Research Project, see Rule AC4.4 in
the General Information and Regulations section of the Prospectus.
59
BACHELOR OF LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 07BLSM
(New Programme)
The Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management is designed to be worth 392 NQF
credits at NQF Level 7.
Admission Entry Requirements:
Applicants are expected to meet the general admission and mature age entry requirements
of the Polytechnic (GI2.1 & GI2.2 in the Prospectus).
Mode of Delivery
The course will be offered on the following modes available in the Polytechnic of Namibia:
• Full-Time
• Part-Time
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Title Course Prerequisites
Code
Language in Practise LIP411S None
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None
Introduction to Business BMA121S None
Management
Introduction to Marketing and its MAR121S None
Environment
Semester 2
Basic Science BSC410S None
Information Competence ICT521S None
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice
Introduction to Supply Chain ISM511S None
Management
Year 2
Semester 3
Principles of Logistics Management New None
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics
Principles of Transport Economics New None
Management Information Systems MNS110S None
Semester 4
Operational Logistics Management New Principles of Logistics Management
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
Transport Economics & Procedures New Principles of Transport Economics
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA110S Management Information Systems
Data Analysis and Reporting New None
60

Year 3
Semester 5
Supply Chain Management New Principles of Logistics Management
Project Management PTM411S None
Contemporary Issues CIS610S None
Elements of Mari-time Transport New None
Semester 6
Global Supply Chain Management New None
Work Integrated Learning WIL311S Project Management
Special Arrangements for Work Integrated Learning

Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is incorporated in the 6th semester, following the project
management course completed in the 5th semester. The work integrated learning requires
students to undertake a work/industry related project to ensure that practical experience is
gained by a student on completion of the programme. The work integrated learning experience
and resultant project comprises of 36 credits (360 hours) of the total programme.
Students with assistance from the academic supervisor will be required through-out the 5th
semester to identify a placement in industry.
The student will then sign an agreement provided by the academic supervisor with the
organisation that has approved the placement, and assigned an industry supervisor to the
student.
The agreement will include the job description of the student, together with a project plan
compiled by the student that will count towards the final mark of WIL.
Once the project plan has been approved by the academic supervisor, the work-integrated
learning can commence. The work-integrated learning process through-out the 6th semester
should be documented and a short report should be given to the academic supervisor on a 2
weekly basis, after approval by the industry supervisor.
The time-period for the experiential learning will span over 16 weeks, to ensure the students
fulfil their requirements of 360 hours.
The student will be required to compile a final report on all activities and project during the
WIL process, and produce it to the academic supervisor at the end of the semester that will
count towards the final mark of WIL.
A presentation will be required by student at the end of the semester that will count towards
the final mark of WIL.
The final mark of the student will be calculated according to the following:
Project Plan: 10 %
2 Week Reports: 10 %
Final Report: 70 % (60 % Academic Supervisor, 40 % Industry Supervisor)
Presentation: 10 %
61
The role of the student is to undergo the training, as broadly specified by the academic
department and offered by the company.
62
BACHELOR OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP HONOURS 22BHEP
Description
The Honours Degree in Entrepreneurship is designed to be worth 480 credits at NQF Level
8. The degree enables students to realise their entrepreneurial career aspirations with a
specially designed learning programme. The focus is on producing graduates who are able
to conceptualise, design and implement business projects.
The degree is uniquely packaged in that it combines two years of basic business studies and
two years of work in the Team Entrepreneurship Learning Mode.
Admission Requirements
Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points in 5 subjects as per the Polytechnic general
admission requirements. In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission
requirement:
English - D at Ordinary level or 4 at Higher level
Students who do not meet these requirements may be admitted on condition they enroll for a
bridging programme or selected bridging courses.
FIRST YEAR
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Business Accounting (Finance) None
introduction to Business Management BMA121S None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Placement Test
Pirnciples of Economics 1A PEC111S None
Semester 2
Business Accounting (Costing) BAC112S Business Accounting
(Finance)
Computer User Skills CUS0100 None
Professional Writing PFW0520 None
SECOND YEAR
Semester 3
Accounting for Entrepreneurs ACE211S Business Accounting
(Costing)
Business Law 1A BSL211S None
Marketing (Entrepreneurship) MAE211S None
Human Resources Management HRE211S None
(Entrepreneurship)
Semester 4
Business Applications BAS212S None
Business Finances (Entrepreneurship) BFE212S Accounting for
Entrepreneurs
Business Law 1B BLS212S Business Law 1A
Project Managemennt PRM422S None
63
Professional Learning (Year One) Third Year
Becoming an Entrepreneur BAE411Y None
Management and Learning MLO411Y None
Organisation
Creative Thinking and Personal CTP411Y None
Growth
Marketing and Customer MCR411Y None
Relationships
Company’s Economy CSE411Y None
Team Company Project TCP411Y None
Professional Learning (Year Two) Fourth Year

Becoming an Entrepreneur BAE411Y None
(If not yet taken)
Management and Learning MLO411Y None
Organisation (If not yet taken)
Creative Thinking and Personal CTP411Y None
Growth (If not yet taken)
Marketing and Customer MCR411Y None
Relationships (If not yet taken)
Company’s Economy (If not yet taken) CSE411Y None
Research Project (If not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
Team Company Project TCP411Y None
(If not yet taken)
64
BACHELOR OF MARKETING (PHASED IN 2007) 21BMRK

Marketing 1A Introduction to Marketing and its Environment
The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling
Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management
Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing
Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management
Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy
Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management
Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning
and Decision Making
Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services
First Year
Semester 1
Resources
Semester 2
Management
65
(if not yet taken)
(or equivalent).
Second Year (Phased in 2008)

First Year - National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) (Replaced National
Certificate Marketing and Sales and National Higher Cerficate Sales Management which
was phased out at the end of 2006 and 2007)
Semester 3
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills
Principles of Selling POS221S None
Services Marketing SSM221S Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
and Marketing Principles
Semester 4
(If not yet taken)
Sales Operations & Management SOM222S Marketing Principles
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Phased in 2009)

Semester 5
Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its
E-Marketing & Web Management EWM321S Introduction to Marketing & its
Marketing Research & Market MRI321S Introduction to Marketing & its
Intelligence Environment & Marketing Principles
One Optional
Basic German 1A or GER110S None
Basic French 1A or BAF111S None
Basic Portuguese 1A or BAP111S None
Basic Spanish 1A BAS111S None
Semester 6
Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Introduction to Marketing &
Analysis Environment & Marketing Principles
Marketing Communication Strategy MCS322S Introduction to Marketing &
66
Marketing & Product Management MPM322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Management
One Optional
Basic German 1B or GER120S Basic German 1A
Basic French 1B or BAF112S Basic French 1A
Basic Portuguese 1B or BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1A
Basic Spanish 1B BAS112S Basic Spanish 1A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Marketing (Phased in 2010)

Additional Entry Requirements for the fourth level: Fourth Year Bachelor of Marketing
Holders of the Diplomas listed below may be admitted to the fourth level provided that they
have completed the courses listed for each Diploma.
National Diploma: Marketing [Old Curriculum] : Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent
National Diploma: Business Administration: Services Marketing or equivalent

Principles of Selling or equivalent, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Consumer
& Organisational Behaviour: Intro, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing
Communication Strategy or equivalent, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing
& Web Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management or equivalent
National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Small Medium Enterprises Management

or equivalent Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or
equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing
& Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour:
Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication
Strategy or equivalent
Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce
Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product
Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B,
Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services
Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer &
Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
International Marketing and IMM111S Services Marketing
Management 1A
Strategic Marketing Management: SMM421S Marketing & Product Management
Planning and Decision Making
And any ONE of the following:
Marketing of Financial Services MFS421S Services Marketing
Marketing For Tourism MFT411S Services Marketing
Retail Business Management RBM421S Introduction to Marketing &
*Project Management (Offered only in *PRM422S None
the eighth semester)
67
Semester 8
Management 1B
Customer Care Management CCM422S Introduction to Marketing &
Supply and Distribution Management SDM422S Introduction to Marketing &
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: MARKETING (OLD CURRICULUM) 21BMAR

(Phased out in 2006)
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: MARKETING AND SALES
First Year (Phased out in 2007)

Semester 1
Practice of Selling 1A POS111S None
Register for Modules 1 (PIS001M),
2 (PIS002M) and 3 (PIS003M)
Semester 2
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 None
(If not yet taken)
Practice of Selling 1B POS112S None
(if not yet taken)
5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and
7 (PIS007M)
& Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics
(or equivalent).
68
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year
Certificate) (Phased out in 2008)
Semester 3
English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
Marketing 2A MAR211S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
previous semester:
Semester 4
Marketing 2B MAR212S Marketing 1A & 1B
Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate)
Semester 5
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A MCS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 6
Marketing Communication Strategy 1B MCS112S Marketing 1A & 1B
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Marketing (Phased out in 2010)) (Offered on Full-
time and Part-time mode only)
Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Marketing or equivalent
NOTE: Students with the old National Diploma Marketing, those with equivalent or
non-equivalent national diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the old Bachelor of
Technology Marketing programme must also register for, and pass, these core courses
as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning
(RPL) where applicable.
69
National Diploma: Business Administration: Marketing 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B and 3A & 3B,
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B, Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B, Consumer Buyer Behaviour
1A & 1B, Marketing Communication Strategies 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Entrepreneurship, Marketing 1A &

1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B, Practice of Selling 1A & 1B,
Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Consumer Buyer Behaviour 1A & 1B, Marketing Communication
Strategies 1A & 1B, Small Business Management and Introduction to Mathematics, Basic
Business Statistics 1A & 1B.
Semester 7
Customer Care and Customer CCC111S None
Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A DCM111S None
International Marketing Management 1A IMM111S Marketing 3A & 3B
Marketing 4A MAR411S Marketing 3A & 3B and
Promotional Strategy or Marketing
Communication Strategy 1A & 1B
or Advertising & Sales Promotion
Marketing Research Practice 1A MRP111S Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer
& Buyer Behaviour 1A
Research Methodology, Dissertation RDP400Y None
and Project (Offered Part-time mode
Only)
or Research Methodology (Offered RMA411S None
Full-time mode Only)
Optional Electives
Basic German or BAG111S None
Basic French or BAF111S None
Basic Portuguese or BAP111S None
Basic Spanish BAS111S None
Financial Planning and Control 1A FPC111S None
Marketing of Financial Services 1A MFS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 8
Distribution Channel Management 1B DCM112S None
Electronic Marketing ELM112S None
International Marketing Management 1B IMM112S Marketing 3A & 3B
Marketing 4B MAR412S Marketing 3A & 3B and
Promotional Strategy or Marketing
Communication Strategy 1A &1B
or Advertising & Sales Promotion
Marketing Research Practice 1B MRP112S Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer
& Buyer Behaviour 1A
Research Project (Offered Full time only) RPB412S Research Methodology
Optional Electives
Basic German or BAG111S None
Basic French or BAF111S None
Basic Portuguese or BAP111S None
Basic Spanish BAS111S None
Financial Planning and Control 1B FPC112S None
Marketing of Financial Services 1B MFS112S Marketing 1A and 1B
70
*Note 1: (Choice courses will be taken as 1A and 1B of the same course over the two
semesters).
*Note 2: (When the B.Tech. is extended to full-time mode in the near future, the minimum
study period for the B.Tech. will be one year, consisting of the indicated 6 semester
courses in the first half of the year and the 6 semester courses in the second half
of the year).
71
DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMME 2011

The department of Human Resources Management introduced a new 3 year Bachelor of
Human Resources Management qualification in 2011. The old 4 year Bachelor of Human
Resources Management programme will be phased out systematically with effect from 2011
up to 2013. This means that the first year of the old programme will no longer be offered,
rather the first year of the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification
will be offered in 2011. The new programme provides for first exit level of Diploma in Human
Resources Management after 2 years.
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

[Diploma In Human Resources Management (NQF Level 6) As first exit level]
Qualifications
The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels:
Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390
credits.
Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits.
Programme Outcomes
The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate
knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows:
On completing the Diploma programme students will be able to:

• Use the general/broad principles of human resources management to resolve real life
challenges in human resources.
• Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into
effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles.
• Analyse and interpret human resources management related issues.
• Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information
necessary for problem solving in human resources management.
• Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and non-
standard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.
On completing the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme, students

will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to
human resources management practice.
• Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision
making.
• Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their
teams in response to workplace demands.
72
• Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in
achieving set goals and objectives.
• Apply human resources management professional practices/roles in complex, variable

and specialised contexts.
• Achieve the generic graduate outcomes of problem-solving, critical thinking, responsible

citizenship and good communication.
Credits
Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National
Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the
Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a course-
by-course basis as follows:
Bachelor of Human Resources Diploma in Human Resources and

Management (new courses) Personnel Management (old courses)
Introduction to Business Business Management 1A & 1B (Any)
Management
Professional Writing English Communication Module 5
Computer Users Skills Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B
Human Resource Staffing Human Resources Management 3A/

Personnel Management 3
Employee Health and Safety Human Resources Management 3B/
Industrial Relations Industrial Relations 1A and 1B
Introduction to Education Training Management of Training 1A
and Development
Principles of Education Management of Training 1B
Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources
Management Honours.
Requirements for Qualification Award

The Bachelor of Human Resources Management will be awarded to students credited
with a minimum of 390 NQF credits. In addition, students must meet the administrative
and financial requirements as spelt out in the Polytechnic of Namibia Prospectus.
Progression Rules
Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having
attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course
requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will
not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed
all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management.
73
Transition Arrangements
The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013.
The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be
phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students’ learning progression.
The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources
Management is 2013.
The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for
the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013
to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and
second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new
syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the
new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies
in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion
of Institutional Core courses.
All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources
Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of
Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and
will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based
on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up
based on the new curriculum.
The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme
and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new
curriculum.
If a student, who is registered on the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management

degree (to be phased out), fails more than half the work load in any particular year his/
her registration will automatically be changed to the new programme. The switch will consider
courses already taken and their equivalents.
The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below:
74
CURRICULUM
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (NEW) 07BHRM
Course Title Course code Prerequisite

Year 1 (Phased in 2011)
Semester 1
DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Marketing and MAR121S None
its Environment
Introduction to Psychology of Human
Resources PHR511S None
Language in Practice LIP411S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Human Resources
Management IHR512S None
Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None
Year 2 (Phasing in 2012)

Semester 3
Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Introduction to Psychology
of Human Resources and
Introduction to Human
Resources Management
Labour Law 1A LAL111S None
Information Competence (if not yet taken) ICT512S None
Basic Sciene (if not yet taken) BSC410S None

Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Introduction to Psychology
Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Performance Management & Productivity PMP612S Introduction to Psychology
Measurement of Human Resources and
Profesional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
75

Semester 5
Organisational Development and Change ODC711S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Introduction to Education Training and ETD711S None
Development
Human Resources Staffing HRS711S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Year 3
Semester 6
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Principles of Education Training and PTD712S None
Development
Industrial Relations IRL712S Labour Law 1A & 1B
Work Integrated Learning (HRM) WIL712S None
Work Integrated Learning Structure and Management

Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is the process of integrating work experiences with learning in
a way traditional education cannot do. WIL shall be provided for in the 3rd year of the Bachelor
of Human Resources Management programme. Only 3rd year students will be allowed to
register for WIL. It provides students with opportunities to:
• Execute tasks associated with Human Resources Management rather than just
reading them. It also allows students to assess their interests in human resources
management.
• Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future
endeavours while providing a professional environment.
• Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working
relationships have been established.
• Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are
not possible in a classroom environment.
WIL is important in improving the Polytechnic graduate characteristics to meet industry

needs that are in line with the Polytechnic vision, strategic plan and the requirements of the
Polytechnic Curriculum Model.
It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity
to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies.
Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom.
76
Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human
Resources Management as a result of this cooperation.
The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development
needed for national economic development.
Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and
development.
Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users
i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness.
77
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased in 2007 and phased
out in 2010) 21BHUR

The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below
Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour
Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management
Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing
Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety
Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations
Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development
Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training
Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources
Management
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011)
Semester 1
Course Title Course Code Prerequisites
Resources
Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test
or equivalent.
78
Semester 2
Management
(if not yet taken)
or equivalent.
Second Year - (Not available from 2012)

Semester 3
Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Intro. to Psychology of Human
Resources and Introduction to
Human Resources Management
Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro. to Psychology of Human
(if not yet taken)
Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from
2013)
Semester 5
Human Resource Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and
Organisational Management
Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None
Development
Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and
Change Organisational Management
NOTE: Vacation School and Business Simulation sessions

are compulsory for students registered for Entrepreneurship.
79
Semester 6
Business Finance BSF222S None
Employee Health & Safety EHS312S Organisational Behaviour and
Principles of Education, Training & PTD322S None
Development
Management
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014)
Additional Admission Requirements

Students with the old National Diploma in HRM, Personnel Management and those with
equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor
degree in the Human Resources Management programme, must also register and pass all core
courses as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning
(RPL) where applicable. Students who have completed the National Diploma’s listed below
can enrol for the Bachelor Human Resources Management provided that they register and
pass the additional courses listed below, unless the course(s) were already passed or credit
obtained for them:
National Diploma in Human Resources Management/National Diploma: Personnel

Management: Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Organisational
Development & Change, Industrial Relations, Introduction to Education, Training &
Development, Principles of Education,Training & Development, Labour Law.
National Diploma: Business Administration: Introduction to Psychology of Human

Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour,
Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial
Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles
of Education, Training & Development.
National Diploma: Commerce: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics

& Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management
Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management , Introduction to Psychology of Human
Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Introduction to Education, Training & Development,
Principles of Education, Training & Development.
National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Introduction to Business

Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance,
Purchasing & Supply Management, Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management,
Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources
Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource
Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to
Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development.
80
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations AIR421S Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training AMT421S Introduction to Education, Training
& Development and Principles of
Education, Training & Development
Strategic Human Resources SHR421S Human Resource Staffing and
Management Employee Health & Safety
Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced
Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources
Management, Research Methodology and Research Project.
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational ADC412S Organisational Development &
Development & Change Change
Compensation Management CMA412S Human Resource Staffing

(if not yet taken)
Organisational Development & Change, Compensation Management, Research
Methodology and Research Project.

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
(Phased out 2007 - 2009)

Semester 1
Semester 2
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
or equivalent.
81
Semester 3
Human Resources Management 2A HRM211S Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B
Management of Training 1A MOT111S None
Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D None
Semester 4
Human Resources Management 2B HRM212S Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B
Management of Training 1B MOT112S None
Labour Law 1 B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Inform. Systems 1A
2009)
Semester 5
Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None
English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Comm. Module 4
Semester 6
Industrial Relations 1B IRL112S None
82
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 21BHRM
(OLD CURRICULUM)
(Phased out from 2006)
Semester 1
Introductionto Mathematics ITM111S None
Semester 2
(If not yet taken)
(Bus & Management)
(If not yet taken)

Semester 3
Human Resources Management 2A HRM211S Human Resources Management
1A & 1B
Semester 4
Human Resources Management 2B HRM212S Human Resources Management
1A & 1B
Third Year - National Diploma: Human Resources Management (Not available from
2009)
Semester 5
2A & 2B
83
Semester 6
2A & 2B
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology: Human Resources Management (Offered on

Full-time and Part-time only) (Not available in 2010)
Additional Admission Requirements: National Diploma in Human Resources

Management.
Students who have completed the National Diploma’s listed below can enrol for the old B.Tech
Human Resources Management provided that they register and pass the additional courses
listed below:
National Diploma: Business Administration: Human Resources Management 1A & 1B;

2A & 2B and 3A & 3B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Management
of Training 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Commerce: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B; Human
Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Labour
Law 1A & 1B and Management of Training 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Personnel Management: Industrial Relations 1A & 1B and Management

of Training 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Business Management

1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B; Human Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B,
Labour Law 1A & 1B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Management of Training 1A & 1B
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A AIR211S Industrial Relations 1A & 1B
Advanced Management of Training 2A AMT211S Management of Training 1A & 1B
Advanced Organisational Development AOD111S None
3A & 3B
Semester 8
Advanced Industrial Relations 2B AIR212S Industrial Relations 1A & 1B
Advanced Management of Training 2B AMT212S Management of Training 1A & 1B
Advanced Organisational Management AOM112S None
3A & 3B
Important Notice:
Research Project - RPB412S
84
required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such
registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the
Research Project will be based.
The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic
requirements of a supervisor.
Research Project topics must be in the student’s field of specialisation.
No retention of semester mark for continuous assessment courses, namely Research

85
Modes of Study
The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for
Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only offered
on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3, Information
Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the distance
education mode.
Information Administration consists of practical and theoretical parts. A minimum of ten students
should be registered for any specific course.
Practicals
Practicals are required for Information Administration.
Attendance
Full-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 8 hours of lectures per
week.
Part-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 6 hours of lectures per
week. For the other courses, Administrative Office Management and Speech and Deportment
full-time students are required to attend 4 hours of lectures per week and part-time students
3 hours per week respectively.
Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in Information
Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools during January, April, July
and August of each year.
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the following
shall apply:
Students who wish to register for Information Administration 1A on distance education modes
should be able to type 20 words per minute.
A pass in Language in Practice A of the English Proficiency Test, which is a prerequisite for
Language in Practice B, taught to first year students is also a requirement. Students who
only gain entry into Language in Practice A could also be admitted, but will be required to
advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Students with a C symbol
in English at Ordinary level may be admitted prior to receiving the outcome of their English
Proficiency Test, but they will also be required to advance to Language in Practice B before
their third year of study.
Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with
foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnic’s Mature Age Entry
Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic
English Proficiency test.
Keyboarding
This course is aimed at individuals who would like to become keyboard literate (touch type)
and acquire basic computer skills.
86
The keyboarding course is a semester course which will be offered on a full-time and a part-
time basis and can be taken during either semester one or semester two. On successful
completion of this course students will receive an attendance certificate which will also indicate
the speed they have attained. Those students who complete this course with a speed of at
least 20 w.p.m. will meet the prerequisite for Information Administration 1A on the part-time
and distance modes.
BACHELOR OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY 25BOMT

(Phased in 2007)
Admission for Graduates with Equivalent Qualifications:

Graduates of the phased-out National Diploma Executive Secretary, who wish to register
for the degree, must have passed Information Administration 3A and 3B as well as Office
Administration 3A and 3B before commencing with the degree. Students enrolling for the
degree will also be required to register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources
and Introduction to Human Resources Management as these courses are pre-requisites for
Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management which are compulsory courses
for the degree.
Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the Bachelor
of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in consultation
with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree.
Exit Levels
The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion
of at least one year of study.
The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
three years of study.
The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
four years of study.
Transition Rules
The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken, students
should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human
Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and Business Accounting 2A & 2B
which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelor level.
While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered
in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify.
All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of
Office Management and Technology as from 2007.
Special Progression Rules for Information Administration

Progression from one Information Administration course to the next is allowed only in the event
of a student having satisfied the pass requirement in a formal examination for these courses.
All practical and theoretical papers of a course should be written in the same examination
session.
87
Pass Requirements
Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4.
A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more,
subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper.
The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate: Office Management and Technology

Semester 1
Information Administration 1A IAD111S None
Administrative Office Management 1A AOM121S None
Speech and Deportment 1A SDP111S None
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Administration 1A
Administrative Office Management 1B AOM122S None
Speech and Deportment 1B SDP112S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration
1A & 1B
Administrative Office Management 2A AOM221S Administrative Office Management
1A & 1B
Introduction to Psychology of Human PHR511S None
Resources
Semester 4
Administrative Office Management 2B AOM222S Administrative Office Management
1A & 1B
Management
88
previous semester (if not yet taken)
Third Year - National Diploma: Office Management and Technology

Semester 5
2A & 2B
Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration 2A & 2B
Public Relations 1A PRL311S None
And any ONE of the following (if not yet taken)
Semester 6
Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office Management 3A
Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Office Management and Technology

Semester 7
Information Administration 4A IAD411S Information Administration 3A & 3B
3A & 3B
Management
And any ONE of the following (if not yet taken)
Semester 8
Administrative Office Management 4B AOM412S Administrative Office Management 4A
Organisational Management OSM612S Introduction to Psychology of Human
Resources and Introduction to Human
89
Management
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 25DIAD

(Old curriculum phased out end of 2006)
First Year
Semester 1
Office Administration 1A OAD111S None
Legal Practice 1A LPT111S None
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Admin 1A
Office Administration 1B OAD112S None
Legal Practice 1B LPT112S Legal Practice 1A
Second Year
Semester 3
Information Administration 2A IAD211S Information Administration 1A &1B
Office Administration 2A OAD211S Office Administration 1A & 1B
Semester 4
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administratin 2A
Office Administration 2B OAD212S Office Administration 2A
90
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Priciples of Economics 1B
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 2A
Third Year
Semester 5
Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration 2B
Office Administration 3A OAD311S Office Administration 2A & 2B
Secretarial Public Relations 1A SPR311S None
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
Semester 6:
Office Administration 3B OAD312S Office Admininistration 3A
Secretarial Public Relations 1B SPR312S Secretarial Public Relations 1A
International Trade ITT312S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics
91
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ECONOMICS 23BECO
Admission requirements
Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution
and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case
basis, depending on the assessment of the applicant’s suitability as well as availability of
facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without
all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears.
Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better
symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be
required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM111S, first.
Transition Rules
Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who,
for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the
course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department
who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules.
First Year - Bachelor of Technology: Economics

Semester 1
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A MSS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
or better symbol in Mathematics
at the Ordinary level
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
at Ordinary level
Semester 2
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B MSS112S Mathematics for Social Science 1A
Computer User Skills (if not taken yet) CUS411S None
Second Year (Offered Full-time and Part-time)

Semester 3
Mathematics for Economists MEC211S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Money and Banking MAB211S Principles of Economics 1B
92
Semester 4
Mathematical Economics MEC212S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Financial Intermediation and FII212S None
Institutional Investment
Economics of Agriculture & Rural EAR212S None
Development
Third Year (Offered Full Time and Part Time)

Semester 5
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics &
Macroeconomics
Applied Mathematical Economics AME311S Mathematics for Economists &
Mathematical Economics
Statistics for Economists SEC311S Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
Managerial Economics MEN311S Intermediate Microeconomics
Economics of Growth & Development EGD311S Intermediate Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Public Finance & Taxation PFT312S Principles of Economics 1A & 1B
International Finance IFN312S Principles of Economics 1A
Econometrics ECM312S Statistics for Economists
Business Logistics & Supply BLS322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Industrial Economics IEC312S Intermediate Microeconomics
Fourth Year (Offered on Full-time and Part-time)

Semester 7
Economics of Namibia & SACU
Countries 4A ECN411S None
And any THREE of the following:
(These courses will be offered if and when resources permit and if there is a minimum required
number of students enrolled for the course in question.)
Project Planning & Management PPM411S None
Transport Economics TEC411S None
Mortgage Finance and Real
Estate Investment MFI411S None
History of Economic Thought HET411S None
93
Corporate Finance CFN411S None
Analytical Economic History AEH411S None
Planning Techniques PLT411S None
Labour Economics LEC411S None
Semester 8
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology &
Econometrics
Economics of Namibia & SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B

94
BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT 07BTRM
Description
The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at
equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in:
• understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management
• transport economics
• management and regulatory principles
The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree
level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics
industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally.
The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which
includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework
and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace.
The Bachelor of Transport Management degree is designed to be at NQF Level 7 with 400
credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels.
In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia,
students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the
programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition
of Prior Learning (RPL).
Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will
also be eligible to enrol for this programme.
Year 1 (Certificate with a minimum of 131 credits. Phased in 2011)

Semester 1
Self Development and Study Skills SDS010S None
Introduction to Road Traffic and Transport IRT511S None
Legislation
Principles of Transport Economics PTE511S None
Experiential Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) EXL511S None
Semester 2
Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure LEC212S None
Transport Economics & Procedures TEP512S Principles of Transport
Economics
Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI512S None
Management
95
Basic Science (if not yet taken) BSC410S None
Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the
Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)
Semester 3
Principles of Logistics Management PLM611S None
Road Traffic & Transport Legislation RTL611S None
Intermodal Transport Economics ITE611S Transport Economics &
Procedures
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Infrastructure Management
Transport Operations Management TOM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Semester 4
Operational Logistics Management OLM612S Principles of Logistics
Management
Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Road Traffic & Transport
Legislation Legislation
Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S Intermodal Transport
Economics

Practical Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI612S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management
Practical Transport Operations Management PTO612S Transport Operations
Management
Year 3 (Available on the Distance Eucation Mode as from 2013)

Semester 5
International and Regional Transport IRT711S Applied Intermodal
Economics Transport Economics
Work Integrated Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) WOL711S Completion and pass of all
courses up to Semester 4.
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIT711S Practical Road Safety &
Techniques Infrastructure Management
Transport Operations Management TOT711S Practical Transport
Techniques Operations Management
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
96
Advanced Transport Economics ATE712S International and Regional
Transport Economics
Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management Techniques
Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S Transport Operations
Management Techniques

97
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT 24BPMA

(Phased out from 2009)
Transition Rules (from National Diploma: Public Administration to B.Tech: Public

Management)
Course Failed: Course to Repeat:
Public Administration 1 Introduction to Public Management and
Public Management in Namibia
Economics 1 Principles of Economics 1A and
Principles of Economics 1B
Human Resources Management 1 Introduction to Psycology of Human Resources
Introduction to Human Resources Management
Financial Accounting 1 Financial Accounting 1A and
Financial Accounting 1B
Public Administration 2 Public Human Resources Management and
Public Financial Management
Commercial Law Commercial Law 1A and
Commercial Law 1B
Human Resources Management 2 Organisational Behaviour and
Economics 2 Intermediate Microeconomics and
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Public Administration 3 Public Policy
Organisational Theories
Human Resources Management 3 Human Resources Management 3A and
Human Resources Management 3B
Economics 3 Applied Economic Policy Analysis and
International Trade
Law (Public Administration) Law for Public Managers 1A and
Law for Public Managers 1B
Auditing 1 Auditing 3A and Auditing 3B
98
First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Phased out in 2009)
Semester 1
Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None
Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
(Business & Management) / Basic
Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol
B or better
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None
Introduction to Psychology of
Human Resources PHR511S None
Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Introduction to Public Management
(if not yet taken)
Introduction to Political Science IPS0100 None
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have
obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent).
Second Year
Semester 3
Public Human Resources Management PHR211S Introduction to Public Management
Regional & Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management
Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Business
Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Resources & Introduction to
99
Semester 4
Public Financial Management PFM212S Public Management in Namibia
Regional & Local Government in RLG212S Regional and Local Government
Namibia
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B Business
Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro to Psychology of Human
Resources & Introduction to
Third Year - National Diploma in Public Management

Semester 5
Public Policy PBP311S Public Management in Namibia
Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None
Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management
International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None
Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Organisational Theories OTP112S Introduction to Public Management
Law for Public Managers 1B LPM112S None
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional and Local Government
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour and
100
Public Management with Development Management Specialisation
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia
And any TWO of the following:
Economics of Nam. & SACU ECN411S None
Countries 4A
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional & Local Government
Management of Public Enterprises MPE411S Public Management in Namibia
Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Strategic Human Resources SHR812S Human Resources Staffing &
Management Employee Health and Safety
Semester 8
Ethics & Accountability ETA412S None
Economics of Namibia and SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B
Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management
Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government
Industrial & Labour Relations ILR412S None
Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia
Note: Students who wish to enrol for Advanced Development Management must take note that
the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However, students can enrol
concurrently for Development Management and the B-Tech courses during the first semester.

Public Management with Regional and Local Government Specialisation
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Regional and Local Government LGP411S Regional & Local Government
Finance
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional & Local Government
Governance & Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
Semester 8
Ethics & Accountability ETA412S None
Regional & Local Government Personnel LGP412S Regional & Local Government
Environmental Management EMA412S None
101
Industrial & Labour Relations ILR412S None
Additional Requirement
Students who have completed the National Diploma Public Administration at the Polytechnic of
Namibia and other tertiary institutions, can enrol for the B.Tech Public Management provided
they have completed the following 4 (four) non-diploma courses:
1 Principles of Information
Systems 1A PIS121S None
2 Principles of Information
Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A
1 Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None
1 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management)/
Basic Mathematics or Grade 12
symbol B or better
2 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A
1 & 2 Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing
1 Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public
Management (Public Administration 1)
Students can enrol concurrently for both the B.Tech. Public Management courses and the
non-diploma courses. The non-diploma courses are offered on the full, part time and distance
education mode.
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (NEW)
Certificate Public Management (Phased in 2010)
Year 1
Semester 1
Any ONE of the following:
Resources

Semester 2
Public Management in Namibia PMN112S Intro. to Public Management
(If not yet taken)
Basic Mathematics BMS411S None (if not yet taken)
Computer User Skills CUS411S None (If not yet taken)
102
Any one of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester:
Management
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1A
Admission Requirements:
1. Students who have completed the Certificate in Public Management or Administration will
continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012.
2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the
Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor Degree in Public Managemen pro-
vided that they have completed the following courses:
a.) Principles of Information Systems 1A (PIS121S)
b.) Principles of Information Systems 1B (PIS122S)
c.) Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B

Programme Progression Rules
Students who have successfully completed the Bachelor Degree in Public Management can
enrol for the Bachelor Honours Degree in Public Management, provided they have met the
admission requirements for the Hons Degree in Public Management. The programme will
be implemented in January 2010. However, only the first year students will start with the
programme, the second, third and fourth year students will continue with the old curriculum
until it is totally phased out in year 2012.
103
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (Phasing in 2011)
Year 2
Semester 3
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills or exemption
Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management
Management
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics

Semester 4
Regional & Local Government in RLG212S Regional & Local Government
Namibia Management
And any ONE of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester:
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1 B

Semester 5
International Relations and IRO311S None
Organisations
Urban Development and Management UDP711S Regional and Local Government
Management
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro and
Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Public Sector Organisational Behaviour POB712S Public Management in Namibia
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional and Local Government in
Namibia
Innovation, Creativity and ICE712S None
Entrepreneurship
International Trade ITT312S None
Disaster Management DSM712S None
Public Sector Accounting PSA712S Business Accounting 2B
104
SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Sarala Krishnamurthy, Post Grad. Diploma in the
Teaching of English, B.Sc., M.A. English, Ph.D. in
Stylistics & African Lit. (Bangalore)
Faculty Officer : Petsy Neiss, BBA Project Management (SBS), ND
Nursing Science (UNAM)
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Ndapewa N. Kuwa, National Certificate: Office
Management and Technology (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207-2212
E-mail Address : nkuwa@polytechnic.edu.na

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION
Head of Department : Tracy Grellmann, B.A., H.E.D (UNAM), M.Phil.
(Stellenbosch)
Secretary : Erna Daniel, Diploma, Executive Secretary
(PoN)
Telephone Number : 061-207 2443
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail Address : ebassingthwaighte@polytechnic.edu.na
Administrative Assistant : Monica Mundjindi, Dip. Office Administration
(Damelin), Diploma: HRM (PoN), B.Tech. HRM (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail address : mmundjindi@polytechnic.edu.na
IT Technician : Allastair Ellitson
Telephone Number : 061 207 2037
Fax Number : 061 207 2310
E-mail Address : aellitson@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Bronwen Beukes, B.A. (UNAM), H.E.D. (UNAM),
M.A. Ling. (Stellenbosch)
Academic Staff : Tracy Grellmann, B.A., H.E.D (UNAM), M.Phil.
(Stellenbosch)
: Alexandra Tjiramanga, M. A. ELT (Karl Franzens),
Cert. OET (London)
: Bronwen Beukes, B.A. (UNAM), H.E.D. (UNAM),
M.A.Ling. (Stellenbosch)
: Joanne Brandt, B.A.(UCT), H.E.D. (UNISA), M. Phil.
(Stellenbosch)
: Alexander Brewis, B.A., H.E.D. (Stellenbosch),
B.A. (Hons) (UNISA), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch), Cert.
OET (London)
: Jeanne Hunter, B.A., H.E.D. (Stellenbosch), Dip.
Transl. (UNISA), B.Ed. (UNAM), Dipl. Ling.
(Surrey), M. Phil. Second Lang. Studies
(Stellenbosch)
: Rewai Makamani, B.A. (Hons), M.A.F.L., M.L.S.P.,
Grad. Cert. Ed. (UZ), Executive Certificate in
Humanitarian Project Management
105
: Basil Rickerts, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UNAM), M.A.
(Stellenbosch), HED (Academy).
: Isabeau Voights von Schütz, B.A. (Pretoria),
HED (RAU), B.Ed. (Hons) (UPE), M.Phil.
(Stellenbosch)
: Antoinette Wentworth, M.Ed. (Educ. Technology)
(Arizona State), B.Ed. (UNAM), H.E.D., Teachers
Diploma (Khomasdal)
: Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES
Head of Department: : Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons),
Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE
Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET
(London)
Secretary : Erna Daniel, Diploma, Executive Secretary (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail Address : ebassingthwaighte@polytechnic.edu.na
IT Technician : Allastair Ellitson
Fax Number : 061-207 2310
E-mail Address : aellitson@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil.
(Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
Academic Staff : Sarala Krishnamurthy, Post Graduate Diploma in
Teaching of English, B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. (Bangalore)
: Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons),
Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE
Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET
(London) Majahana John Lunga, B.A. (Hons)
(Makerere), PGDE (Nairobi), M.A., D.Litt. et Phil. et
Phil (UNISA)
: Juliet Eiseb, B.A., H.E.D. (UWC), B.Ed. (Hons)
(UPE), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch)
: Caleb Gwasira, B.A. (UZ), Grad. C.E. (UZ), B.Ed.
(UNAM), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch)
: Elina Ithindi, B.A. (Wittenberg), M.A. (Warwick)
: Juliet Pasi, B.A., B.A.(Hons), Grad. Cert. Ed., M.A.
(UZ)
: Aletta Rhode, Dip. Lib., B.A. (UNAM), M.A. (UNISA)
: Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil.
(Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
: Hileni T.N.Frans, B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN)
: Jemima Mungenga, B.Ed., (UNAM), M.Ed.
(Monash) (On Secondment to the Writing Centre
– CTL)
: Jesus Lasso Rey, Hons in English Studies,
M.A. (Salamanca), Dip in English Language (Burgos)
: Vida de Voss, B.A., B.A.(Hons), M.A.(Stellenbosch),
B.A. (Hons) (UCT), M.A. (Iowa)
: Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA)
: Cecilia Lupalezwi, B.A. (Solusi), B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN)
106
DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES
Head of Department: : Mariette Hanekom, B.A., Hons (Journalism), LL.B.
(Stellenbosch), Legal Practitioner to the High Court
of Namibia and Supreme Court of South Africa
(Cape of Good Hope Provincial Division),
Conveyancer and Notary, Sworn Translator of the
High Court of Namibia (English/Afrikaans)
Deputy Head of Department : Adv. Magda Saayman, B.Iuris. (UOFS), LL.B
(UNISA)
Academic Staff : Retha van Zyl, B.Sc. (Stellenbosch), Dip.Ed.
(UNAM), B.Proc., LL.M (UNISA), Legal Practitioner
to the High Court of Namibia
: Hiltrud von Alten, B.A., LL.B. (UCT), Legal
Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia
: Stefan Schulz, 1st State Ex. Law (Saarbruecken),
2nd State Ex. Law (Zweibrucken), Doctor Iuris
(Freiburg im Breisgau)
: Emmy Musima Wabomba, B.Iuris LL.B (UNAM),
Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia
: Stephnie de Villiers, B.A., LL.B (Stellenbosch),
Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia,
Conveyancer
: Tuhafeni Helao, Cert. Basic Police Training
(Luiperd Valley Police College), Cert. Supervision
and Management (IPI Police College), NCPA,
NHCPA, NDPA (PoN), B.Admin (UNAM), MPA
(UWC)
: Stephanus Homateni Nambili, B. Juris, LL.B,
(UNAM)
: Eliphas !Owos-ôab, B. (Hons) Criminal Justice,
B.Tech. (Pub Man), NDPM (PoN), Adv.Int. Dip (TSM)
(Sweden), MDP (Technikon Wits).
: Ulrich Freyer, ND Public Administration (PoN),
B.Tech. Public Management (TSA), M.Admin (UWC)
DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA TECHNOLOGY

Head of Department : Emily Brown, B.A. (Hons) Communication
(UNISA), M.Sc. Journalism/Mass Comm. (Iowa
State)
Deputy Head of Department : Bertha Amakali, ND Journ. (Natal Technikon), MA
Journ. Studies (Univ. of Wales, Cardiff) (UK)
Secretary : Ndinelao PN Nghifimule, ND Information
Administration (PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207-2267
E-mail Address : nnghifimule@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Emily Brown, B.A. (Hons) Communication
(UNISA), M.Sc. Journalism/Mass Comm. (Iowa
State)
107
: Elva A. Gómez De Sibandze, ESL Cert. (Brigham
Young University), B.A. & M.A. Lang.
& Literature (University of Utah), Postgraduate
Cert. in Translation, Culture and Communication
(University of KwaZulu-Natal), Ph.D. Candidate
in Culture, Communication and Media Studies
(University of KwaZulu-Natal)
: Julius J. Mtemahanji, MA Management for
Development (The Catholic University of Milan),
MA Social Communication (Pontifical Gregorian
University), B.A. Social Sciences (Pontifical
Gregorian University), B.A. Mass Communication
(Makerere)
: Hugh Ellis, B.Journ. (Rhodes University), M.A.
Journalism & Media Studies (RhodesUniversity)
: Bertha Amakali, ND Journ. (Natal Technikon), MA
Journ. Studies (Univ. of Wales)
: Unomengi Kauapirura, BA Mass Comm (College
of Notre Dame), Maryland USA Lab/Studio
Technician
: François Andreas, Apple Certified Help Desk (Apple
Online Course), Assistant A+ Certified (Comptia
Online Course)
Project Officer : Cornelius Jacobus Bekker, Dip. In Journalism
(Varsity College)
108
BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION 25BACO
Description
The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme (Full-time/Part-time)
that is aimed at equipping students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in
communication management and administration, designed to be at NQF Level 7, comprising
422 total credits. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them
to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals,
groups, organisations and the public. The degree programme’s Work Integrated Learning
component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace.
students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
Exit Level Service Courses

The service courses offered by the Department of communication are exit level courses,
subject to the requirements of the respective programmes.
1. Exit level courses offered in this department are:

• Professional Communication (PFC0620)
• Professional Writing (PFW0520)
• Principles of Critical Thinking (PCT121S)
• Communication Skills (CSK0420)
2. Provided there is an adequate number of registered students in a course, all courses
shall be offered every semester. A limited number of students shall be registered every
semester for each class, subject to the availability of staff.
3. The English exit level service courses Professional Communication, Professional Writing
and Principles of Critical Thinking require a pass in Communication Skills and/or relevant
exemption.
4. Students who have English qualifications from other institutions and those with qualifications
from institutions where English was the language of instruction are required to write a
placement test before registering for an English service course in this department.
5. Communication Skills is compulsory, subject to the provisions for placement testing and
exemption.
6. Professional Writing and Professional Communication are compulsory, subject to the
requirements of the respective degree programmes.
7. Professional Writing, Professional Communication, and Principles of Critical Thinking
may be taken in any order or simultaneously depending on the student’s load and major
programme or orientation.
Progression Rule
Generally, a student has to pass a lower service course before he can register for a higher one.
In addition, students are requested to familiarise themselves with the particular requirements
of the programme they register for, as the progression rule may vary.
109
Retention of Semester Mark
Retention of semester mark shall be allowed in accordance with Rule AC4.3.6 in the
Prospectus.
Attendance
Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall
be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each
course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list.
Assessment
a. Full-time and Part-time students:
Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: 60 % of the Final Mark
Final Examination: 40 % of the Final Mark
A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment

mark of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at
least 50 %. A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.
b. Distance Education Students

A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark
of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %.
A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.
NATIONAL AND FOREIGN LANGUAGES

1. In addition to the English Communication courses offered for formal qualifications, non-
formal language proficiency courses in English, Afrikaans, French, German, Spanish,
Portuguese and Oshikwanyama shall be offered on a regular basis.
2. Other languages shall be accommodated subject to certain limitations. Tailor-made courses

in Language and Communication in any of the languages taught by the school may be
negotiated for closed groups.
3. The languages shall be offered at different levels, depending on the students’ knowledge
and/or proficiency in the language.
4. The duration of each level shall be 75 hours.
5. Classes are normally presented after hours in two two-hour sessions per week, provided
there are at least ten registered students per course.
6. At the end of each 75-hour course (4 months), students sit for oral and written
examinations.
7. Certificates are issued to students who:
(a) Attend regularly, and,

(b) Achieve a minimum mark of 50 %.
Registration fees are included in the course fees. For details, contact the Administrator, National
and Foreign Languages, Department of Communication.
110
Regulations
The programme shall be governed by the following regulations:
The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least
422 or 395 NQF credits (depending on choice) as per the curriculum requirements.
a. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24
courses from year 1 to year 3.
b. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught
courses plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
c. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall
also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a non-
credit bearing course.
d. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication,
and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include
Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the
Social Sciences.
Assessment
a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught.
b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each
course.
c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale
project.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Introduction to Communication 1A ICO111S None
Intercultural Communication ICC111S None
Principles of Economics PEC111S None

Semester 2
Introduction to Communication 1B ICO112S None
Non Verbal Communication NVC112S None
Organisational Communication OCO112S None
Group Dynamics and Communication GDC212S None
Gender Communication GCO212S None

Second Year
Semester 3
Rhetorical Theory and Criticism RTC211S None
Web Communication WCO211S None
Introduction to Marketing and
its Environment MAR121S None
Plus ONE of the following Electives:

111
Semester 4
Specialised Writing SPW212S None
Public Speaking and Argumentation PSA212S None
Public Relations: Theory and Practice PRT310S None

Third Year
Semester 5
Work Integrated Learning WIL311S None

Semester 6
Legal and Ethical Issues in
Communication LEC312S None
Management Communication MCO312S None
Persuasion and Propaganda PAP312S None
Plus any TWO of the following Electives:
Mediation Communication MCM312S None
Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse RCD312S None
International Relations and Organisations IRO311S None
112
General
1. Provided there is adequate registration of students in a course, all courses shall be offered
every semester.
2. Except for Language in Practice A (LPA - institutional core course), all English service
courses shall have prerequisites and/or relevant exemptions.
3. Students who have English qualifications from other institutions and those with qualifications
from institutions where English was the language of instruction may be required to write
a special test before registering for an English course.
4. French, German, Portuguese, and Spanish shall be offered as required by various

programmes.
Exemptions - English Communication Courses

1. Students with a grade 1, 2, or 3 pass in English as a Second Language at HIGCSE (Higher
International General Certificate of Secondary Education) or Namibia Senior Secondary
Certificate (NSSC) Higher level or an equivalent school-leaving certificate examination shall
be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in Practice B (LPB).
2. Students with a grade 1, 2, 3, or 4 pass in First Language English at HIGCSE or Namibia

Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Higher level or an equivalent school-leaving
certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and LPB.
3. Students with a grade B pass in English as a Second Language at IGCSE or Namibia

Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school-leaving
certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course).
4. Students with a grade A pass in English as a Second Language at IGCSE or Namibia

Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school-leaving
certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and
Language in Practice B (LPB).
5. Students with a grade A or B pass in First Language English at IGCSE or Namibia Senior
Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school- leaving certificate
examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in
Practice B (LPB).
6. Students who completed the NAMCOL English Communication Course (Modules 1 to 4)

shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course).
7. Students who completed English Communication courses or their equivalents eight or

more years previously shall not be exempted from any English service course.
Exit Level Courses

1. Exit level courses shall be: Communication Skills (CSK0420), Professional Writing
(PFW0520), Professional Communication (PFC0620), or Principles of Critical Thinking
(PCT121S), subject to the requirements of individual programmes.
2. Professional Writing, Professional Communication, and Principles of Critical Thinking

may be taken in any order or simultaneously depending on the student’s load and major
programme or orientation.
113
Transition Rules
1. From the 2009 academic year, all full-time, part-time, and distance education students
shall register for courses in English Communication according to the following table of
correspondence:
Old Courses Corresponding New Courses
English Communication Module 1 (ECM0100) Language in Practice (LIP411S)
English Communication Module 2 (ECM0200) Language in Practice (LIP411S)
English Communication Module 3 (ECM0300) Language in Practice B (LPB0320)
English Communication Module 4 (ECM0400) Communication Skills (CSK0420)
Communication Skills (COM1100) Communication Skills (CSK0420)
English Communication Module 5 (ECM0500) Professional Writing (PFW0520)
English Communication Module 6 (ECM0600) Professional Communication (PFC0620)
Communication and Critical Thinking (CCT111S) Principles of Critical Thinking (PCT121S)
2. Distance education students who shall be required to repeat courses in the old curriculum
in 2009 shall register for the corresponding new courses.
Progression Rule
1. A student shall not be allowed to register for a higher English service course unless s/he
has taken and passed a lower course or has been exempted from it.
Retention of semester mark

1. Retention of semester mark shall be allowed for LIP (institutional core course) and Language
in Practice B, in accordance with Rule AC4.3.6 in the Prospectus.
Attendance
Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall
be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each
course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list.
Assessment
(a) Full-time and Part-time students
(b) Distance Education Students

114
BACHELOR OF ENGLISH 25BAEN
Description
The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme (Full-time/Part-time)
that blends Language (English) and Literature in English, designed to be at NQF level 7,
comprising 391 credits. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work integrated
learning or practice.
Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia
(2008:4-5) students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special
English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted
into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).
Regulations
a. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from
year 1 to year 3.
b. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses
plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
c. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be
required to study and pass a Namibian national language.
d. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English
Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies
and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social
Sciences.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Introduction to Linguistics ILS111S None
Introduction to Literature ILT111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology IPP112S None
The Study of Prose TSP112S None
Second Year
Semester 3
English Morphology EMP211S None
Theory and Practice of Poetry TPP211S None
115
Namibian Literature in English NLE211S None
Semester 4
English Syntax ESY212S None
Theory and Practice of Drama TPD212S None
Literary Criticism LCR212S None
Third Year
Semester 5
Semester 6
Psycholinguistics PCL312S None
Semantics SMT312S None
English as a Second Language ESL312S None
African Literature AFL312S None
116
National Diploma: Police Science (Phasing out as from 2009)

Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing)
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Correctional Management)
Bachelor of Criminal Justice Honours
In addition, the Department also offers many law courses, i.e. service courses, to other
departments across schools
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: POLICE SCIENCE 70DPOL
The National Diploma Police Science is phasing out as from 2009. No new students will be
admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science. Students who are currently
registered for National Diploma Police Science must complete their qualification by the end
of the academic year 2012.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Police Science (Phased out and not available in 2010)
Semester 1
Police Studies 1A PLS111S None
Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None
Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None
Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language Practice B/M3 or
Placement
Public Law 1A PBL111S None
Semester 2
Police Studies 1B PLS112S Police Studies 1A
Investigation of Crime 1B IVC112S Investigation of Crime 1A
Criminal Law 1B CRL112S Criminal Law 1A
Criminal Procedure Law 1B CPL112S Criminal Procedure Law 1A
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Police Science (Not available in 2011)
Semester 3
Police Studies 2A PLS211S Police Studies 1B
Investigation of Crime 2A IVC211S Investigation of Crime 1B
Criminal Law 2A CRL211S Criminal Law 1B
Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None
Semester 4
Public Law 1B PBL112S None
117
Third Year - National Diploma Police Science (Not available in 2013)
Semester 5
Semester 6
NB. The whole National Diploma Police Science Programme will be completely phased
out in 2012.
Mode of Study
The National Diploma Police Science is wholly offered on distance mode of study.
Assessments (National Diploma Police Science)

Students are required to complete and submit two assignments for each course and obtain at
least 50 % in order to gain admission to the end of semester examination. Final examination
marks are calculated on the basis of at least 50 % continuous assessment marks plus at least
40 % examination marks, provided the final marks of 50 % will be obtainable to successfully
complete the course.
Aims of the programme

The Bachelor of Criminal Justice curriculum is designed to cover a wide range of the national
occupational standards for policing and correctional management. It intends to provide and
equip learners with essential theoretical knowledge as well as analytical and practical skills
of police and correctional administration and management in the criminal justice system with
an emphasis on the Namibian context.
Programme outcomes
After successful completion of the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing or Correctional
Management), students are expected to be able to:
• Explain and discuss the Criminal Justice System, including its sub-systems Corrections
(Prisons), Police, Prosecution, Courts, and Youth in theory and practice;
• Outline and discuss the Namibian Criminal Justice System in both regional and global
contexts;
• Display a deep and broad understanding of the operational interfaces of the various sub-
systems of the Namibian Criminal Justice system;
• Evaluate Criminal Justice policies and advance viable solutions to problems in their
practical applications;
• Identify and analyse Criminal Justice problems and critically put forward workable
solutions;
• Demonstrate a thorough understanding of Human Rights and Juvenile Justice in terms
of the administration of Criminal Justice;
• Demonstrate a wide range of scholastic and technical skills in policing;
• Describe how sociological and psychological theories of crime can form the basis for
revised responses to offenders by the criminal justice system in Namibia;
• Analyse and direct police crime prevention and investigation activities;
118
• Analyse and critique the range of services, alternatives, and practices reflected in the
field of corrections;
• Apply evidence-based principles to development of plans for identifying and implementing
correctional treatment programs;
• Plan, formulate and implement community policing strategies against the objective of
maintaining relationships of trust between members of society and the police;
• Utilise appropriate strategies to motivate, manage, and evaluate correctional
employees;
• Develop initiatives for team-building, decision-making, and conflict management;
• Apply management and leadership principles to the efficient and effective operation of
correctional facilities and services;
• Employ critical and strategic thinking to guide both daily operations and the long-range
development of correctional agencies;
• Approach management and leadership functions from an ethical perspective that respects
the human rights and personal values of both staff and offenders;
• Apply project management concepts to the development of a comprehensive plan to
implement a correctional initiative.
• Employ leadership competencies to envision, implement, and manage change in a
correctional setting;
• Develop a strategic action plan for empowering employees and implementing a correctional
agency’s vision and mission.
• Make and justify autonomous decisions on crime prevention and crime investigation;
• Plan operations and independently manage the affairs of a police unit, station or Police
regional and national headquarters.
Mode of study
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing & Correctional Management) is offered on the full-
time and part-time mode, although tuition takes place in the evenings and as the case may
be Saturdays.
Teaching and assessment strategies

The learning process is facilitated both in and outside the classroom; requiring specific tasks
do be carried out by the student. The progress of learning, which is embedded in such tasks,
will be monitored, recorded and assessed by lecturer.
Assessment on the programme is by means of both diversified continuous assessment and

validated end of term examinations wherever appropriate.
Contact hours of two per week are supplemented by common sessions.
The facilitation and tuition of the programme relies extensively on modern communication
facilities. Therefore, students are strongly encouraged to ensure their own and reliable access
to a Personal Computer or Laptop Computer, which has WLAN functions.
Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English Proficiency
Test and test into Language in Practice B. In addition, they must write an aptitude test in
which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to acquire knowledge and
skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia and that of the SADC region
at a professional level.
119
Students who have obtained the National Diploma Police Science from the Polytechnic of
Namibia since 2005 with an average of at least 55 % may apply for “admission with advanced
standing”. These students will qualify for the conferment of the degree Bachelor of Arts in
Criminal Justice Studies (Policing) after successful completion of the following courses:
Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B
Policing 3A & 3B
Research Methodology
Research Project
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Progression Rules
A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme
unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
BACHELOR OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Correctional Management) 25BCSM
NQF Level: 7 Credits: 378 Qualification ID:
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Course Prerequisite NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Criminal Justice Studies 1A CJS111S None 5 15
Computer User Skills CUS411S None 4 8
Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None 5 12
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None 5 12
Language in Practice LIP411S None 4 10
Semester 2
Policing 1 POL112S None 5 15
Human Rights for Criminal HCJ112S None 5 15
Justice
Criminal Justice Studies 1B CJS112S Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 15
Introduction to IHR512S None 5 12
Language of Practice B LPB0320 None 4 10
Year 2
Semester 3
Criminal Law 2A CRL221S None 6 15
Introduction to Criminology ICR611S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Introduction to Corrections ICO611S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT111S None 6 12
Technology) 1A (optional)
Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B 5 12
Semester 4
Law for Public Administrators LPA212S None 6 15
Correctional Management 1 COM612S Introduction to Corrections 6 15
Correctional Treatment COT612S Introduction to Corrections 6 15
120
Ethics for Correctional Managers ECM612S None 6 15
Criminal Law 2B CRL222S Criminal Law 2A 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT121S Statistics (Information 6 12
Technology 1B (Optional) Technology) 1A
Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills 6 12
Year 3
Semester 5
Research Methodology RMA411S None 7 15
Correctional Management 2 COM711S Correctional Management 1 7 15
Correctional Project Planning & CPM711S None 7 15
Management
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills 7 15
Semester 6
Evidence Based Corrections EBC712S Correctional Treatment 7 15
Leadership in Corrections LIC712S Correctional Management 7 15
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology 7 15
Alternative Dispute Resolution ADR312S Professional Communication 7 15

BACHELOR OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (POLICING) 25BACJ
NQF Level: 7 Credits: 378 Qualification ID: QO114

Description
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) curriculum is designed to cover a wide range of
the national occupational standards for Policing. It intends to provide and equip students with
essential theoretical knowledge as well as analytical and practical skills of police administration
and management in the criminal justice system with an emphasis on the Namibian context.
Mode of Study
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) programme is offered on part-time mode and, in
due course, also as a hybrid programme, combining shorter periods (up to two weeks twice
a semester) of face-to-face tuition with elements of distance tuition.
• Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English
proficiency test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320). In addition, they must
write an aptitude test in which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to
acquire knowledge and skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia
and that of the SADC region at a professional level.
• Students who have obtained the ND: Police Science from the Polytechnic of Namibia
during the past 4 years (i.e. since 2005) with an average of at least 55% may apply for
“admission with advanced standing”. These students will qualify for the conferment of
the degree Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) after successful completion of the
following courses:
• Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B
• Policing 3A & 3B
• Research Methodology
• Research Project
• Alternative Dispute Resolution
121
Progression Rules
A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme
unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
CURRICULUM
First Year - Certificate in Criminal Justice (Policing)

NQF Level: 5 Qualification ID:
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Course Prerequisite NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Criminal Justice Studies 1A CJS111S None 5 15
Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None 5 12
Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None 5 12
Language in Practice LIP411S None 4 10
Semester 2
Policing 1 POL112S None 5 15
Human Rights for Criminal HCJ112S None 5 15
Justice
Criminal Justice Studies 1B CJS112S Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 15
Introduction to IHR512S None 5 12
Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice 4 10

Second Year (NQF level 6)
Semester 3
Criminal Law 2A CRL221S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Policing 2A (Operations) POL211S Policing 1 6 15
Crime Investigation 2A CIV211S None 6 15
Statistics (Information SIT111S None 6 12
Technology) 1A (optional)
Semester 4
Law for Public Administrators LPA212S None 6 15
Policing 2B (Operations) POL212 Policing 2A (Operations) 6 15
Crime Investigation 2B CIV212 Crime Investigation 2A 6 15
Criminal Law 2B CLW222S Criminal Law 2A 6 15
Law of Evidence & Criminal LEC212S Criminal Justice Studies 1B 6 15
Procedure
Statistics (Information SIT112S Statistics (Information 6 12
Technology) 1B (optional) Technology) 1A

Third Year - Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) (NQF level 7)
Semester 5
Research Methodology RMA411S None 7 15
Policing 3A (Administration) POL311S Policing 2B (operations) 7 15
122
Crime Investigation 3A CIV311S Crime Investigation 2B 7 15
(Crimes of Violence)
Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills 7 15
Semester 6
Policing 3B (Administration) POL312S Policing 3A (Administration) 7 15
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology 7 15
Crime Investigation 3B CIV312S Crime Investigation 3A 7 48
(Crimes of Violence) (Crimes of Violence)
Alternative Dispute Resolution ADR312S Professional Communication 7 15
Table of credits
Current students registered for the National Diploma Police Science who choose to migrate to
the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) will be granted credit for courses completed as set
out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements
of the programme.
Course completed (ND. Police Science) Course credited (B. Crim. Just.)
First Year - Semesters 1 & 2
Police Studies 1A and B Policing 1
Investigation of Crime 1A and B Crime Investigation 2A
Criminal Law 1A and B Criminal Law 2A
Criminal Procedure Law 1A and B Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure
(and Law of Evidence 1A)
Public Law 1A Law for Public Administrators
Year Two - Semesters 3 & 4

Police Studies 2A and B Policing 2A and B (Operations)
Investigation of Crime 2A Crime Investigation 2A
Criminal Law 2A and B Criminal Law 2B
Law of Evidence 1A Law of Evidence & Criminal Procedure
(and Criminal Procedure Law 1A and B)
Investigation of Crime 2B Crime Investigation 2B
Public Law 1B Human Rights for Criminal Justice
Year Three - Semesters 5 & 6

Investigation of Crime 3A Crime Investigation 3A (Crimes of Violence)
Investigation of Crime 3B Crime Investigation 3B (Crimes of Violence)

123
DEPARTMENT MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
BACHELOR OR JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY 25BJCT
The Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology rests on a strong core educational
structure with a balance between the practical and the academic instruction. Apart from the
education of students in the practice of journalism, this curriculum also includes course-work
in Communication Technology, which allows students to specialise in one of the areas of
specialisation provided: Journalism, Public Relations and Corporate Communication, and
Multi-Media Design and Production.
General Admission Requirements

(Rule G12 of the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, applies.)
- Applicants shall be required to write an English placement test, and a score of at least 40
% should be obtained to be considered for admission.
- Applicants shall be required to write a General Knowledge Journalism Test, and a score
of at least 40 % should be obtained to be considered for admission.
- Applicants who are successful in the two admission tests referred to above, shall be called
for an interview, which would be the final requirement for admission to the Bachelor’s
Degree Programme.
- Holders of a National Diploma in Journalism and Communication Technology conferred
by accredited institutions shall be admitted to the Degree Programme upon assessment
of courses contained in the Diploma.
- Mature-age applicants shall be limited to 5 % of the total admission. Such applicants
should have reached the age of 23 years on or before January 01 of the year of registration.
These applicants ought to have at least three years’ relevant work experience.
Qualification Outcomes
a. Practice the roles of the profession
b. Critique and publish an analysis of the various media’s responsiveness to society and
people
c. Communicate a professional attitude and adaptability
d. Perform at an increased level of expertise
e. Demonstrate effective time-management in order to meet deadlines
f. Illustrate an understanding of the project production process
g. Create relevant and effective solutions to problems
h. Portray effective leadership (to include confidence, role-modelling and the ability to
motivate)
i. Adopt a creative approach (through innovation, unique ideas and an ability to resolve
problems and identify solutions and opportunities)
j. Implement innovative approaches to management
k. Demonstrate an understanding of the media’s organisational role
l. Discover knowledge through a variety of research methodologies
m. Apply knowledge and research findings to an issue or problem
n. Transfer research findings to planning, projects and productions
o. Develop insight through project work, analysis and presentations
p. Show the ability to work co-operatively and independently
q. Demonstrate expertise in writing, speaking and mediated communication
124
Regulations for the Qualification
The Bachelor’s Degree: Journalism and Communication Technology will commence in
semester 1 of 2009.
In terms of the National Diploma, this qualification will be phased out by the end of 2012.
Summary of Qualification Requirements

This qualification will be awarded to people credited with a minimum of 395 NQF credits, and
who have met the requirements of the compulsory and elective sections of Bachelor’s Degree
in Journalism and Communication Technology.
Academic Standards
a. Pre-determined semester hours
b. Prescribed experiential learning hours (1 semester - 16 weeks x 40 hours = 640 hrs.)
Detailed Qualification Requirements
General Education (GED) Requirements

a. Language for the Media 1, 2 and 3
b. Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills (KCS110S)
c. Information Gathering and Writing for the Media (IGW110S)
Bachelor Degree Requirements

Size of Qualification:
• A minimum of 395 NQF credits at Level 4 and above are required of which a minimum
of 72 credits (60 % of a full year of study) must be at Level 7.
• The number of contributing credits from Level 4 is restricted to a maximum of 40
credits.
Rules of combination:
a. Journalism
b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication
c. Multi-Media Design and Production
Electives:
Note: This curriculum provides core and specialisation courses.
Specialisations:
Students will specialise in one of the following areas of study:
a. Journalism
b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication
c. Multimedia Design and Production
Credit recognition and transfer arrangements

- Applicants who have pursued another qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia may
apply for exemption of courses successfully completed. Such exemption would be
granted upon condition of an overlap of at least 80% of the course content. Proof of such
overlap would have to be provided by the student through course outlines and syllabi
and transcripts of grades. In the case of an application based on the recognition of prior
learning, the candidate should be tested and a portfolio of evidence should be submitted
as proof of experience.
- Students currently registered for the Diploma will be able to register for the Honours
Degree upon successful completion of the Diploma.
125
- New students, who register as of 2009, will register for the Bachelor’s Degree since the
National Diploma will no longer be an option.
- Students from other institutions who are holders of a Diploma in Journalism, from
recognised institutions, would be required to write the General Knowledge Journalism
Test, as well as the English Placement Test. Should these tests be completed successfully
they would be admitted into the Honours Programme.
Special Arrangements
Assessment Arrangements
Continuous Assessment: 40 %
Experiential Learning Portfolio: 30 %
Exam: 30 %
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Language for the Media 1 LME110S None
Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills KCS110S None
Introduction to Communication ICT110S None
Technologies
Information Gathering and Writing IGW110S None
for the Media
Semester 2
Communication Theory COT110S None
Communication and Society CMS110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism IBJ110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
and Information Gathering and Writing
for the Media or equivalent skills
Introduction to Photography IPG110S Introduction to Communication Tech.
Year 2
Semester 3
Introduction to Multi-media Design IMM210S Introduction to Communication Tech.
and Information Gathering and Writing
for the Media or equivalent skills
Print Design, Editing and Production DEP210S None
Video Production VIP210S Introduction to Photography and/or
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism
Language for the Media 2 LME210S Language for the Media 1
Communication and the Law CLW210 Communication Theory and
Communication and Society
Semester 4
Communication Ethics CME310S Communication and the Law and
Communication and Society
Plus TWO of the following Specialisation Electives:
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR JOURNALISM:
Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Information Gathering Writing for the
Media
WITH
126
Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S Communication Theory
Language for the Media 2
OR
Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Information Gathering
Writing for the Media
WITH
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design and
Production
Video Production
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CORPORATE

COMMUNICATION:

WITH
OR
WITH
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design and
Production
Video Production
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR MULTIMEDIA DESIGN AND PRODUCTION:
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design

and Production
Video Production
WITH
OR
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design
and Production
Video Production
Semester 5
Year 3
Media Experiential Learning MEL210S Successful Completion of Courses
for the first four Semester
Students have to complete a credit-bearing experiential learning component in order to ensure

that they would meet the demands of industry. Such an internship requires of the student to
compile and submit a portfolio based on tasks undertaken during the experiential Learning.
The submission of a professional portfolio is one of the main requirements for the successful
completion of this semester-long credit-bearing Experiential Learning course.
127
Objectives
The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and
Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills,
practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects,
the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this
environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness
of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student
will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period,
so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be
much more meaningful and beneficial.
When selecting a host institution for the purpose of Experiential Learning, the Journalism and
Communication Technology student ought to ensure that the host institution is industry- or
specialisation-related. This means that the student should consider a media institution (e.g.
print, or audio/television broadcasting; a wire service e.g. NAMPA); an advertising agency or
multi-media/web development company/department or a Public Relations/Communication
Department or even the Film Commission.
Procedure
During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the
organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity
of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas
of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular
contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also
contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the
nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done.
Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department,
and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the
Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year.
Semester 6
Courses Course Code Prerequisites
Entrereneurship EPS310S Media Experiential Learning
Media and Communication MRM312S Successful Completion of In-Service
Research Methodologies Training
Plus ONE of the following Specialisation Electives:

SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR JOURNALISM:
Audio Production AUP310S Introduction to Communication

Technologies
Introduction to Multimedia Design and
Production
WITH
Television Production TVP310S Introduction to Communication Theory
Introduction to Multimedia

128
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CORPORATE
COMMUNICATION:
Public Relations Campaigns and RCS310S Language for the Media

Special Events Public Relations Theory and Practise
WITH
Media Advertising Strategies MASP310S Language fo the Media 2
Introduction to multimedia Design and
Production
SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR MULTIMEDIA DESIGN AND PRODUCTION:
Writing for Multimedia WMM310S Introduction to multimedia Design and

Production or equivalent skills,
Video Production or equivalent skills
WITH
Advanced Web Design AWD310S Experiential Learning
NB: A minimum of five (5) students must register in order for specialisation electives
to be offered.
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY 25DJCT

CURRICULUM
First Year (Not available in 2009)

Semester 1
Language for the Media 1 LME110S None
Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills KCS110S None
Introduction to Communication Technologies ICT110S None
Information Gathering and Writing for the Media IGW110S None
Semester 2
Communication Theory COT110S None
Communication and Society CMS110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.
Introduction to Broadcast Journalism IBJ110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.,
Information-Gathering and
Writing for the Media or
equivalent skills
Introduction to Photography IPG110S Intro. to Comm. Tech.
Second Year (Phasing out 2009)

Semester 3
Introduction to Multi-media Design IMM210S Intro. to Comm. Tech. and
Information Gathering and
Writing for the Media or
equivalent skills
Print Design, Editing and Production DEP210S None
Video Production VIP210S Intro. to Photography and/
or Introduction to
Broadcast Journalism
129
Communication and the Law CLW210S Communication Theory
and Communication and
Society
Semester 4
Communication Ethics CME310S Communication and the
Law; Communication and
Society
PLUS TWO OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIALISATION ELECTIVES:

Prerequisite for Specialisation Electives:
Successful completion of the experiential learning, including courses required up to the
second year, semester 2.
Specialisation Elective 1:
Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S Communication Theory;
OR
Advanced News Reporting and Writing NRW310S Experiential Learning
OR
Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multi-media
Design; Video Production
Objectives
The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and
Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills,
practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects,
the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this
environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness
of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student
will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period,
so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be
much more meaningful and beneficial.
Procedure
During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the
organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity
of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas
of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular
contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also
contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the
nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done.
Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department,
and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the
Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year.
130
Third Year (Phasing out 2010)
Semester 5
Experiential Learning MEL210S The successful completion of courses
for the first three semesters.
Semester 6
Entrepreneurship EPS310S None
PLUS TWO OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIALISATION ELECTIVES:

Public Relations Campaigns and RCS310S Public Relations Theory and Practice;
Special Events Language for the Media 2
Media Advertising Strategies MAS310S Language for the Media 2;
Introduction to Multi-media Design
OR
Audio Production AUP310S Intro. Communication Theory;
Intro. to Broadcast Journalism;
Intro. to Multi-Media Designed
Production
Television Production TVP310S Intro. Communication Theory;
Intro. to Broadcast Journalism;
Intro. to Multi-Media Design and
Production
OR
Writing for Multi-Media WMM310S Intro. to Multi-media Design and
Production or quivalent skills;
Video Production or equivalent skills
Advanced Web Design AWD310S Experiential Learning
131
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Zacchaeus Olusegun Oyedokun, Ph.D. (UWIST.
Cardiff), M.Sc. (Electronics & Telecoms), B.Eng.
Hons. (Electrical), (ABU Zaria)
Faculty Officer : Ferrand van Wyk, BA (UNAM), PGDE (UNAM),
CLEF (University of the Franche-Comte), DELF
(University of the Franche-Comte), CISCO 1 & 2
(PoN)
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail Address : fvanwyk@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Tjitjai Katjiuongua
Fax Number : 061-207-2142
E-mail Address : tkatjiuongua@polytechnic.edu.na
PC Support Officers : Derick Fredericks
: Magreth Tjingaete
: Jeremy Harris
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
Coordinator : Oluwole Ajayi, B.Tech. Arch., M.Tech. Arch. (LAU),
C. PPM (NMMU), ICIOB, Pr.Arch.
Academic Staff : Sampson Umenne, M.Sc., Ph.D. Arch. (LICI),
: Sigurd Scheuermann, Dipl. Ing. Arch.
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

Head of Department      : Victor Kamara, Ph.D., M.Eng., B.Eng. (Hons),
P. Eng., MSLIE, MASCE
Secretary : Else Kanyonokere Hijarunguru, N.Dip: Information
Telephone Number : 061-2072542
Fax Number : 061-2072521
Email Address : ehijarunguru@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff      :   David Katale, M.Sc. (Civil Eng.)
: Candidus Tomeka, M.Sc. (Civil Eng.)
: Damas Mashauri, Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Eng)
: Gabriel Neliwa, N.Dip (Civil Eng)
: Manuel Pedro, N.Dip (Civil Eng)
: Liberty Moyo, M.Sc. Water Eng. & Mgt. (UZ), B.Sc.
Hons. Agr. Eng. (UZ)
Manager: Material Test Laboratory : Lucas Wakudumo, B.Tech. (Urban)
: Obert Mutakalilumo, ND (Civil)
DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING

Head of Department : Godfrey Dzinomwa, Ph.D. (Minerals Process),
(UQld), B.Sc. (Hon) Eng. (Metallurgy) (UZ)
Academic Staff : Helmut Mischo, Ph.D. (Mining), M.Sc. (Mining), Dipl-
Ing.
132
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Head of Department : Kalaluka Kanyimba, M.Eng. (Power & Automation)
B.Eng. (Machines and Power)
Secretary : Kaarina P Mbulu, N.Dip.: Information Administration
(PoN)
Fax Number : 061 - 207 2142
Email Address : kmbulu@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff (Power) : Gideon Gope, M.Sc. (Elect.), B.Sc. (Elect.)
David N Kapali, B.Tech. Power Engineering (PoN)
Epfras P. Shilongo, B.Tech. Power Engineering,
(PoN)
Academic Staff (Electronics) : Elifas Ngonga, National Diploma: Power
Engineering (PoN)
Hilka Shipena, National Diploma: Electronic
Engineering (PoN)
Victoria Jason, National Diploma: Electronic
Engineering (PoN)
Moses Shuudeni, National Diploma: Electrical
Engineering (PoN)
: Lutz Steinbrück, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C), (Cape
Technicon)
: S. Dipura, M.Sc. (Electronic Engineering)
ItES Co-ordinator : J Pieter Wasserfall, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C),
(Technikon Witwatersrand)
Academic Staff (ItES) : Ilana Malan, B.Sc. Hons. (Physics), (UFS), B.Sc.
Hons. (Biomed. Eng.) (UCT)
Lab Manager : Anthony Apata, ND (Mech. Eng.) (Idah), B.Sc. Engr.
(Electrical) (Ibadan)
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Head of Department : Samuel John, Pr. Eng. (COREN), M.Sc. (Mech.
Eng.), (ABU), B.Eng. Mech. (ABU)
Secretary : Else Kanyonokere Hijarunguru, N.Dip: Information
Telephone Number : 061-2072542
Fax Number : 061-2072521
Email Address: : ehijarunguru@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Bernard Siepker, Pr. Eng. (ECN), M. Eng. (Mech.)
(US), B. Eng. (Mech.) (US)
: Andrew Zulu, M.Sc. (Mech. Eng.) (UCT), B.Eng.
Mech. (UNZA)
: Rajaram Swaminathan, FIE (IEI), Ph.D. (Mech.
Eng.) (Madras), M.Sc. (Mech Eng) (Madras), B.Eng.
(Mech. Eng.) (Madras)
: Sebastan Kapeng, NTD, N6, Vocation Dip.
: Karunguzhi V. Asokan, Pr. Eng. (ECN), B.Eng.
(Mech.) India
Hileni N. Amupolo, M.Sc., B.Sc. (Mech. Eng.)
Grant Kloppers, B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) (Pen Tech),
ND (Mech. Eng.) (Pen Tech), N4 (Fit. & Mach.) (Ath
TC)
133
Laboratory Technicians : Isabel Bishi, ND Mech. (Gwe Pol), ND (Technical &
Vocational Education) (Gwe Pol)
: Conrad January, ND Mech. Eng. (PE Technikon)
: Wisdom Nyagormey, HND Mech. Eng. (Plant),
(Accra), Dip. (Auto) (City & Guilds, London)

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING
Head of Department : Steve van Staden, M.Ed. (UFS), B.Ed, (UNAM),
N.T.D. N.E.D (National Education) (RSA), Industrial
Dip. Mechanical
Secretary : Marie Adank
Fax Number : 061-207-2181
E-mail Address : madank@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Haruana A Obida, M.Ed. Voc./Tech. ED, B.Sc. Fla A
& M Uni (Tall), AA Degree VWCC Ron
: John M. Rossouw, N.H.C.T. - N.N.D. (Mech.), N.T.D.
- Industrial Dip.
: Ivan Coerecius, T3 ND (Electrical Eng) (Pen.Tech.)
Higher Diploma Education (Technical Secondary)
(UCT), B.Ed. (UNAM), N.T.C.6 (Power Eng.)
(R.C.Elliott Tech.College)
: Lance Hauuanga, Higher Diploma Education
(Windhoek College of Education), B.Ed. Hons PGDE
(UFS), M.Ed. (UFS)
: Annie Du Preez, BA Hons (UNAM), BA HED
(Pretoria), B.Ed. Hons (UNAM)
: Lukas J. Bock, BA PGDE (UNAM), B.Tech.
(Pretoria), M.Ed. (Rhodes), B,Tech. HRM (UNISA)
: Rejoice Quest, B.Ed. (Hon) Educational
Management (University of Potchefstroom) HED
(UNAM)
134
ENGINEERING QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
National Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Certificate: Engineering: Power
National Certificate: Engineering: Electronic
National Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Power
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Electronic
National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical
National Diploma: Engineering: Civil and Project Management
National Diploma: Engineering: Power
National Diploma: Engineering: Electronic
National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical
Bachelor of Engineering: Civil
Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication
Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power
Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering: Mining
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Mechanical
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Urban)
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Water)
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Power
Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Electronic
Master of Science Degree: Engineering: Civil: IWRM: Module: Water for People (SADC-
cooperation)
Master of Integrated Water Resource Mangement
Master of Transportation Engineering
Engineering Course Presentation Schedule
Electronic and Power Engineering programme
S0.1, S1, S3 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the first
semester of each year.
P1 and P2 are full time applied studies, each with a minimum duration of 19 continuous
weeks. These studies will be conducted in the industry under the supervision of a mentor in
collaboration with the Polytechnic of Namibia co-ordinator. These two courses will be presented
in each semester of the year.
S0.2, S2, S4 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the second
semester of each year.
S5 (Semester 7) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first
semester of every second year.
S5 (Semester 8) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the second
semester of every second year.
S6 (Semester 9) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first
semester of of every second year.
135
S6 (Semester 10) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the
second semester of every second year.
NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for P1, P2 applied
studies.
Civil Engineering programme

Semester 1, Semester 3, Semester 5 and Bachelors of Technology Degree Semester 7 are
semester courses and will only be presented in the first semester of the year.
Semester 2, Semester 4, Semester 6 and Bachelors of Technology Degree Semester 8 are

semester courses and will only be presented in the second semester of the year. All semesters
but Semester 4 consist of theoretical training and imply studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia.
Semester 4 is applied studies with a minimum duration of 16 continuous weeks. These studies
will be conducted in the industry under the supervision of a mentor in collaboration with a
Polytechnic of Namibia, co-ordinator.
NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for Semester 4.
Late Registration for Engineering Students

No late registration will be allowed.
Engineering Admission Requirements
a. Admission Requirements
The minimum admission requirements to the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES)
programme are as follows:
1. A grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC Higher level or
an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum C symbol must have been obtained for
Mathematics and Physical Science, as well as gaining entry into Language in Practice A
through an English placement test. The candidate must also score 25 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean,
approve registration of the candidate.
OR
2. Pass at least 4 N3 subjects, with at least 50 % in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a
placement test.
OR
3. Pass at least 4 N4 subjects, with at least 40 % in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a
placement tests.
OR
4. VTC graduates with a grade 12 certificate or equivalent who obtains at least 50 % in
Mathematics and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC
Ordinary syllabi, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English
placement test.
OR
5. Mature age students with a grade 12 certificate who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics
and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi,
as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test.
OR
136
6. Candidates with a foreign qualification, evaluated by the Namibian Qualifications Authority
(NQA) as equivalent to a grade 12 certificate, who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics
and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi,
as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test.
Admission to the programme will be strictly on merit.
b. Exemption Requirements for Introduction to Engineering Studies

The minimum exemption requirements for the Introduction to Engineering Studies programme
are as follows (Candidate may enroll directly into S1):
1. Candidates with a grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC
Higher level or an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum NSSC Higher level 3 or
NSSC Ordinary level A symbol must have been obtained for Mathematics and Physical
Science, as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through a placement test. The
candidate must also score 37 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to
five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate
did not do Physical Science, but a “Physics equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon
recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate.
OR
2. Pass at least 4 N5/N6 subjects, with at least 40% in each, including Mathematics and a
Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Communication Skills through an
English placement test.
OR
3. Candidates from other tertiary institutions, that gain entry into Communication Skills
through an English placement test, will be assessed on an individual basis.
4. Candidates that want to enrol into the Mechanical Engineering programme MUST obtain
a credit/ exemption for Engineering Graphics.
NOTE: These candidates must past Computer User Skills.
c. Credits Requirements.
The following credits will be granted, upon application, to candidates that gain entry into the
Introduction to Engineering Studies programme (minimum symbols are indicated):
Introduction to Engineering Physics Physics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or Science

proficiency test 70 %
Introduction to Engineering Chemistry Physics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or Science
proficiency test 70 %
Introduction to Mathematics module 1/2 Mathematics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or
Mathematics proficiency test 70 %
Computer User Skills Pass ICDL
Engineering Graphics Drawing related subject: NSSC (O) D
137
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (FOURTH YEAR) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Civil Engineering (Urban & Water):

The minimum admission requirements to the fourth year of either Bachelor of Technology
degrees in Civil Engineering are as follows:
The student must have passed all courses of the National Diploma in Civil Engineering
and Project Management from the Polytechnic of Namibia with an overall pass mark of
50% or greater. Course sequences are guided through “recommended sequence”, the pre-
requisites are spelled out for every course separately. Students desiring to register outside
the recommended sequence must give positive proof of lower level course mastery prior to
registration, the central programme mapping of the department’s courses refers.
To be admitted to the Bachelor-Urban Engineering Programme, candidates from outside

Polytechnic of Namibia must have normally obtained a good pass in a National Diploma in
Civil Engineering or Project Management or Quantity Surveying or equivalent with a minimum
overall pass mark of 50% or higher. Prospective students may be required to sit for a set of
qualifying examinations (proficiency testing). Admission will be granted if ‘course for course’
credit can be obtained.
To be admitted to the Bachelor-Water Engineering Programme, candidates from outside

Polytechnic of Namibia must have normally obtained a good pass in a National Diploma in
Civil Engineering or Water Engineering or equivalent with a minimum overall pass mark of
50% or higher. Prospective students may be required to sit for a set of qualifying examinations
(proficiency testing). Admission will be granted if ‘course for course’ credit can be obtained.
Mechanical Engineering
Alternative 1
For current local students: National Diploma in Mechanical Engineering (M+3) qualification
and registration as a Mechanical Engineering Technician with the Engineering Council of
Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body in the SADC region or internationally recognised.
OR
Alternative 2:
For mature age students: A (M+3) qualification and registration as a Mechanical Engineering
Technician with the Engineering Council of Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body within
SADC region or internationally recognised.
OR
Alternative 3:
For all other students not in the above categories: A recognised (M+3) qualification in Mechanical
Engineering and a Polytechnic of Namibia evaluation on merit. Such applicant should have at
least 2 years of relevant industrial experience.
In addition, applicants are subjected to a selection process for this programme.
Electronic and Power Engineering

Alternative1
A National Diploma in Electrical Engineering (M+3) from the Polytechnic of Namibia
OR
Alternative 2
An equivalent Electrical Engineering qualification recognised by the Polytechnic of Namibia.
These candidates must also be able to register as a Technician-in-Training with the Engineering
Council of Namibia or an equivalent international body.
138
A candidate must have entry to Communication Skills 1 before he/she will be allowed to
continue with any of the S1 or higher-level courses.
Proficiency Tests
Proficiency tests in Mathematics, Physical Science, Computer Skills and a placement test in
English Communication will be written at the Polytechnic of Namibia at a predetermined date.
The Mathematics and Science tests will cover the NSSC (Extended) syllabus.
ENGINEERING EVALUATION SCALE
POINTS NSSC (H) NSSC (O) HG SG N3 SO PROFICIENCY PROFICIENCY

OR OR (symbol) (symbol) (%) (%) TEST: MATH TEST:
HIGCSE IGCSE & SCIENCE ENGLISH
(symbol) (symbol) % ENTRY
MODULE
10 1 A 80+
9 2 B 70+
8 3 A
+
C A 80+ 60+ 80+
7 4 A D B 70+ 50+ 70+ Communication
Skills
6 B E C 60+ 60+
5 C F D 50+ 50+
4 D E 40+
3 E F
2 F
Total points will be calculated using grades obtained in Mathematics, Physics equivalent
subject, English and the three other best subjects.
Engineering Assessment Criteria

Two types of assessments are used in Engineering:
• Final Examination
• Diversified Continuous Evaluation
Final Examination
Students build a semester mark through tests and assignments and write a final examination
covering the whole course content at the end of such a course.
Admission will be granted to candidates to sit for a first or a second end of semester examination
in a course if they have accumulated a minimum semester mark of 50% in that course. The
decision to write the first examination or not, shall be irrevocable as soon as the student has
reported for the first examination.
The final course mark will consist of 50 % of the end of semester examination course mark and
50% of its semester mark. To pass a course, a candidate must have a final mark of 50% in that
course. There is a sub minimum of 40 % in the end of semester examination course mark.
Diversified Continuous Evaluation

Students build a final mark through projects, examinations and assignments during the
semester. These aspects are set out in the course outlines of the particular courses.
139
General Engineering Progression Requirements
Subject to the provisions of the progression rules that follow for each programme, a candidate
who completes 50 % or less of the courses required in a year in a programme must re-apply
for entry to the programme. A candidate can complete a course either by receiving credit for
the course or by passing the course.
Certificate, Diploma and Degree Minimum Requirements
Electronic, Mechanical and Power Engineering

A Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the S1, S2, P1 and P2 part of the curricula.
A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all
the courses stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, and S3 part of the curricula.
A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, S3 and S4 part of the curricula.
A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion
of a Diploma, or equivalent, and the successful completion of all courses stated in the respective
Bachelor of Technology Degree curriculum.
Civil Engineering
A Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, and Semester 3 part of the curriculum.
A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all
the courses stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3 and Semester 4 part of the
curriculum.
A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses
stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3, Semester 4, Semester 5 and Semester
6 part of the curriculum.
A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion
of the Diploma in Civil Engineering and Project Management, or equivalent, and the successful
completion of all courses stated in the respective final year Bachelor of Technology Degree
curriculum.
Exception and Progression Rules
Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student
counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
Progression Rule No 1A: Applicable to students enrolled in ItES first semester. The
student must have passed Language in Practice A, Introduction to Mathematics Module 1,
Engineering Skills Module 1 and any 3 other courses to proceed to ItES second semester.
Progression Rule No 1B.Applicable to students enrolled in ItES second semester.

The student must have passed all the courses in the ItES programme to progress to the higher-
level Engineering studies.
140
Students who fail to meet the requirements of Progression Rules 1A and/or 1B must re-apply
for admission to the ItES programme.
Major Courses (Pass mark 50 %):

Engineering Graphics
Engineering Skills Module 1
Language in Practice A
Language in Practice B
Introduction to Physics
Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
Minor Courses (Pass mark 40%):

Introduction to Ecology*
Introduction to Chemistry**
Introduction to Engineering Geography
History for Engineers
Introduction to MicroEconomics
** Introduction to Chemistry must be passed with 50 % for a student to proceed to Mechanical

Engineering S1.
** Introduction to Ecology and Introduction to Chemistry must be passed with 50 % for a
student to proceed to Civil Engineering S1.
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses
whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the
conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course
per semester, subject to the written approval of employer or bursary donor.
NOTE: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of
first year Engineering courses.
Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed
to S3.
Progression Rule No 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from S3/
S4 (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering.
Civil Engineering (new set of curricula)
Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after
student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and
the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the student’s success.
Important Note for all Civil Engineering students still following the old curriculum:
For a maximum period of 5 years (envelope grace period) the old curriculum will follow the
exception rule and progression rules numbers 2 to 4 below.
Progression Rule No 5 (MECH.ENG.)

The student may register for a maximum of two prescribed B.Tech. courses in addition
to Mechanical Engineering Project 4A (MEP410S) or Mechanical Engineering Project 4B
141
(MEP420S) during Semester 8, provided that the course/s registered for are actually presented
by the Department of Mechanical Engineering during the respective semester.
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ENGINEERING: CIVIL: URBAN OR WATER

35BCUR & 35BCWT
Description (B.Tech. Urban Engineering)

Studies are concentrated in technologies related to Engineering Mathematics, Engineering
Physics & Chemistry, Basic Surveying practices, Soil Mechanics and Material Science,
overviews in Water Engineering, Structural Design and Construction of roads, buildings, bridges
and dams, and key elements of Project Management, Onsite Logistics and Quantity Surveying,
Solid and Liquid Waste Management, Urban Planning and Design and Systems Reticulation
and Design. The total notional hours for this programme amount to 5870 up to the end of the
B.Tech. in Urban Engineering. All courses have pre-determined competence profiles clearly
indicating the competence & skills training through modular lecturing, excursions, self-study,
assignments, practicals and projects. Students will also be required to demonstrate their
competences through a number of presentations throughout all 8 semesters.
Description (B.Tech. Water Engineering)

Studies are concentrated in technologies related to Engineering Mathematics, Engineering
Physics & Chemistry, Basic Surveying practices, Soil Mechanics and Material Science,
overviews in Water Engineering, Systems Reticulation and Design, Water Purification and
Wastewater Treatment, Water Supply and Sanitation concepts, Water Utility and Integrated
Water Resources Management, Solid and Liquid Waste Management, key elements of Project
Management and Water legislation. The total notional hours for this programme amount to
5870 up to the end of the B.Tech. in Water Engineering. All courses have pre-determined
competence profiles clearly indicating the competence and skills training through modular
lecturing, excursions, self-study, assignments, practicals and projects. Students will also be
required to demonstrate their competences through a number of presentations throughout all
8 semesters.
Exit Points: Certificate for level 1 after successful completion of semesters 1-3, Higher
Certificate for level 2 after successful completion of semester 4, National Diploma for level 3
after successful completion of semesters 5 and 6.
Important Transition Note: The new set of curricula will be implemented over the years
2005-07 to follow the natural cycle from semester to semester. However, the department
strives to have all courses developed by the end of 2005. For this reason both, the new and
parts of the old curricula, will be presented here. Their latest ‘phasing in /out’ times are clearly
indicated. The department reserves the right to implement readily developed courses
on National Diploma Level to replace old courses even before 2007. The grace period
for completion of a National Diploma in Civil Engineering will be 5 years with regards to the old
curriculum. I.e. a student having started studying for a National Diploma in Civil Engineering
in the old curriculum will attend the new courses but will receive his/her qualification (ND-
Certificate) under the old qualification for a maximum period of 5 years with effect from 2005.
The last date of award of the old National Diploma shall be 2010. Thereafter such student
will have no further right to be certified under the old qualification and will have to complete
the new qualification. Courses on the new curriculum will during these 5 years count on the
old qualification.
counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
142
S0.1
Code Course Title Prerequisite
LIP411S Language in Practice
ITD012S Engineering Graphics
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS012S Introduction to Chemistry
TLS011S Engineering Skills Module 1
IEG010S Introduction to Engineering Geography
IHE010S History for Engineers
SDS010S Self Development and Study Skills
S0.2
LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice
CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics None
IEE010S Introduction to Ecology
IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics
CUS411S Computer User Skills
Semester 1, Notional Hours: 820h

SUR110S Surveying 1 See admission requirements
APC110S Applied Physics and Chemistry See admission requirements
EDG110S Engineering Descriptive Geometry See admission requirements
CMT110S Construction Material Technologies 1 See admission requirements
MAT111S Mathematics 1 See admission requirements
SLM110S Study Skills and Learning Methods See admission requirements
*Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
than the Vacation Schools are compulsory.

CDR110S Civil Engineering Drawing-AutoCAD Engineering Descriptive Geometry
CON110S Construction Methods Construction Material Technologies 1
MPC110S Introduction to Management Practices Principles of Information Systems 1B
in the Civil Engineering Industry
TST110S Theory of Structures Applied Physics and Chemistry
Mathematics 1
SOM110S Strength of Materials Applied Physics and Chemistry
Mathematics 1
MAT120S Mathematics 2 Mathematics 1
RMA411S Research Methodology Mathematics 1
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses
per semester, subject to the written approval from employer or bursary donor.

PFC0620 Professional Communication Communication Skills
WAE110S Water Engineering 1 Mathematics 2
Applied Physics and Chemistry
143
BCS110S Building Construction Scheduling Introduction to Management Practices
CSE630S Construction Site Equipment Introduction to Management Practices
BCP110S Building Costing and Pricing 1 Introduction to Management Practices
QSV110S Quantity Surveying Introduction to Management Practices
LAL111S Labour Law 1A None
Semester 4
CPR210S Civil Engineering Practical Training See Progression Rule No 2

SDE311S Structural Design 3A Theory of Structures
Strength of Materials
SAN310S Structural Analysis 3A Theory of Structures
Strenght of Materials
WAE310S Water Engineering 2 Water Engineering 1
GDE310S Geometric Design 1 Engineering Descriptive Geometry
GET310S Geo-technical Engineering 3A None
BSO221S Business Operations None
BCP310S Building Costing and Pricing 2 Building Costing & Pricing 1
Semester 6
SDE321S Structural Design 3B Structural Design 3A
SAN320S Structural Analysis 3B Structural Analysis 3A
CAS310S Computer Applications in Structural Structural Analysis 3A
Analysis
WAE320S Water Engineering 3 Water Engineering 2
GET320S Geo-technical Engineering 3B Geo-technical Engineering 3A
BFS222S Business Finance See Progression Rule No 2(CIV)
DOC310S Documentation See Progression Rule No 2(CIV)
NOTE: For the current and revised B.Tech. courses in Urban Engineering there is no change
with regards to addition of courses. I.e. students will attend to the new curriculum from 2005
as per central course mapping available in the department. This final year programme is
currently offered part time only and will be put on full time mode with a minimum of 8 students
attending. Students registering from 2005, will be registered into the revised curriculum for
B.Tech. Urban Engineering or the new curriculum for B.Tech. in Water Engineering only but
have the exit options as sketched out above. The B.Tech. in Urban Engineering was fully
accredited (CTP) in 2003 and has experienced rather strategic changes than content changes
to accommodate a B.Tech. in Water Engineering (refer to curriculum below).
144
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: CIVIL ENGINEERING: URBAN ENGINEERING 35BCUR
Semester 7 B.Tech. 1 (Advanced Engineering Level) Notional Hours: 800h

PTN411S Pavement Technology 1 None
RDM411S Reticulation Design & Management 1 Water Engineering 3
GDE411S Geometric Design 2 Geometric Design 1
UPD411S Urban Planning & Design 1 None
SWM411S Solid Waste Management 1 None
RCD411S Reinforced Concrete Design 1 Structural Design 3B
CMT411S Construction Material Technology 2 Construction Material Technology 1
PJM411S Project Management 1 Building Construction Scheduling
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum
four courses from Bachelor 1 advanced engineering level in Semester 7 (the recommended
course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S
depending on the programme chosen.
Semester 8 B.Tech. 2 (Advanced Engineering Level) Notional Hours: 800h

UDP410S Urban Engineering Design Project See progression rule No 2(CIV)
UPD421S Urban Planning & Design 2 Urban Planning & Design 1
SWM421S Solid Waste Management 2 Solid Waste Management 1
PTN421S Pavement Technology 2 Pavement Technology 1
RDM421S Reticulation Design & Management 2 Reticulation Design &
Management 1
RCD421S Reinforced Concrete Design 2 Reinforced Concrete Design 1
PJM421S Project Management 2 Project Management 1
TEN411S Traffic Engineering None
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: CIVIL ENGINEERING: WATER ENGINEERING 35BCWT
Semester 7 B.Tech. 1 (Advanced Engineering Level)

RDM411S Reticulation Design & Management 1 Water Engineering 3
PJM411S Project Management 1 Building Construction Scheduling
CMT411S Construction Material Technology 2 Construction Material Technology
WWT411S Wastewater Treatment 1 None
WTT411S Water Treatment Technology 1 None
WSS411S Water Supply and Sanitation 1 None
IWL410S Introduction to Water Law None
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum
four courses from Bachelor 1 Advanced Engineering Level in Semester 7 (the recommended
course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S
depending on the programme chosen.
Semester 8 B.Tech. 2 (Advanced Engineering Level)

RDM421S Reticulation Design & Management 2 Reticulation Design &
Management 1
SWM421S Solid Waste Management 2 Solid Waste Management 1
PJM421S Project Management 2 Project Management 1
145
WUM410S Water Utility Management 1 None
IWM410S Integrated Water Management None
WWT421S Wastewater Treatment 2 Wastewater Treatment 1
WTT421S Water Treatment Technology 2 Water Treatment Technology 1
WDP410S Water Engineering Design Project See progression rule No 2(CIV)
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: CIVIL (Phased in 2008) 35BECV
Description
The Bachelor of Engineering: Civil is a professional degree designed to be worth 590 credits
at NQF Level 8. The degree incorporates project-based assessments, a research component
and six months of practical work-based learning.
The admission requirements into Semester 1 are derived from the professional roles, the
course learning outcomes, the competence and skills required and are as follows:
Grade 12 with a minimum NSSC (H) ‘3’ symbol in Mathematics, Physical Science and English.
Two additional subjects must have been passed with a minimum NSSC (O) ‘A’ and ‘B’ symbols
respectively.
OR
Passed the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES) programme with NSSC (H) equivalent
qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale.

Special Rules
Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after student
counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean,
Progression Rule No. 1 (CIV): The student must have passed all courses from the Year
1- Year 2 to proceed to Year 3 semester 5.
Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 3 semester 5 courses
to proceed to Year 3 semester 6 (Specialisation).
Progression Rule No. 3 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 4 semester 7 courses
to proceed to the Engineering Project.
Progression Rule No. 4 (CIV): The student who has one year relevant working experience
supported by an employer will be credited with Year 5 semester 9 after submiting a report on
his working experience.
Transition Rule 1 (CIV)

A student with the Diploma and Bachelor of Technology degree qualifications will be assessed
and placed at the appropriate level.
The grace period for completion of the Bachelor of Technology qualification is 6 years from
the implementation of the Professional Bachelor degree. The last date for the award of the
B.Tech degree shall be 2014. Thereafter such student will have no further right to be certified
under the old qualification and will have to complete the new qualification.
146
CURRICULA

First Year
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite(s)
CSK0420 Communication Skills See admission requirements
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 See admission requirements
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 See admission requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 See admission requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 See admission requirements
Semester 2
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 None
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 See admission requirements
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 See admission requirements
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Mathematics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125 See admission requirements
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mechanics 115
WPR120S Workshop Practise 125 None
Second Year
Semester 3
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Mathematics 125
EGY120S Engineering Geology 161 See admission requirements
FMC610S Fluid Mechanics 214 Engineering Mechanics 115
BMA121S Intro to Business Management None
PFW0520 Professional Writing Communication Skills
TST210S Theory of Structures 161 Mechanics of Materials 125
Semester 4
CON220S Construction Materials Engineering 161
ICM210S Introduction to Construction Management None
GMS210S Geomechanics 161 None
PMG220S Project Management 161
SVY210S Survey 161 Engineering Mathematics 115

Progression Rule 1 (CIV)
The student should have passed all Year 1 and 2 courses to proceed to Year 3.

Third Year
Semester 5
GEG310S Geotechnical Engineering 171 Geomechanics
PGD310S Geometric Design of Roads 171 Engineering Drawing 115
STA310S Structural Analysis 171 Theory of Structures
STD310S Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry) Theory of Structures
SSS220S Statistics 171 None
WRE310S Water Engineering 171 Fluid Mechanics 214
Electives (Choose one of the following):

CLT220S Contract Law and Tendering 171 Introduction to Construction
Management
147
EDS310S Electric Drive Systems 171 None
STD311S Structural Design (Steel, Timber) 171 Theory of Structures
UTE310S Urban Traffic Engineering 171 None
WWT310S Water & Wastewater Treatment 171 Engineering Chemistry 125

The student should have passed all Year 3 semester 5 courses to proceed to semester 6.
Third Year
Semester 6
Core Courses
MCD310S Mechanical Design 171 None
SBM421S Strategic Business Management
Planning & Control Progression Rule 2 (CIV)
Pick one specialisation related to the elective done in semester 5:
Specialisation 1 (Water Engineering)

SRD320S Sewer Water Reticulation Design
and Management 171 Water & Wastewater Treatment
SWD320S Storm Water Reticulation Design
and Management 171 Water & Wastewater Treatment
WDM320S Water Resources Development &
Management 171 None
WRD320S Water Reticulation Design & Management Progression Rule 2 (Civ)
Specialisation 2 (Structural Engineering)

ASD320S Advanced Structural Steel Design 171 Structural Design (Steel, Timber)
CAS310S Computer Applications in Structural
Engineering 171 Structural Analysis 1
RCD320S Reinforced Concrete Design 171 Structural Design (Concrete &
Masonry)
STA320S Structural Analysis 271 Structural Analysis 1
Specialisation 3 (Transport Engineering)

GDE320S Geometric Design 271 Geometric Design of Roads
PTN320S Pavement Technology 171 Structural Design (Concrete &
Masonry)
TES320S Traffic Economics 171
TSS320S Transport Systems and Structures 171 Geometric Design of Roads
Specialisation 4 (Construction Management)

CON320S Construction Organisation 171 None
CEN320S Construction Process Engineering 171 Contract Law and Tendering
CCC320S Construction Cost Calculation 171 Introduction to Construction
Management
RCD320S Reinforced Concrete Design 171 Structural Design (Concrete &
Masonry)
Specialisation 5 (Geotechnical Engineering)

ERM320S Earth & Rock Moving in Civil Engineering Progression Rule 2 (Civ)
GME320S Geotechnical Methods & Equipment 171 Mechanical Design (Civil) &
Electric Drive Systems
148
GET321S Geotechnical Engineering 271 Geotechnical Engineering 1
GTE320S Geotechnical Technical Equipment
and Machinery 171 Progression Rule 2 (CIV)

The student should have passed all Year 4 semester 7 courses to proceed to the
Engineering project course.
Fourth Year
Semester 7
EVE810S Environmental Enineering 181 None
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181 None
SSS410S Statistics 281 Statistics 1 (Civil)
Electives (Pick the related field to semester 6 specialisation)
Specialisation 1 (Water Engineering)

HSS410S Hydraulic Structures 181 Specialisation 1 in S6
EID410S Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 181 Specialisation 1 in S6
SWM330S Solid Waste Management 281 Progression Rule 2 (Civ)
Specialisation 2 (Structural Engineering)

CMF410S Continuum Mechanics & Finite Elements
Methods 181 Specialisation 2 in S6
RRC410S Rehabilitation & Repairs of Concrete
Structures 181 Specialisation 2 in S6
ACM410S Advanced Concrete Materials 181 Specialisation 2 in S6
Specialisation 3 (Traffic/Transport Engineering)

TFT410S Traffic Flow Theory 181 Specialisation 3 in S6
TEN412S Traffic Engineering 281 Specialisation 3 in S6
UPG410S Urban Planning 181 Specialisation 3 in S6
Specialisation 4 (Construction Engineering)

CEM410S Civil Engineering Measurement 181 Specialisation 4 in S6
CTE410S Concrete Materials Technology 181 Specialisation 5 in S6
RRC410S Rehabilitation & Repair of Concrete
Structures 181 Specialisation 5 in S6
Specialisation 5 (Geotechnical Engineering)

GVC410S Geotechnical Engineering - Vertical
Underground Construction 181 Specialisation 5 in S6
GSU410S Geotechnical Engineering - Specialised
Underground Construction 181 Specialisation 5 in S6
SWM410S Solid WasteManagement 281 Specialisation 5 in S6
149
Semester 8 - Compulsory Courses
CET420S Engineering Project 181
CPN420S Cleaner Production 181 None
MTT420S Materials Handling Technology &
Storage Techniques 181
SBM421S Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control Progression Rule 2 (Civ)
Semester 9
CET890S Civil Engineering Practice 181 Progression Rule 3 (Civ)
150
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MINING 35BEMI
Description
The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining degree features two specialisations of Mining Production
and Mineral Processing. The degree is designed to be worth 624 credits (Minining Production)
and 627 credits (Mineral Processing) respectively at NQF Level 8. It consists of eight semesters
of instruction and a ninth devoted to experiential learning in industry and to applying the obtained
knowledge in a Bachelor mini-thesis.
1. Grade 12 with a minimum of NSSC (H) grade 3 or equivalent in Mathematics, Physical
Science and English.
2. In addition two subjects with a minimum NSSC (O) ‘A’ and ‘B’ symbols respectively
or equivalent must be passed; OR
3. Passed the Polytechnic Bridging Programme (ITES) with NSSC (H) or equivalent
qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale.
The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining programme will be offered on full-time mode only.
CURRICULA

First Year
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite(s)
CSK0420 Communication Skills See admission requirements
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 See admission requirements
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 See admission requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 See admission requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 See admission requirements
EGY120S Engineering Geology
MIN110S Mining Practice 141 See admission requirements
Semester 2
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 None
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 See admission requirements
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 See admission requirements
MLS120S Material Science 125 See admission requirements
EGY220S Engineering Geology 261
MIN120S Mining Practice 241
Second Year
Semester 3
IMG220S Introduction to Mining 161
MOM610S Mechanics of Materials 261 Mechanics of Materials 125
Engineering Mathematics 125
EMC510S Electrical Machines 161 Electrical Engineering 125
SVY210S Surveying 161 Engineering Mathematics 115
151
Semester 4
NMS220S Numerical Methods & Statistics 161 Engineering Mathematics 361
TDN620S Thermodynamics 161 Engineering Mathematics 115
Fluid Mechanics 161
POD220S Principles of Design 161 Engineering Drawing 115
MSV210S Mine Surveying 171 Engineering Mathematics 115
Surveying 161
GMS210S Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics 161 None
GMS220S Geomechanics - Rock Mechanics 161 Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics
MIN220S Mining Practice III 341
Third Year
Semester 5
Compulsory:
MAD310S Machine Design 171 Principles of Design 161
MSV210S Mine Survey 171 Engineering Drawing 115
Surveying 161
EEM720S Engineering Management 171
Electives:
Specialisation 1: Mining Production
MLL310S Mining Law and Licenses 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Geology 261
MID310S Mineral Deposits 171 Introduction to Mining 161
GPS310S Geophysical Systems 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing

NMS310S Numerical Methods and Statistics 271 Numerical Methods & Statistics 161
SYM310S Systems Modeling 171 Engineering Mechanics 115
Thermodynamics 161
EXM310S Experimental Methods 171 Engineering Mathematics 125
Semester 6
Compulsory:
MPM320S Mineral Project Management 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Engineering Managment 171
MIP320S Mineral Processing 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Mineral Deposits 171
MPL320S Mine Planning 171 Introduction to Mining 161
Electives:
MUM320S Mining Methods Underground Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
MSM320S Mining Methods Surface Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
152
ETR620S Electronics 161 Electrical Engineering 124
CNS320S Control Systems 171 Systems Modeling 171
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Compulsory:
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181
CHT410S Conveying & Hauling Technology 181
MIP410S Mineral Processing 281 Introduction to Mining 161
Electives:
MPL410S Mine Planning 281 Introduction to Mining 161
MPU410S Mining Engineering Project -
Underground 181 Mine Planning 171
ESM410S Mining Equipment Surface Mining 181 Mineral Deposits 171
Mining Methods Surface Mining
EUM410S Mining Equipment - Underground Mineral Deposits 171
Mining 181 Mining Methods Underground
Mining 181

PPD410S Processing Plant Design 181 Mineral Deposits 171
Mineral Processing 171
CAG410S Crushing and Grinding 181 Mineral Deposits 171
PMY410S Process Mineralogy 171 Mineral Deposits 171
Semester 8
Compulsory
PME420S Mining Engineering Project 281 Engineering Research
Methodology 181
MEV420S Mine Economics & Mine Valuation 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses
HSP420S Health & Safety Protection in Mining 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses
Electives:
VCC420S Mine Ventilation & Climate Conditioning 181 Mine Planning 281
SDF420S Shaft Sinking & Deep Foundations 181 Mining Methods -
Underground Mining 181
DTE420S Large Underground Excavation, Mining Methods -
Drifting & Tunneling 181 Underground Mining 181
CHT420S Conveying & Hauling Technology 281 Conveying & Hauling
Technology 181
MMM420S Mining Methods, Marine Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161
153
PPD420S Processing Plant Design 281 Processing Plant Design181
Process Mineralogy 171
FLO420S Flotation 181 Mineral Deposits 171
MWM420S Waste Management in Mining 281 Processing Plant Design181
HMY420S Hydrometallurgy 181 Mineral Deposits 171
CPN420S Cleaner Production 181 Environmental Engineering
in Mining 171
Fifth Year
Semester 9
BEP510S Experiential Training with Completion of all courses up
Bachelor Thesis 181 to S8
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ELECTRONIC/POWER ENGINEERING

35BELL & 35BPEN
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: ELECTRONIC
Description
Electronics is the buzzword of modern technology but has a history dating back to the first
telephone and a little later the wireless. The discovery of semi-conductor technology opened
up a vast area of new applications for increasingly smaller and more powerful devices.
Qualified Technicians in this field of study are involved in telecommunications and radio/TV
broadcasting, automation in which programmable controllers are used to operate systems,
and the maintenance and repair of electronic equipment and systems which is a field of
specialisation.
S0.1
S0.2
154
then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have
completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1.
Progression Rule No. 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes
that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses
Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language
in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and
Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1.
S1 (Semester 1)
DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1** Introduction to Physics
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None
MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
* Only applicable for candidates entering S1 direct after school
***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
S2 (Semester 2)
APR110S Applied Programming 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
DEL1200 Digital Electronics 2 ** Digital Electronics 1
Electronics 1
Mathematics 1
Communication Skills
ELE120S Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
ELC1200 Electronics 2 ** Electronics 1
Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
MAT120S Mathematics 2 ** Mathematics 1
155
PRJ110S Projects 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Electronics 1
Communication Skills 1
** Core S1/S2 Courses
Progression Rule No. 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to
relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing
Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception,
according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one
full time course during P1 and P2 subject to the written approval of employer/ bursary giver.
NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/
she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2.
P1 (Semester 3)
Code Course Prerequisite
LPR2100 Electronic Engineering Practice 1 See Progression Rule 2
P2 (Semester 4)
LPR2200 Electronic Engineering Practice 2 Electronic Engineering Practice 1
to S3.
S3 (Semester 5)
CEL1300 Communication Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
CTS210S Control Systems 2 Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
Electrical Engineering2
Co requisite: Mathematics 3
DPJ310S Design Projects 3A Projects 1
ECD310S Electronic Design 3A Electronics 2
Mathematics 2
MIC310S Micro Controller Applications 3A Digital Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1
PRJ210S Projects 2 Projects 1
Electronics 2
S4 (Semester 6)
DPJ320S Design Projects 3 B 15 Electrical Engineering Credits
(P1/P2 excluded)
Design Projects 3A
Projects 2
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship & Management 2 3 Electronic Engineering S3 credits
156
And any FOUR of the following electives:
AUT3300 Automation 3 Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1A
CTS310S Control Systems 3 Control Systems 2
Mathematics 3
EMA3400 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Electrical Machines 2
Mathematics 2
EPR3400 Electrical Protection 3 Power Engineering 3
Electrical Distribution 3
Mathematics 3
ECD320S Electronic Design 3B Electronic Design 3A
HFE1300 High Frequency Engineering 3 Communication Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
MIC320S Micro Controller Application 3B Micro Controller Application 3 A
PEL3300 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 2
Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: POWER
Description
Graduates with this Diploma are typically involved in the area of power distribution, from
domestic installations to large commercial complexes and from small remote electrical
installations to large high voltage demand points. Their knowledge also allows them to become
involved in High Voltage power distribution at national grid level, in cities and in towns. Although
electronics are becoming dominant there is still an area in which automation is needed.
S0.1
S0.2
157
Progression Rule No 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have
Progression Rule No 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes
S1 (Semester 1)
DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics
ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None
MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
* Only applicable for candidates entering S1 directly after school.
S2 (Semester 2)
APR110S Applied Programming 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
ELE120S Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
EMA120S Electrical Machines 2 ** Electrical Engineering 1
Mathematics 1
ELC1200 Electronics 2 ** Electronics 1
Mathematics 1
MAT120S Mathematics 2 ** Mathematics 1
PRJ110S Projects 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B
Electronics 1
Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to
relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing
158
Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception,
according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one
full time course during Practice 1 and Practice 2, subject to the written approval of employer
/ bursary giver.
NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/
she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2.
P1 (Semester 3)
EPR2100 Electrical Engineering Practice 1 See Progression Rule 2
P2 (Semester 4)
EPR2200 Electrical Engineering Practice 2 Electrical Engineering Practice 1
to S3.
S3 (Semester 5)
EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
(Statics) Introduction to Physics
CTS210S Control Systems 2 Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
Co-requisite: Mathematics 3
DPJ310S Design Projects 3A Projects 1
ELD3300 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
PEN310S Power Engineering 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
PRJ210S Projects 2 Projects 1
Electronics 2
S4 (Semester 6)
DPJ320S Design Projects 3B 15 Electrical Engineering Credits
(P1/P2 excluded)
Design Projects 3A
Projects 2
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship &Management 2 3 Electrical Engineering S3 credits
And any FOUR of the following electives:
AUT3300 Automation 3 Electronics 2
Applied Programming 1A
CEL1300 Communication Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
EMA3400 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Engineering 2
Mathematics 2
159
EPR3400 Electrical Protection 3 Electrical Distribution 3
Power Engineering 3
Mathematics 3
ECD320S Electronic Design 3B Electronic Design 3A
HFE1300 High Frequency Engineering 3 Communication Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
MIC320S Micro controller Applications 3B Micro controller Applications 3A
PEL3300 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 2
Electronics 2
Mathematics 3
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY in ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING (B.Tech. Electronic)

35BELL
and
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY in POWER ENGINEERING (B.Tech. Power) 35BPEN
In addition to the institution’s admission requirements for degrees, the following admission
requirements to the Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Electronic Engineering and
Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Power Engineering will apply:
National Diploma Course registration will be based on attained pre-requisites

M. Dip Appropriate credits will be transferred
T4 qualification Appropriate exemptions will be considered
T3 qualification Applicants will need to undertake studies in the relevant
courses to satisfy the pre-requisites of the B. Tech. courses.
The Bachelor of Technology Degree in Electronic Engineering and Bachelor of Technology

Degree in Power Engineering have four components each, comprising 10 credits per
Programme. The first component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Foundation. The
second component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Core to provide a technical overview
of either Electronic or Power areas respectively. The third component is the Bachelor of
Technology Degree Sequence. This is a two course in-depth sequence in a particular technical
area. The student must select at least one sequence to develop technical expertise. The fourth
and final component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Electives, which enables students
to take three elective courses. Students are allowed to broaden their Programme by selecting
courses from the sequenced courses as well as from the individual specialty courses to add
depth and breadth to their Programme.
To summarise, students will take:
Foundation Course
• Industrial Project 4A
• Industrial Project 4B (2 credits)
• Mathematics 4
One of the 2 Core courses
• Power Systems 4
• Electronic System Design 4
One of the following 4 Sequences
• Electrical Protection Sequence (Power only) Electrical Protection 4A
Electrical Protection 4B
• Micro controllers Sequence (Electronics only)
Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
Micro controller System Applications 4
160
• Communications Sequence (Electronics only)
Electronic Communications 4
Digital Communications 4
• Controls Sequence (Power and Electronics)
Control Systems 4
Digital Control Systems 4
• Three additional courses from the list of Electives including individual electives
and sequence courses not selected above.
Institutional resources will determine the number of courses that can be offered and presentation
of any one course is dependent on the amount of students enrolling for such a course. The
decision to present or not to present a course lies with the management of the Polytechnic
of Namibia.
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE in ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 35BELL
Description
Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Electronic
Engineering. The programme will produce specialists in any one or more of the three options:
Communication Systems, Control Systems and Micro Controller systems. A Graduate of this
programme will be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace.
Graduates will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of
solutions to practical problems.
Currently this programme is offered only part time and are divided into 4 semesters.
NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The courses
offered will depend on student enrolment and department recourses.
S5 (Semester 7)
ESD410S Electronic System Design 4 Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Engineering 3
Micro controller Applications 3B
IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Design Project 3B or
Design Projects 3
S5 (Semester 8)
Design Projects 3
Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice):
ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 Control Systems 2
Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Electronics 3
MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4 Micro controller Applications 3B
161
Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice):
EMG410S Energy Management 4 None
EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2
ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 Control Systems 2
Electronic Design 3B
High Frequency Electronics 3
MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None
MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B
REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None
REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4
S6 (Semester 9)
DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3
Mathematics 4
DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4
Micro Controller Applications 3B
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Micro Controller Applications 3B
Device Applications 4
Mathematics 4
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
S6 (Semester 10)
IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A
Mathematics 4
FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4
162
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE in POWER ENGINEERING 35BPEN
Description
Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Power Engineering,
which involves generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy. The Protection
option will produce experts in power system administration. A Graduate of this programme will
be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace. Graduates
will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of solutions to
practical problems.
Currently this programme is offered only part time and is divided into 4 semesters.
NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The course
offered will depend on student enrolment and departmental resources.
S5 (Semester 7)
Design Projects 3
POS410S Power Systems 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Electrical Protection 3
Mathematics 3
S5 (Semester 8)
Design Projects 3
EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Distribution 3
Mathematics 3
EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3
Power Systems 4
EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Distribution 3
Mathematics 3
HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3
IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3
Power Engineering 3
PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3
Control Systems 3
163
S6 (Semester 9)
Mathematics 4
EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A
Mathematics 4
Power Systems 4
Power Engineering 3
Control Systems 3
S6 (Semester 10)
IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A
Mathematics 4
Power Systems 4
Power Engineering 3
Control Systems 3
164
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS 35BEET
Introduction
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunications programme is a 4½ year
programme designed to be worth 620 credits at NQF Level 8 accumulated from 51 courses.
Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in
Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E
obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic
of Namibia’s English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve
registration of the candidate.
OR
Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered
at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction
to Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry.
Exceptions
Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic
of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year
courses and a minimum of 75 % in both Mathematics 2 and Mathematics 3. Students who
satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng program. The students
will also be exempted from the following second year courses:
1. Digital Electronics 253
2. Analogue Electronics 263
3. Control System 263
However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first
year of registration:
1. Material Science 152
2. Professional Writing
3. Engineering Physics 162
4. Engineering Chemistry 153
5. Introduction to Algorithm Design 155
6. Engineering Drawing – AutoCad
Admission for applicants with other qualifications

Candidates with other qualifications that gain entry into Communication Skills or are exempted
from Communication Skills will be assessed on an individual basis.
On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed
below:
• Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge
• Engineering Problem Solving
• Engineering Design and Synthesis
• Engineering Computer Skills
165
• Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis
• Professional Ethics and Practice
• Professional and General Communication
• Team and Multidisciplinary Working
• Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment
• Independent and Lifelong learning
• Entrepreneurship and Leadership
Programme Structure/Curriculum
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication is a 4½ year programme
with 620 credits accumulated from 47 core courses and 14 electives. Additionally all students
shall be required to produce to the satisfaction of the Head of Department, a certificate showing
evidence of completion of suitable work in the basic workshop processes during a period of
at least 8 weeks in an approved electronics/telecommunication environment, either before
registration or within the first two years from the date of first registration for the programme.
Semester 1
MTM110S Engineering Mathematics 115 Admission Requirements
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawing 115 Admission Requirements
AMC110S Engineering Mechanics 115 Admission Requirements
CSK0420 Communication Skills Admission Requirements
CUS411S Computer User Skills Admission Requirements
Semester 2
MTM210S Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics
115
MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics
MLS120S Material Science 125
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawing 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125 None
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125 None
Semester 3
DEL510S Digital Electronics 215 Electrical Engineering 125
PFW0520 Professional Writing
MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 None
ANE510S Analogue Electronics 216 Engineering Mathematics 115
EWP510S Electrical Workshop Practice 215
Semester 4
MAI620S Measurements and
Instrumentation 226 Electrical Engineering 125
Analogue Electronics 216
DEL620S Digital Electronics 226 Digital Electronics 215
SAS620S Signals and Systems 226 Engineering Mathematics 216
166
ADI111S Intro to Algorithm Design None
Semester 5
IPG120S Introduction to Programming Intro to Algorithm Design
CAR710S Computer Architecture 317 Digital Electronics 226
ICN210S Introduction to Computer Networking Computer User Skills
TCE610S Telecommunication Engineering 316 Signals and Systems
CNS610S Control Systems 316 Engineering Mathematics 227
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 327 Control Systems 316
TCE720S Telecommunication Engineering 327 Telecommunication
Engineering 316
MCA720S Microcontroller Applications 327 Computer Architecture
ENT111S Entrepreneurship
EEM720S Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Engineering Mathematics 216
PAS620S Probability and Statistics 326 Engineering Mathematics 125
Semester 7
REG810S Radio Engineering 418 Eng Electromagnetics
ERM810S Engineering Research Methods 418 Professional Writing
Probability and Statistics
EMT810S Engineering Mangement 418 Financial Accounting 1A
Professional Writing
DIC810S Digital Communication 418 Telecommunication
Engineering 3B
Probability and Statistics
IRS220S Introduction to Switching and Routing Intro to Computer Networking
ACP710S Applied Computer Programming 417 Intro to Programming
Semester 8
ESD820S Electronic Systems Design 428 Microcontroller
Applications (B.Eng)
DSP820S Digital Signal Processing 428 Signals and Systems
Telecommunication
Engineering 327
OPC820S Optical Communication 428 Telecommunication
Engineering 327
RNE820S Renewable Energy 427 Electrical Engineering
167
Plus any TWO of the following:
TSN820S Telecommunication Switching &
Network Systems 428 Digital Communication
INR820S Intelligent Robotics 428 Microcontroller
Applications (B.Eng.)
Intro to Programming
MCS820S Mobile Communication Systems 528 Digital Communication
Semester 9
ETP830S Electronics and Telecomunications Engineering Research
Project 518 Methods 418
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: ELECTRICAL POWER 35BEEP
Introduction
The Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power programme is a 4½ year programme designed to
be worth 620 credits accumulated from 51courses. Successful completion of the programme will
lead to the the award of a NQF level 8 Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power degree.
Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in
Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E
obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic
of Namibia’s English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the
equivalent” subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve
registration of the candidate.
OR
Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered
at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction to
Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry. However a score 65 % in the said courses will
not automatically guarantee entry into the programme as selection will be based on merit.

Exceptions
Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic
of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year
courses and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics 2 and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics
Students who satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng.
programme. The students will also be exempted from the following second year courses:
1. Digital Electronics 253
2. Analogue Electronics 263
3. Control System 263
However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first
year of registration:
1. Material Science 152
2. Professional Writing
3. Engineering Physics 162
4. Engineering Chemistry 153
168
5. Introduction to Algorithm Design 155
6. Engineering Drawing
Entry for Applicants with Other Qualifications

Candidates with other qualifications (including Bachelor of Technology) that gain entry into
Communication Skills or are exempted from Communication Skills will be assessed on an
individual basis.
On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed
below:
• Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge
• Engineering Problem Solving
• Engineering Design and Synthesis
• Engineering Computer Skills
• Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis
• Professional Ethics and Practice
• Professional and General Communication
• Team and Multidisciplinary Working
• Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment
• Independent and Lifelong learning
• Entrepreneurship and Leadership
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
APH120S Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawings 115 Admission Requirements
Semester 2
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawings 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125
Semester 3
DEL510S Digital Electronics 215 Engineering Mathematics 125
PFC0620 Professional Writing Communication Skills
Engineering Physics 115
EWP510S Electrical Workshop Practice 215
169
Semester 4
MAI620S Measurements and Instrumentation 226 Electrical Engineering 125
DEL620S Digital Electronics 226 Analogue Electronics 215
Digital Electronics 215
TDN620S Thermodynamics Mathematics 115
ADI111S Intro to Algorithm Design
Semester 5
IPG120S Introduction to Programming Intro to Algorithm Design
CAR710S Computer Architecture 316 Digital Electronics 226
PSE610S Power Systems Engineering 316 Electrical Engineering 125
PEL610S Power Electronics 316
CNS610S Control Systems 316 Engineering Mathematics 227
FAC1100 Financial Accounting 1A
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 327 Control Systems 316
EMC720S Electrical Machines 327 Electrical Machines 216
AMA720S Automation 327 Measurements and
Instrumentation 226
PSE720S Power Systems Engineering 327 Power Systems Engineering 316
EEM720S Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Engineering Mathematics 227
PAS620S Probability & Statistics 327 Engineering Mathematics 125
Semester 7
PSE810S Power Systems Engineering 418 Power Systems Engineering 327
ERM810S Engineering Research Methods 418 Professional Writing
Probability & Statistics 327
EMT810S Engineering Management 418 Professional Writing
Financial Accounting 1A
ICN210S Introduction to Computer Networking Computer User Skills
ACP710S Applied Computer Programming
Semester 8
DES820S Electrical Systems Design 428 Power Systems Engineering 418
RNE820S Renewable Energy 428 Electrical Machines 216
ETD820S Electric Drives 428
ETP820S Electrical Protection 428 Power Systems Engineering 428
170
Plus any TWO of the following:
AMA820S Automation 418 Control Systems 327
TDN820S Transmission & Distribution
Networks 418 Power Systems
Engineering 418
EMD820S Electrical Machine Design 428 Electrical Machines 327
HVE820S High Voltage Engineering 428 Power Systems Engineering 418
PSC820S Power System Operation
& Control 428
Semester 9
EPP830S Electrical Power Project 518 Engineering Research
Methods 418
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL
Description
Mechanical Engineering covers a vast range of activities from simple hand tools to spacecraft.
The programme at the PoN focuses on areas of technology in line with Namibian industry.
Areas of study cover mechanisms, the use of heat to deliver work and the reverse process,
the factors influencing the strength of components of machines and structures, manufacturing
processes and design of components. Graduates of the programme are equipped with a range
of knowledge that will enable employment in a broad range of industries, from consulting
engineering to mining and from industry to transport.
S0.1
S0.2
171
Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in S0). The student must have
Progression Rule No. 1B.2: (Applicable to students in the Civil, and Mechanical programmes
Semester 1 (S1)
EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics (Statics) 1** Introduction to Physics
CSK0420 Communication Skills 1 Language in Practice B
ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
MAT111S Mathematics 1** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2
CAD1100 Computer Aided Draughting** Engineering Graphics
WPR1100 Workshop Practice Engineering Skills Module 2
***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken
than the Vacation Schools are compulsory.
Semester 2 (S2)
FMC1200 Fluid Mechanics 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
EMP1200 Engineering Mechanics (Particle
Dynamics) 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
MAT120S Mathematics 2** Mathematics 1
DEM1200 Design and Manufacture 2** Computer Aided Draughting
Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
MOM1200 Mechanics of Materials 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
TDY1200 Thermodynamics 2** Engineering Mechanics 1
Mathematics 1
proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enrol for any full time courses
172
per semester, subject to the written approval of employer /bursary giver.
Note: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of first year
Engineering courses.
Semester 3 (P1)
MPR2100 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 See progression rule no 2
Semester 4 (P2)
MPR2200 Mechanical Engineering Practice 2 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1
Semester 5 (S3)
FMC310S Fluid Mechanics 3 Fluid Mechanics 2
Mathematics 2
EMR310S Engineering Mechanics 3A Engineering Mechanics
(Rigid Body Dynamics) (Particle Dynamics) 2
Mathematics 2
DEM310S Design and Manufacture 3A Design and Manufacture 2
Mathematics 2
MOM310S Mechanics of Materials 3A Mechanics of Materials 3A
Mathematics 2
TDY310S Thermodynamics 3A Thermodynamics 2
Mathematics 2
Semester 6 (S4)
ENT3400 Entrepreneurship and Management None
FMC320S Fluid Mechanics 3B Fluid Mechanics 3A
MEP320S Mechanical Engineering Design Project Design and Manufacture 3A
TOM320S Theory of Machines Engineering Mechanics
(Rigid Body Dynamics) 3A
MOM320S Mechanics of Materials 3B Mechanics of Materials 3A
ICE320S Internal Combustion Engines Thermodynamics 3A
173
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 35BMEC
Description
At this level, the programme cover mainly the development of machines and systems basically
for diverse application in the modern technologically advancement. Mechanical Engineering
is one of the broadest of all Engineering disciplines, which ultimately provides opportunities
for employment in the Industries, Research and Development, Education/Training and
Government. Areas of study covers planning, analysing, evaluating, design and improvement
of components and improvement of components and systems.
Semester 7 (S5)
Progression Rule No. 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from
S3/S4-Level (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering.

Core courses (Compulsory)
MVN410S Mechanical Vibration and Noise 4 Theory of Machines
MOM410S Mechanics of Materials 4 Mechanics of Materials 3B
HTF410S Heat Transfer** Internal Combustion Engines
MEP410S Mechanical Engineering Project 4A None
COS410S Control Systems Theory of Machines
Semester 8 (S6)
Core Courses (compulsory)
FMC420S Fluid Mechanics 4** Fluid Mechanics 3B
MEP420S Mechanical Engineering Project 4B Mechanical Engineering Project 4A
Electives:
ESA410S Experimental Stress Analysis* Mechanics of Materials 4
RAC410S Refrigeration and Air Conditioning* Thermodynamics 3A
* If presented.
174
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL 35BEME
Description
The Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering programme is designed to be worth 585 credits at
NQA level 8. It has a normal duration of eight semesters of instruction and a ninth semester
devoted to experiential learning in industry. The programme consists of forty four core - and
six elective courses of which students are required to offer two from one of three fields of
specialisation, being mechatronics, energy and manufacturing. The field of specialisation is
selected at the end of the third year of studies. The curriculum for the first year of the proposed
programme is identical to that of the B. Eng. programmes proposed by the Departments of
Civil- and Electrical Engineering.
A student who successfully completes the proposed programme and who consequently
receives the B. Eng. (Mech.) qualification is eligible for registration as a Professional Engineer
in Training with ECN.
The minimum requirements for entry into the first year of the proposed programme are:
• a 3 symbol obtained in NSSCH Mathematics and NSSCH Physical Science and
• a 2 symbol in NSSCH English or gaining entry into Communication Skills through the
English placement test of Polytechnic of Namibia and
• a minimum of 37 points on the engineering evaluation scale of Polytechnic of Namibia
counting up to five NSSC subjects including Mathematics, Physical Science and
English
OR
Successful completion of the ITS programme of Polytechnic of Namibia with a mark of 60 %

obtained in each of Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 and Introduction to Physics and
Language in Practice B.
ITS route entrants who collected a credit for Communication Skills 113 during ITS will offer
five courses in the first semester instead of the six of students entering via the NSSCH route,
whereas those who did not will offer the normal six courses in the first semester.
Articulation
Holders of a National Diploma (ND) and/or B.Tech. degree in Mechanical Engineering obtained
from Polytechnic of Namibia are eligible for admission. Depending on the results of an
evaluation of equivalence of their qualifications, Polytechnic of Namibia will consider holders
of similar qualifications obtained elsewhere to be admitted.
Holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) will be admitted to the second year of the B. Eng. (Mech.)
programme provided that such students may be exempted from certain second year courses
and that certain first year courses be offered. The first year courses to be offered are :

Engineering Chemistry 123
Material Science 124
The second year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements
for such exemptions are :
175
Engineering Mathematics 215 55 % for Mathematics 3 or equivalent
Engineering Mechanics 213 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Particle Dynamics)
or equivalent
Mechanics of Materials 214 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3A or equivalent
Fluid Mechanics 214 55 % for Fluid Mechanics 3B or equivalent
Engineering Mechanics 224 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Rigid Body
Dynamics) or equivalent
Mechanics of Materials 223 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3B or equivalent
Thermodynamics 225 55 % for Thermodynamics 3A or equivalent
Principles of Design 224 55 % for Design and Manufacture 3 or equivalent
In addition, holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) from Polytechnic of Namibia who have successfully
completed a one year probation period with an employer in a relevant industry are also
exempted from the course Experiential Training 510.
Holders of ND (Mech. Eng.) who join the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted
from all the indicated courses will offer a total of six courses in S3 and S4 provided such
students offer three S5 courses in S3 and two S6 courses in S4.
Articulation between the ND (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B. Eng. (Mech.)
programme is scheduled to commence one year after the date of implementation of
the programme.
Holders of a B. Tech. (Mech. Eng.), as well as current - or former B. Tech. students of Polytechnic
of Namibia who have completed all prescribed B. Tech. courses except Mechanical Engineering
Project 4A or 4B, will be admitted to the third year of the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme provided
that such students may be exempted from certain third year courses and that certain first - and
second year courses be offered.
The first - and second year courses to be offered are :

Engineering Chemistry 123
Material Science 124
Introduction to Algorithm Design 214
Numerical Methods 224
Electronics 224
The third year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements for
such exemptions are:
Statistics 314 55 % for Mathematics 4 or equivalent

Systems Modeling 313 55 % for Control Systems 4 or equivalent
Thermofluids 314 55 % for Fluid Mechanics 4 or equivalent
Heat Transfer 325 55 % for Heat Transfer 4 or equivalent
Vibration and Noise 325 55 % for Mechanical Vibration and Noise 4 or equivalent
Holders of B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) who join the B.Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted
from all the indicated courses will offer six courses S5 and seven courses in S6.
Articulation between the B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B.Eng. (Mech.)
programme is scheduled to commence two years after the date of the implementation
of the programme.
176
Students who qualify to articulate with the B. Eng. (Mech.) course who do not meet the
minimum requirement for exemption of any particular B. Eng. (Mech.) course will not attend
contact sessions in that course.
Such students will instead be afforded two examination opportunities to obtain a pass mark in
the course for which exemption is sought. Such examinations will take place before lectures
commence in the beginning of the academic year and will cover the syllabus of the B. Eng.
(Mech.) course for which exemption is sought.
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
APH120s Engineering Physics 115 Admission Requirements
END111S Engineering Drawings 115 Admission Requirements
Semester 2
EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Physics 115
MLS120S Material Science 125 None
CAD120S Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Drawings 115
ACH110S Engineering Chemistry 125
WPR120S Workshop Practice 125 Admission Requirements
Semester 3
EMC610S Engineering Mechanics 213 Engineering Mathematics 115
ADI111S Introduction to Algorithm Design
Semester 4
NMS620S Numerical Methods 224 Engineering Mathematics 125
Intro to Algorithm Design
EMC620S Engineering Mechanics 224 Engineering Mathematics 125
MOM620S Mechanics of Materials 223 Mechanics of Materials 125
TDN620S Thermodynamics 225 Engineering Mathematics 115
Fluid Mechanics 214
ETR620S Electronics 224 Electrical Engineering 125
POD620S Principles of Design 224 Engineering Drawings 115
Workshop Practice 125
177
Semester 5
SSS710S Intro to Statistics
SYM710S Systems Modelling 313 Electrical Machines 216
Fluid Mechanics 214 or
Thermodynamics 225
EXM710S Experimental Methods 315 Engineering Mathematics 225
Electronics 224
TFL710S Thermofluids 314 Fluid Mechanics 214
Thermodynamics 225
MPS710S Manufacturing Processes 313 Workshop Practice 125
MAD710S Machine Design 315 Principles of Design 224
Semester 6
CNS720S Control Systems 325 Systems Modelling 313
VAN720S Vibration and Noise 324 Engineering Mechanics 224
Experimental Methods 315
HTF720S Heat Transfer 324 Numerical Methods 224
Thermodynamics 225
MAD720S Machine Design 324 Engineering Mechanics 224
Machine Design 315
EEM720S Engineering Management 324 Machine Design 315
Manufacturing Processes 313
PFW0520 Professional Writing
Semester 7
ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology
DSP810S Design Project (B.Eng) All courses up to and Semester 6
EVE810S Environmental Engineering Thermofluids 314
Vibration and Noise
Elective – choose one sector only:
Energy Sector
ESR810S Renewable Energy Systems Thermofluids
Heat Transfer 324
Control Systems 325
Environmental Engineering
Manufacturing Sector
CAM810S Computer Aided Manufacturing Manufacturing Processes
Mechatronics Sector
MTS810S Mechatronics Electronics 224
Control Systems 325
Experimental Methods
Semester 8
MCP820S Mechanical Project Engineering Research
Methodology
CPN820S Cleaner Production Environmental Engineering
178
Elective - choose one sector only:
Energy Sector
PPT820S Power Plant Technology Thermofluids 314
Heat Transfer 325
Control Systems 325
Manufacturing Sector
NTI820S Introduction to Nanotechnology Material Science 125
Mechatronics Sector
MPA820S Microprocessor Applications Mechatronics
Semester 9
MET830S Mechanical Experiential Training Completion of all prescribed
courses up to and including 4th
year, except Mechanical Project.
179
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING
Qualifications offered
National Certificate Vocational Instructor 35CPVT
National Higher Certificate Vocational Instructor 35HPVT
National Diploma Vocational Instructor 35DPVT
LEVEL 1.0 - National Certificate (Phased out 2008)

MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA for both the PRE-SERVICE and IN-SERVICE COURSES
under the Instructor Training Programmes:
1.1 Industrial Training
1.1.1 Recognised training qualification for the trade sector to ARTISAN/CRAFTSPERSON
level, i.e. apprenticeship, etc.; PLUS
1.1.2 A minimum of two years relevant industrial experience after completion of the final
trade test following the training period; PLUS
1.2 Academic Qualifications
1.2.1 National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base
of ‘equivalent qualifications’ acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to
facilitate RPL) PLUS
1.2.2 Proficiency in English, e.g., PON grading to a minimum of level TWO.
NOTE: Experienced artisans without formal academic or training qualifications may take
appropriate theory tests and/or trade tests approved by the Selection Panel for the Instructor
Training Programme, in order to qualify for entry to the FIRST LEVEL of the Instructor Training
Programme.
LEVEL 2.0 - National Higher Certificate (Phased out 2009)

MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA for both the PRE-SERVICE and IN-SERVICE COURSES
under the Instructor Training Programme:
SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION of the Level 1.0 - National Certificate Course in Vocational

Instructing, OR an equivalent pedagogical training programme, PLUS
2.1 Industrial Training

2.1.1 Recognised training qualification for the trade sector to ARTISAN/CRAFTSPERSON
level, i.e. apprenticeship, etc; PLUS
2.1.2 A minimum of three years relevant industrial experience after completion of the
final trade test following the training period; PLUS
2.1.3 A minimum of four years relevant instructing/teaching experience, PLUS
2.2.1 National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base of
‘equivalent qualifications’ acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to
facilitate RPL) - PLUS
2.2.2 Proficiency in English, e.g. PoN grading to a minimum of level TWO.
180
LEVEL 3.0 - National Diploma (phasing out end of 2010)
MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA
SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION of the Level 2.0 - National Higher Certificate Course in
Vocational Instructing, OR an equivalent pedagogical training programme, PLUS
3.1 Industrial Training/Experience

3.1.1 Four years relevant industrial and/or management experience; PLUS
3.2.1 National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base of
‘equivalent qualifications’ acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to
facilitate
RPL); PLUS
3.2.1 Proficiency in English, e.g. Polytechnic of Namibia grading to a minimum of level TWO.
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR 35CPVT
Description
The PON entered into a joint agreement with the Government and European Union to upgrade
the skills of Instructors already in service at Vocational Training Centres and Technical Schools
around the country as well as Technical graduates who wish to become Instructors/Teachers
in the Technical field.
No new intake in 2009. Phasing out over 3 year period beginning 2009 and ending
2011.
CURRICULUM
Semester 1 (Phasing out 2009)

Course Code Course Title Prerequisites
PDV110S Professional Development 1A Industrial Training to ‘artisan’
level & minimum of 3 years related
Industrial experience
ICS110S Instructors Communication Skills 1 None
COS110S Computing Skills 1A None
ILS110S Instructional & Learning Strategies 1A None
DLM110S Design of Learning Materials 1A None
APA110S Assessment of Learner Progress and
Achievement 1A None
PDT110S Plan and Deliver Training
Programmes 1A None
Semester 2 (Phasing out 2009)

PDV120S Professional Development 1B Professional Development 1A
CGA110S Career Guidance & Assessment of
Preparation for Further Training 1 None
COS120S Computing Skills 1B Computer Skills 1A
ILS120S Instructional & Learning Strategies 1B Instruction and Learning Strategies 1A
DLM120S Design of Learning Materials 1B Design of Learning Materials 1A
APA120S Assessment of Learner Progress and Assessment of Learner Progress
Achievement 1B and Achievement 1A
PDT120S Plan and Deliver Training Programme 1B Plan and Deliver Training
Programme 1A
181
NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR 35HPVT
Semester 3
PDV210S Professional Development 2A Professional Development 1A & 1B
COS210S Computer Skills 2A Computer Skills Module 1B
ESB110S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale
Business Development 1A None
MOE110S Management of the Environment 1A None
TEA110S Training Programme Evaluation,
Including Staff Appraisal 1A None
QTE110S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for
Training Evaluation 1A None
CGN110S Counselling & Guidance for both
Academic and Personal Needs of
Trainees 1A None
Semester 4
COS220S Computer Skills 2B Computer Skills 2A
ESB120S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale Entrepreneurial Skills & Small
Business Development 1B Business Development 1A
MOE120S Management of the Environment 1B Management of the Environment 1A
TEA120S Training Programme Evaluation, Training Programme Evaluation,
Including Staff Appraisal 1B Including Staff Appraisal 1A
QTE120S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for Quality Assurance Mechanisms
Training Evaluation 1B for Training Evaluation 1A
CGN120S Counselling & Guidance for Counselling & Guidance for both
both Academic and Personal Needs Academic and Personal Needs of
Trainees 1B of Trainees 1A
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR 35DPVT
Semester 5
PDV310S Professional Development 3A Professional Development 2A & 2B
IFC110S Information & Communication
Technology Skills 1A Instructors Communication Skills 1
TMS110S Training Management Skills 1A None
TNA110S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A None
TEA210S Training Programme Evaluation
including Staff Appraisal 2A None
IVE110S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational
Education & Training 1A None
MTP110S Marketing Training Programmes 1A None
Semester 6
IFC120S Information & Communication Information & Communication
Technology Skills 1B Technology Skills 1A
TMS120S Training Management Skills 1B Training Management Skills 1A
TNA120S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1B Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A
IVE120S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational Innovations and Initiatives in
Education & Training 1B Vocational Education and
Training 1A
182
MTP120S Marketing Training Programmes 1B Marketing Training Programmes 1A
TEA220S Training Programme Evaluation
Including Staff Appraisal 2B TEA210S
183
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE HONOURS 59BARH
The Bachelor of Architecture Honours is a professional degree designed to be worth 489

credits at NQF Level 8.
Admission criteria
Knowledge of mathematics is a prerequisite and prior learning in technical / geometrical
drawing provides an extremely advantageous foundation for learners entering all teaching /
learning programmes leading to an architectural qualification.
The admission of students will be by means of a selection process which involves two stag-
es:
In the Preliminary Stage, candidates are to be assessed on academic merit only. The mini-
mum academic criteria for 2010 admission exercises is as follows:
1. 14 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for English and Mathematics using a
combination of NSSC(H) and/or NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on
NSSC(O) will be accepted.
2. Minimum 21 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for any three other subjects us-
ing a combination of NSSC(H) and NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on
NSSC(O) will be accepted.
Candidates apply for this stage with their latest school results (Grade 12). Those who meet
the minimum requirements for admission will then be invited to participate in the next stage
by taking a special departmental selection test. With the invitation, they also receive (in the
mail) an assessment package to complete at home and submit on the day of the test.
In the Final Stage, candidates are to be assessed in terms of their general knowledge, abili-
ties and experience by means of the departmental selection test, taken on one of a couple
of prescheduled Saturdays in October. Candidates must then also submit the assessment
package sent to them shortly after the foregoing selection process in the preliminary stage.
Based on the outcome of the tests and assessment packages, the Department then compiles
a shortlist of final candidates. Those candidates whose names have made the shortlist are
invited to participate in the final selection interviews during the September recess.
The result of the selection committee is final and no discussion or correspondence will be
entered into. While candidates should preferably attend their test and interview, applicants
unable to do so may request further selection material to be sent by mail. A telephonic inter-
view may then be granted.
If the Grade 12 results of candidates who were selected provisionally do not meet the mini-
mum requirements, final admission to the Department may be withheld.
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL):

Persons desiring entrance to the programme leading to the award of this qualification are
• advised, assisted and supported (portfolio compilation, orientation to required
levels of competence, substantiation of their claims regarding prior skills / experience,
planning of progression)
184
• evaluated and assessed in accordance with their claims regarding prior skills and
experience gained (portfolio review, implementation of assessment / evaluation
methods, recommendations arising from the assessment / evaluation processes)
provided with quality management / assurance objectives to support the achievement
of competence leading to the award of the qualification (assessment of competence in
respect of required outcomes, auditing, approval, recommendation, reporting).
Outcomes for Whole Qualification:

Holders of this qualification will be able to:
• Design buildings within specific contexts using the outcomes of research and applying
theories and history which inform architectural design.
• Execute the fundamental techniques of architectural practice related to the design
of buildings, producing drawings and models to illustrate the design of a building to a cli-
ent or controlling body.
• Compile a comprehensive set of contract documentation required for the erection of a
building of complexity defined for Senior Architectural Technologists
• Manage the contract and inspect the works for the construction of a building
• Administer the building contract according to the relevant conventions and rules.
• Compile reports detailing progress on site.
• Produce as-built drawings incorporating changes to contract documentation
• Implement business and office procedures pertaining to the architectural profession by
integrating basic organisational concepts and principles to promote sound architectural
practice.
• Implement a functional and integrated information management system.
• Communicate professionally with a variety of audiences in academe and industry.
Promotional requirements to Honours (4th year)

In order to proceed from the Bachelor of Architecture to the Bachelor Honours, a student is
required to have passed all courses for the Bachelor, and to have obtained a 70 % final mark
in Architectural Design.
Summary of Qualification Requirements:

The Bachelor of Architecture will be awarded to candidates who have a minimum of 369 cred-
its at Level 7 and who meet the course requirements as detailed in the first three years in 2.2
below. Candidates must also meet the Polytechnic administrative and financial requirements
as detailed in the Prospectus annually.
The Bachelor of Architecture (Honours) will be awarded to candidates who have attained the
Bachelor of Architecture and who, in addition, have achieved a minimum of 120 credits at
level 8, and who meet the course requirements as detailed in the last year of the curriculum.
Candidates must also meet the Polytechnic administrative and financial requirements as
detailed in the Prospectus annually.
First Year: Academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia

Second Year: The courses of Architectural technology Practice III takes place in an Architec-
tural Office for a six month-Module. The student has a choice between the first or second six
months of the year. The six prescribed courses are then offered full time at the Polytechnic of
Namibia in the alternate six months.
Third Year: Formal academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia
Fourth Year: Formal academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia
• In order to proceed from the Bachelor of Architecture to the Bachelor Honours, a stu-
dent is required to have passed all courses for the Bachelor, and to have obtained a
70 % final mark in Architectural Design.
185
CURRICULUM
Course Code Course Name Prerequisite

Year 1
ABS510S Applied Building Science 1 None
CAP510S Computer Applications 1 None
HOA510S History of Architecture 1 None
PTE510S Presentation Techniques 1 None
TOD510S Theory of Design 1 None
ARD520S Architectural Design 1 None
CAD520S Computer-Aided Draughting 1 None
CMA520S Construction Materials 1 None
CME520S Construction Methods 1 None
CDC520S Contract Documentation 1 None
Year 2
ARD610S Architectural Design 2 Architectural Design 1
CAD610S Computer-Aided Design 2 Computer Applications 1 &
Computer-Aided Draughting 1
CMA610S Construction Materials 2 Construction Materials 1
CME610S Construction Methods 2 Construction Methods 1
CDC610S Contract Documentation 2 Contract Documentation 1
TOD610S Theory of Design 2 Theory of Design 1
ATP720S Architectural Technology
Practice 3 (In-Service Training) Architectural Design 1, Computer
Applications 1, Computer-Aided
Draughting 1, Contract
Documentation 1,
Construction Materials 1
Construction Methods 1 &
Presentation Techniques 1
Year 3
ARD710S Architectural Design 3 Architectural Design 1 &
Architectural Design 2
BSE710S Building Services 3 Applied Building Science 1 ,
Construction Methods 1 &
Construction Methods 2
CAD710S Computer-Aided Draughting 3 Computer Applications 1,
Computer-Aided Draughting 1 &
Computer-Aided Design 2
CME710S Construction Methods 3 Construction Methods 2
CDC710S Contract Documentation 3 Contract Documentation 2
LSD720S Landscape Design 3 Architectural Design 2
ATP720S Architectural Practice 3 Architectural Technology
Practice 3 (In-Service Training)
SQU720S Specification & Quantities 3 None
SFA720S Surveying for Architecture 3 None
186
Year 4
CME810S Constructions Methods 4 Construction Methods 3
PMN810S Project Management 4
ARD820S Architectural Design 4 Architectural Design 3
LCM820S Law & Contract Management 4
STR820S Structures 4 Applied Building Science 1
PUD810S Principles of Urban Design 4 Landscape Design 3
187
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Prof. Sylvester R. Moyo, D.Phil. (Norwegian
University of Science and Technology), NTNU
(Trondheim - Norway), Lic. Med. Sci. (Lund
University, Sweden), Higher National Certificate
(Liverpool Polytechnic), Diploma in Medical
Laboratory Technology (Evelyn Hone College of
Applied Arts and Science)
Faculty Officer : Vacant
Secretary : Muriel Mouton
Fax Number : 061-207-2142
E-mail Address : mmouton@polytechnic.edu.na
DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Head of Department: : Chris Hikuam, M.Tech. Biomedical Technology
(CPUT), B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (Cape
Tech.), National Diploma: Biomedical Technology
(Cape Tech.)
Academic Staff: : Elzabe van der Colf, M.Sc. Medical Science
(University of Stellenbosh), B.Tech. Biomedical
Technology (Peninsula Technikon), B.Med.Sc. (UFS),
B.Med.Sc. (Hon) (UFS)
: Prof. Bruce Noden, B.S. in Biology Magna Cum
Laude (Houghton College NY), Ph.D. in Immunology
and Infectious Diseases (The Johns Hopkins
Bloomberg School of Public Health), Post-Doctoral
Fellow (Department of Microbiology & Immunology
(University of Maryland, School of Medicine
and School of Biological Sciences, Illinois State
University)
: Christo Izaaks, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology
(Peninsula Technikon), National Diploma (Peninsula
Technikon)
: Cornelia de Waal-Miller, B.Tech. Biomedical
Technology (Peninsula Technikon), National Diploma
(Cape Peninsula)
: Fredrieka Engelbrecht, B.Tech. Biomedical
Technology (CPUT), National Diploma: Biomedical
Technology (Cape Technikon)
: Sophia Blaauw, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology
Cum Laude (CPUT)
Lab Manager : Vincent Nowaseb, B.Sc. Biochemistry (UP), National
Diploma Biomedical Technology, B.Tech. Biomedical
Technology (CPUT)
: Belinda R Tsuases, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology
(CPUT), National Diploma Biomedical Technology
(CPUT)
188
EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE
Coordinator : Wilhelm van Niekerk, National Diploma Ambulance
and Emergency Care (Technikon Natal)
: Carolie Markgraaff, National Diploma: Emergency
Medical Care (CPUT)
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES

Head of Department : Charmaine Jansen, Master in Public Health (Cardiff
University), B.Tech. Environmental Health (Cape
Technikon), National Diploma Environmental Health
(Cape Technikon)
: Prof. Nnenesi Kgabi, Ph.D. Environmental Science
(North West University), M.Sc. Physics, B.Sc.
Honours Physics, B.Sc. Ed. Physics & Chemistry
(North West University), Pr. Sc. Nat.
: Wilhelm Akwaake, Master of Public Health (Leeds
University, UK)
: Ndinomholo Hamatui, B.Tech. Environmental
Health (CPUT), National Diploma Environmental
Health Cum Laude (CPUT)
: Dingilizwe Mazibuko, Master in Public Health
Occupational Hygiene (WITS)
Lab Manager : Vacant
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

Head of Department : Immanuel Ajibola, Ph.D. Maths (Zaria). M.Sc.
Maths (lfe), PGDC. Sc. (Lagos), B.Sc. (Hons)
Physics/Maths (Lagos)
Academic Staff : Prof. Sunday A. Reju, Ph.D. Computational Maths
(Ilorin), M.Sc. Applied Maths (Ibadan), B.Sc. (Hons)
(Jos)
: Benson Obabueki, M.Sc. Maths (JOS), B.Sc. Maths
(Benin)
: Andrew Roux, M.Phil. Future Studies (Stellenbosh),
M.Sc., B.Tech. Geol. (Technikon Pretoria), ND Ec.
Geol. (Technikon Witwatersrand), Dip. Data Metrics
(UNISA), Pr. Sc. Nat.
: Selma Heelu: B.Sc. (Hons) Maths. (Virginia)
M.Phil Curriculum (UWC)
: Lawal I Funtua, B.Sc. (Hons) Maths. (Bayero), HED
Maths (Northwest University), National Diploma IT
(PoN)
: Elizabeth Hugo, B.Com. H.E.D. (Stellenbosch)
: Dismas Ntirampeba, M.Sc. Stat (UCT), B.Sc. (Hons)
Stat (UCT), B.Sc. Maths and Stats (UNAM)
: Susan Mwewa, MBA (CBU, Zambia), B.Sc. Ed.
Maths (UNZA)
: Tobias Kaenandunge, B.Sc. Mathematics and
Statistics (UNAM)
: Adetayo Eegunjob, M. Sc. (Maths), B.Tech (Ind.
Maths)
: Lilian Pazvakawambwa, M.Sc. Stat (Harare), B.Sc
(Hons) Stat (Harare)
189
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED
BACHELOR OF BIO-MEDICAL SCIENCES 50BBMS

BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES 50BEHS
NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE 55CEMC
(In conjuction with the Cape Penisula University Of Technology in Cape Town, South Africa)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 35BAMS
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS: IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS 35BHAM
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS: IN APPLIED STATISTICS 35BHAS
190
DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

BACHELOR OF BIO-MEDICAL SCIENCES 50BMES
Description
The Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences is a professional degree designed to be at NQF Level
8. The degree incorporates a research component and 1 year of practical work-based
learning.
Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points as per the Polytechnic general admission requirements.
In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements:
• Mathematics – B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent

• English – E on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent
(English Placement Test into Language in Practice A)
• Biology or Physiology – B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent
• Physical Science – B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent
Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted but may be required to enrol for
a bridging programme and/or selected bridging courses. Students are informed that they will
necessarily then be on an extended programme.
Graduates of this programme are able to:

• Select, perform, interpret and integrate routine and specialised diagnostic techniques
(including molecular biology techniques) in a specific field and in accordance with the
statutory requirements in place of study, workplace or both.
• Critically evaluate trends in technology and evaluate and implement new techniques,
equipment and methods according to accreditation requirements and based on sound
scientific principles.
• Operate effectively within resource constraints to solve problems in both familiar and
unfamiliar contexts.
• Manage and supervise laboratory operations and apply GLP and accreditation
requirements.
• Participate in research in Bio-Medical Sciences in compliance with ethical research
principles.
• Manage resources efficiently and effectively.
• Demonstrate professional and ethical conduct.
• Describe and apply laboratory safety procedures.
• Describe and apply emergency procedures to be followed in the event of a laboratory
accident(s).
• Communicate effectively with patients, laboratory personnel, within the profession, with
other health care professionals and with the public.
• Communicate effectively with stakeholders especially in relations to outputs.
• Train other students of Biomedical Sciences and related fields.
191
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Course Code Prerequisite(s)
Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A HPY110S
Medical Chemistry 1 CEM110S
Biostatistics & Calculations BCL110S
Medical Physics MPH110S
Laboratory Principles 1A LAP110S
Computer User Skills CUS411S

Semester 2
Human Anatomy & Physiology 1B HPY120S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A
Molecular Biology BMB120S Chemistry 1
Immunology IMY120S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A
Biochemistry BCH120S Chemistry 1
Applied Laboratory Principles 1B ALP120S Laboratory Principles 1A
Second Year
Semester 3
Medical Microbiology 1 MMB210S Human Anatomy &
Physiology 1A & 1B
Haematology 1 HAM210S Immunology
Clinical Chemistry 1 CLC210S Biochemistry
Cell Biology CEB210S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B
Semester 4
Medical Microbiology 2 MMB220S Medical Microbiology 1
Haematology 2 HAM220S Haematology 1
Biology of Diseases BOD220S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B
Clinical Chemistry 2 CLC220S Clinical Chemistry 1

Third Year
Semester 5
Medical Microbiology 3 MMB310S Medical Microbiology 2
Haematology 3 HAM310S Haematology 2
Clinical Chemistry 3 CLC310S Clinical Chemistry 2
Research Methodology A RES310S BioStatistics & Calculations
Medical Laboratory Management A LAM320S Applied Laboratory Principles 1B
Molecular Diagnostics MOD310S Clinical Chemistry 2

Semester 6
In-Service Training (Practice 1) BMT320S All courses up to semester 5

Fourth Year
Semester 7
In-Service Training (Practice 2) BMT410S All courses up to semester 6
Semester 8
Integrated Clinical Pathology ICP420S Practice 1 & 2
Research Project RES420S Research Methodology A
Medical Laboratory Management B LAM420S Practice 1 & 2
192
NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE 55CEMC
(In conjuction with the Cape Penisula University of Technology)
Description
Graduates are qualified for professional registration with the Health Professions Council
of South Africa as an Emergency Care Practitioner (Paramedic). Students are equipped to
become competent in providing pre-hospital emergency care to the critically ill or injured
patient. They receive training in basic, intermediate and advanced techniques in order to
provide advanced life support.
This is a two year part time programme.
Grade 12 as well as the Intermediate Certificate in Ambulance and Emergency Care.
Programme Rules
Candidates admitted for the National Higher Certificate are only allowed to proceed to the
second year of study if all first year modules are successfully completed.
Students should have obtained drivers licence code 08 in the 1st year of study and a code 10
at the end of the 2nd year of study.
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Name
FOP1100 Foundations of Practice
CSK0420 Communications Skills (Fulltime or Distance only)
FOP003M Personal Health & wellness - Module 3
FOP004M HIV and AIDS awareness - Module 4
FOP005M Law and Ethics - Module 5
IHS1100 Introduction to Human Sciences
IHS001M Physics & Chemistry
IHS002M Microbiology and Patholgy
IHS003M Anatomy & Physiology
Electives (Choose one)

BAG111S Basic German
BAP111S Basic Portuguese
Year 1
Semester 2
TEM1100 Emergency Medical Services Care 1 - Theory
TEM001M EMS Equipment
TEM002M Scene & patient assessment
TEM003M Airway management & ventilation
TEM004M Medical Emergencies
TEM005M Trauma Emergencies
TEM006M Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation
PHE1100 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 1: Practicals
PHE001M Clinical Skills
PHE002M Patient Simulation
PHE003M Experiential Learning 1
193

Year 2
Semester 3
HEC1200 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Theory
HEC001M Airway Management & Ventilation 2
HEC002M Pharmacology
HEC003M Medical Emergencies 2
HEC004M Trauma Emergencies 2
HEC005M Environmental Emergencies
HEC006M Obstetrics & Neonatal Care
HEC007M Geriatrics & Pediatrics
HEC008M Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation 2
ECP1300 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Practical
ECP001M Clinical Skills 2
ECP002M Patient Simulations 2
ECP003M Experiential Learning 2
Year 2
Semester 4
Course Code Course Name
MRE1200 Medical Rescue
MRE001M Fire Search and Rescue
MRE002M Motor Vehicle Rescue
MRE003M High Angle Rescue
CCT1200 Critical Care Transport
CCT001M Intensive Care Transport
CCT002M Aviation Health Care
Optional:
CEC1200 Communications - EMC
CEC001M Call Taking - EMS
CEC002M Dispatch - EMS
CEC003M Special Situation Management
194
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES

BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES 50BEHS
Description
The four (4) year Professional Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences with an exit level
outcome of one (1) year for the National Certificate in Environmental Health Science and three
(3) years for the National Diploma in Environmental Health Science is designed to be at NQF
Level 8.
Grade 12 with a minimum of 25 points as per Polytechnic’s general requirements. In addition,
applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements:
Physical Science - C on Ordinary level or equivalent

Mathematics - C on Ordinary level or equivalent
Biology - C on Ordinary level or equivalent
English - E on Ordinary level or equivalent
Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted, but may be requied to enroll for
a bridging programme or selected bridging courses.
Special Academic Rules and Regulatons

All candidates admitted for the Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences are required to
register with the Professional Body for Environmental Health during training.
Ethical and Professional rules and regulations set by the ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS
COUNCIL OF NAMIBIA shall be upheld by all candidates enrolled for this programme at all
times.
Rules related to laboratory practical set by the department shall be upheld by all candidates
enrolled for this qualification.
Progression Rule
All candidates admitted for the Degree are only allowed to proceed to the next level of study
on the following conditions:
(i) that their compulsory Practical Attachments for the preceding level are successfully
completed;
(ii) that a minimum of 60 % of the courses enrolled for have been completed successfully.
Candidates admitted to the Degree are bound by compliance to all the prerequisite courses
stated for the respective higher level courses.
195
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Course Course Code Prerequisite
Health Physics HPC110S
Health Biology 1A EHB110S
Social Studies 1A SOS110S
Computer User Skills CUS411S
Building Construction 1A BCN110S
Environmental Pollution Control 1A EPC110S
Semester 2
Health Chemistry HCH120S
Health Biology 1B EHB120S
Social Studies 1B SOS120S
Building Construction 1B BCN120S
Environmental Pollution Control 1B EPC120S
Health Statistics HES120S
Second Year
Semester 3
Environmental Pollution Control 2A EPC210S Environmental Pollution Control 1B
Occupational Health and Safety 2A OHS210S Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics
Epidemiology 2A EDY210S Health Statistics
Food and Meat Hygiene 2A HFM210S Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics
Environmental Management MNP210S Social Studies 1B
Practice 2A
Semester 4
Environmental Pollution Control 2B EPC220S Environmental Pollution Control 2A
Occupational Health and Safety 2B OHS220S Occupational Health and Safety 2A
Epidemiology 2B EDY220S Epidemiology 2A
Food and Meat Hygiene 2B HFM220S Food and Meat Hygiene 2A
Environmental Management MNP220S Environmental Management
Practice 2B Practice 2A
Third Year
Semester 5
Environmental Management MNP310S Environmental Management
Practice 3 Practice 2B
Environmental Pollution Control 3 EPC310S Environmental Pollution Control 2B
Epidemiology 3 EDY310S Epidemiology 2B
Food and Meat Hygiene 3 HFM310S Food and Meat Hygiene 2B
Occupational Health and Safety 3 OHS310S Occupational Health and Safety 2B

Semester 6
In-Service Training (Practice 1) EHT320S All courses up to semester 5
196
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Environmental Management MNP410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Practice 4
Epidemiology 4 EDY410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Occupational Health and Safety 4 OHS410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Environmental Pollution Control 4 EPC410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Food and Meat Hygiene 4 HFM410S In-Service Training (Practice 1)
Semester 8
In-Service Training (Practice 2) EHT420S All courses up to semester 7

197
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 35BAMS
NQF Level 7 Credits: 360 NQF ID: Q0110
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic, a candidate should have
obtained a minimum of grade B symbol in NSSC Mathematics or its equivalent. Candidates
that obtained a C symbol in Mathematics will be required to sit for an entrance test in
Mathematics.
Candidates who left formal school eight (8) or more years earlier will be considered for
admission under Rule G12.3.
Modes of Study
The programme will run in the full-time and part-time modes.
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
Course Title Course Prerequisite(s) NQF NQF
Code Level Credits
Algebra and Trigonometry ALT110S None 4 15
Introduction to Mathematical IMS110S None 4 15
Structures
Introduction to Statistics INS110S None 4 15
Any one of the following (electives):
Financial Accounting 101 FAC111S None 4 12
Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None 5 15
Semester 2
Official Statistics OST120S None 5 12
Calculus CLS120S Algebra & Trig 5 15
Linear Algebra 1 LIA120S Algebra & Trig 5 15
Financial Mathematics 1 FIM120S None 5 15
Applied Programming APR110S Computer User skills or 4 8
PIS1B
Any ONE of the following (electives):
Financial Accounting 102 FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A 5 12
Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None 5 15

Semester 3
Probability Theory PBT210S Calculus 5 12
Differential Equations DEQ210S Calculus 6 15
Linear Algebra 2 LIA210S Linear Algebra 1 6 15
Mathematical & Statistical SMC210S Computer User Skills 5 15
Computing
Introduction to Business BMA121S None 5 12
Management
Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing 6 15
198
Cost and Management CMA211S Financial Accounting 1B 5 15
Accounting 201
Intermediate Microeconomics 2A IME211S PEC1A 6 15
Semester 4
Statistical Inference 1 SIN210S Probability Theory 5 12
Mathematical Programming 1 MHP220S Linear Algebra 1 6 15
Financial Mathematics 2 FIM220S Financial Mathematics 1 6 12
Mathematical Modelling 1 MMO220S Calculus 6 15
Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None 6 12
Regression Analysis & ANOVA RAA220S Statistical Inference 1 and 6 15
Linear Algebra 1
Cost and Management CMA212S CMA2A 6 15
Accounting 202
Intermediate Microeconomics 2B IME212S PEC1B 6 15

Semester 5
Real Analysis RAN310S Calculus 7 15
Numerical Analysis 1 NAN310S Differential Equations 6 15
Mathematical Programming 2 MHP310S Math Programming 1 7 15
Mathematical Modelling 2 MMO310S Mathematical Modelling 1 7 15
Business Operations BSO221S None 6 12
Complex Analysis 1* CAN310S Co-requisite: Real Analysis 7 15
Statistical Inference 2* SIN220S Statistical Inference 1 7 12
* Student must do either of the two to complete credits.

Semester 6
Demography DMG320S None 7 15
Survey Methodology SST320S Introduction to Statistics 7 15
Numerical Analysis 2 NAN320S Numerical Analysis 1 7 15
Business Finance BUF320S None 7 12
Mechanics MCH320S Differential Equations 5 15
199
SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Dr Heike Winschiers, Diploma Inform (Hamburg),
Dr. rer. nat. (Hamburg)
Telephon Number : 061-207-2263
Fax Number : 061-207-2401
E-mail address : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Rosalia Ngolo
Fax Number : 061-207-2051
E-mail address : rngolo@polytechnic.edu.na
PC Support Officer : Message Nyambe
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC COMPUTER STUDIES

Head of Department : Admire Kachepa, M.Sc. Applied Mathematics and
Computer Science (People’s Friendship University
of Russia), B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and
Computer Science (People’s friendship University of
Russia)
Secretary : Paulina Nambele
Telephone Number : 061- 2072258
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Bernd Schulz, Dipl.-Ing. (Brunswick)
: Admire Kachepa, M.Sc. Applied Mathematics and
Computer Science (People’s Friendship University
of Russia), B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and
Computer Science (People’s friendship University of
Russia)
: Julius Silaa, B.Tech. Informatics and Computer
Science (Moscow Power Engineering Institute)
: Ndakolute S. Abraham, BETD (WCE),
: Simon Muchinenyika, B.Sc. (Hon) Computer
Science (Midlands State University)
: Jeremiah Lumbasi, M.Sc. IT (UNAM), B.Sc. (Hon)
(Moi University)
: Colin Nyandoro, B.Sc. (Hon) Computer Science,
(Midlands State University), National Diploma
Ed. (UZ)
: Addmore Machanja, Ph.D. Computer Science
(UWC), M.Sc. Computer Science (NUST),
Licentiate in Education - Mathematics and Computer
Science (Enrique Jose Varona)
200
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS COMPUTING
Head of Department : Johnson Billawer Masters Business Information
Systems (Australia), B.Tech. Business Computing
(PoN), ND Business Computing (PoN)
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
Academic Staff : William Torbitt, B.Sc. Mathematics, Physics
(Johannesburg), B.Sc. Hon. Experimental Physics
(Witwatersrand), M.Sc. Radio Astronomy
(Manchester), M.Sc. Computer Science (London)
: Meke Shivute, M.Tech. IT (CPUT), B.Tech. IT
CPUT), ND: IT (PoN), NC: IT (PoN)
: Harren Jarmann, National Diploma: Business
Computing (PoN)
: Suama Hamunyela, B-Tech: Business Computing
(PON)
: Johannes Shimaneni, M.Sc. Information Systems
(Thames Valley)
: Claus Jensen, National Higher Diploma: Electrical
Engineering
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Head of Department : Peter Gallert, M.A. Logic, Media Science, (Leipzig),
CCAI (Cisco Certified Academy Instructor), CCNA
(Cisco Certified Networking Associate)
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
Academic Staff : Peter Gallert, M.A. Logic, Media Science, (Leipzig),
CCAI (Cisco Certified Academy Instructor), CCNA
(Cisco Certified Networking Associate)
: Isaak Nhamu, M.Sc., B.Sc. (Computer Science),
National Diploma (Technical and Vocational
Education)
: Katongo Lukwesa, B.Sc. Mathematics, Computer
Science (University of Zambia)
: Shadreck Chitauro, B.Sc. Computer Science
(University of Zimbabwe(UZ)), RedHat Linux
Networking and Security(RH253) (Torque-
IT Revonia, Johannesburg), Linux Administration
and Networking (UZ), Data Communications
and Networking(UZ), Cisco Networking
Academy (CCNA) (UZ), Windows 2003 Server
Administration and Active Directory (UZ)
PC Maintenance and Repair (UZ)
: Tendai Mataranyika, B.Sc. (Honours) Computer
Science, CCNA, CCNP, Linux, Visual Basic, Wimax
: Mercy Bere
: Fungai Bhunu Shava, M.Sc. Computer Science
(UZ), B.Sc. in Computer Science and Mathematics
(UZ)
201
DEPARTMENT OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Head of Department : Jens Fendler, Dipl.-Inf. (FH) Cum Laude
(Wolfenbüttel), Inf.-Tech.
Fax Number : 061- 2072475
Academic Staff : Dr. Heike Winschiers, Diploma Inform (Hamburg),
Dr. rer. nat.
: Gereon Koch-Kapuire, B.Tech. (Bus. Comp.), ND
(Bus. Comp.) (PoN)
: Shilumbe Chivuno-Kuria, B.Sc. Computer Science,
Psychology (UNAM)
: Wensey Khoases Nat. Diploma (Software
Engineering) (PoN)
: Michel Onwordi
: David Phiri
202
QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED CODES
Diploma: Information Technology 80NDIT
Bachelor of Information Technology : Business Computing 80BSBC
Bachelor of Information Technology : Software Development 80BSSD
Bachelor of Information Technology : Systems Administration & Networks 80BSAN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering 80BHSE
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networking 80BHCN
Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing 80BHBC
Master of Information Technology 80MIFT

Description
Information Technology refers to the skills and knowledge needed to operate computer
equipment and applications. Information Technology studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia
offer different areas of specialisations as well as different exit levels.
The Diploma is being awarded to students who successfully passed all subjects required for
the first year of studies and who have mastered the basic skills needed to understand and
use the computing environment for business purposes. Beside computer user skills and an
introduction to programming, courses also include more general proficiencies, such as English
language, Mathematics, Business Management, and Presentation of Projects to an audience.
The Diploma is the foundation, upon which the student is able to choose a specialisation for
the Bachelor of Information Technology.
Bachelor of Information Technology: for those who successfully completed all requirements
for the three year degree.
The Bachelor of Technology is obtainable after the fourth year of study, in the appropriate
programme. It contains a number of courses designed to offer deeper insight into advanced
skills in various areas of Information Technology. A requirement is an approved independent
project. The fourth year of study permits the student to either work in advanced positions in
industry or to apply for Master-level studies.
It is expected that students whose knowledge and work experience do not include newer
trends, as represented in the latest syllabi for the Bachelor of Information Technology, must
acquire such skills on their own prior to attempting courses at the fourth year level. It is
strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from the Heads of
Departments before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively.
Special School Assessment Regulations

There are situations where assessment of an individual module provided by other schools will
supersede assessment regulations. This is reflected in the module / course documentation.
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment
and a Theory Paper and a Practical Paper
• An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and practicals
during the semester.
• Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all
practicals and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination. E.g. a class
mark of 50 %.
Final Examination consists of two papers: Theory and Practical

• A sub-minimum of 40 % must be obtained in each paper. The combined examination
mark must be at least 50 % overall.
203
• In-course mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark
in the ratio of 50 % (semester mark) to 50 % (examination mark).
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment
and a Theory Paper
• An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and
assignments during the semester.
• Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all
assignments and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination.
Final examination consists of one Theory paper

• A sub-minimum of 40 % must be obtained in the examination.
• In-course mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark
in the ratio of 50 % semester mark to 50 % examination mark.
Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School using Continuous Evaluation
only
• The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and
assignments during the year.
• The course mark is the final mark
• Students must obtain a 50 % mark to pass the course.
• Supplementary tests and extensions will be defined within the individual course
outline.
NB: For all assessments the departmental plagiarism policy applies.
DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Replacing Old National Certificate in

2008) 80NDIT
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic. In addition,
the following conditions must be met:
1. The applicant must have passed English at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level with
symbol E or better.
2. The applicant must have passed Mathematics at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level
with symbol D or better.
3. The applicant must participate in an English placement test at the Polytechnic and qualify
for Language in Practice A or higher level.
4. The applicant must participate in an apptituide test at the Polytechnic and achieve a
ranking within the number of available places for students in Information Technology.
Transitional Arrangements from Old National Certificate to the New Diploma)
Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. If a student has not completed National
Certificate (old) at the end of 2009 he/she must recommence study in the Bachelor at the level
commensurate with the credits carried forward.
Old National Certificate Equivalent

Basic Computing Studies
Old courses no longer offered Replacement courses
Information Technology Project ITP0200S Professional Communication
Introduction to Digital Electronics IDE111S Operating Systems and Networks ONS110S
Programming 1A PRG1A Introduction to Programming IPG120S
204
Students changing to the new National diploma can obtain the following credits:
Diploma Credit obtainable

Current courses Old diploma
Course Code Course Code
Operating Systems & Networks ONS120S Intro to Systems Administration ISA110S
Intro to Software Engineering ISW120S Intro to Systems Analysis ISN0200
CURRICULUM
Semester 1
Computer Organisation & Hardware COH110S None
Introduction to Algorithm Design ADI111S None
Mathematics for IT 1A MIT112S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Algorithm Design ADI111S None
(If not taken already)
Introduction to Programming IPG120S Introduction to Algorithm Design
Introduction to Software Engineering ISW120S Computer Organisation
Mathematics for IT 1B MIT122S Mathematics for IT 1A
Operating Systems and Networks ONS120S Computer User Skills
205
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: BUSINESS COMPUTING 80BSBC
Description
Business Computing is a branch of Information Technology that primarily deals with the question
of how to use computers and computer programs most effectively for business and general
purposes. Therefore, a thorough understanding of the field of business management and
accounting is equally important to an excellent ability to use computers efficiently and to the
limits of their capabilities. Successful candidates in Business Computing are able to select,
implement and manage computer systems cost-efficiently and suitable for the intended use
in business. Often, this requires research or knowledge in a wide variety of hardware and
software systems (offered by commercial vendors or as “open source”), and the ability to match
that knowledge to the business needs in innovative ways.
Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. Applicants
must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelors degree. The HOD
may approve exceptions to the entry requirements.
Transitional Arrangements from Old to the New Programme

Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new courses
against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until
2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new qualification, namely
the Bachelor and will obtain credit on a course-by-course basis. See table:
National Diploma Business Computing

Equivalent
Old courses Current courses
Business Accounting 1A BAC 1100 Business Accounting 1A BAC 1100 Same
Business Management 2A BMA 211S Business Operations BSO 221S Revised
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB 110S Introduction to
Databases 1A IDB210S Same
Programming 1B PRG120S Procedural Programming PPR210S Revised
Statistics 1A SIT111S Statistics 1A SIT11S Same
Computer Hardware CHW110S Computer Hardware CHW121S Same
Applied Software Engineering ASE110S Software Analysis and SED210S Restructured
Design
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S Introduction to
Databases 1B IDB220S Revised
Business Accounting 1B BAC 1200 Business Accounting 1B BAC 1200 Same
Business Management 2B BMA 212S Should be offered until 2009 Phasing Out
Object Oriented Technology OOT110S Object Oriented
Programming OOP210S Revised
Statistics 1B SIT121S Statistics 1B SIT121S Same
Introduction to Web Design IWD110S Web Developmet
Fundamentals WDF220S
IInternet Server Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and INT220S
Internet Programming INP310S
Visual Application Development VAD110S User Interface Design UID220S New
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Should be offered until 2009 Phasing Out
Business Management 3A BMC 311SShould be offered until 2009 Phasing Out
Project Management PJM110S Project Management PTM210S Revised
Management Information Systems MNS110S Management Information
Systems MNS210S Revised
Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems
Applications ESA310S New
206
Business Computing Project in CPI110S Business Computing CPI320S Duration
Industry Project in Industry (6 weeks) revised

Students wanting to complete the old National Diploma have until 2009 with the above
mentioned arrangements.
Students changing to the new Bachelor degree can obtain the following credits from the old
National Diploma.
Bachelor Business Computing

Credit obtainable
New courses Old diploma
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Object Oriented Technology OOT110S
Software analysis and design SED210S Applied Software Engineering ASE110S
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S
Management Information Systems MNS210S Management Information Systems MNS110S
Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A BAC1100
Statistics 1A SIT110S Statistics 1A SIT110S
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Introduction to Web Design IWD110S
Electronic Commerce ELC220S Electronic Commerce ELC410S
Statistics 1B SIT121S Statistics 1B SIT121S
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1B BAC 1200
Business Operations BSO221S Business Management 2A BMA211S
Enterprise Web Application EWD310S Internet Server Programming ISP110S
Development
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Introduction to SAP SAP 110S
Process Management PMT310S None
Introduction to Marketing &
its Environment MAR121S None
Project Management PTM210S Project Management PJM110S
Experiential Training CPI320S Experiential Training CPI 110S
Enterprise Systems Technology EST320S None
Commercial Law (IT) CML320S None
Entrepreneurial Skills ENT321S None
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S None
Software Analysis and Design SED210S Introduction to Software Engineering
Statistics for IT 1A SIT111S None
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Semester 4
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Computer User Skills
Electronic Commerce ELC220S None
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Computer User Skills
Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1A
Statistics for IT 1B SIT121S Statistics for IT 1A
207
Third Year
Semester 5
Enterprise Web Application EWD310S Web Development Fundamentals
Development and Object Oriented Programming
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Management Information Systems
Process Management PMT310S Software Analysis and Design
Introduction to Marketing & its MAR121S None
Environment
Semester 6
Business Computing Project in Industry CPI320S ND: IT
Enterprise Systems Technology EST320S Enterprise Systems Applications
Commercial Law (IT) CLI320S None
NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 6 and a project in industry
has to be passed between semester 3 and 6.
208
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION AND
NETWORKS 80BSAN
Description
Systems Administration and Networks is a branch of Information Technology that concerns itself
with the task of establishing and maintaining the technical environment for computer systems
with optimal functionality, reliability and security. Information system administrators design,
and create computer networks, install and maintain software systems, implement rules and
procedures to insure high performance, reliability and “round-the-clock” availability of service,
take responsibility for security both against equipment failure, and against unauthorised
intrusion by viruses and hackers, and trouble-shoot arising problems. Successful candidates
often rise into middle and upper-level technical management, charged with the responsibility
for all computing requirements of an organisation.
Applicants must have passed at least 50% (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication Skills. Applicants
must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelor’s degree. The HOD
may approve exceptions to the entry requirements.

Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new
courses against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old
diploma until 2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new
qualification namely the Bachelor of Systems Administration and Networks and will obtain
credit on a course-by-course basis as described in the table below. The table also shows
the course equivalence where old course have been revised and/or new ones introduced.
Electives
A total of six(6) electives are required as follows: three (3) courses from one track and other
three (3) from another track. The student should choose 2 tracks from 3 tracks namely:
Programming Track, Business track or Databases Track.
Students are not allowed to choose more than three (3) courses from any one track.
National Diploma Information Systems Administration

Equivalent
Operating Systems 1A OPS110S Operating Systems and Networks OSN110S New
CCNA 1 CCN110S Introduction To Computer
Networking ICN210S Revised
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Revised
Project Management(IT) PJM110S Project Management(IT) PTM210S Revised
Applied Software Engineering ASE110S Software analysis and design SED210S Restructured
and SQT110S SQT220S
Operating Systems 1B OPS120S
Systems Administration SAD110S Systems Administration SAD221S Revised
CCNA 2, CCNA3 taken together CCN120S/ Introduction to Routing and
CCN130S Switching IRS220S Revised
Object Oriented Technology OOT110S Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Revised
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Revised
Introduction To Web Design IWD110S Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Revised
CCNA 4 CCN140S Internetworking and WAN
Technologies IWT310S Revised
209
Management Information Management Information
Systems MNS110S Systems MNS210S Revised
Database Programming DBP110S Database Programming DBP220S Revised
Internet Server Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and INT220S
Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S New
Systems Administration Project Systems Administration Project in
in Industry IAP110S Industry 15 weeks IAP320S Revised
Students currently on the old Diploma in Information Systems Administration can change
registration to the new Bachelor. In this regard the student would obtain the following credits
from the old National Diploma.
Bachelor of Information Technology Systems Administration and Networking

Credit obtainable
Current courses Old diploma
Introduction To Systems Administration ISA210S Introduction To Systems Administration ISA110S
Introduction to Computer Networking ICN210S CCNA 1 CCN110S
Operating Systems OPS210S Operating Systems 1Aand 1B OPS110S
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Introduction to Web Design IWD110S
Management Information System MNS210S Management Information Systems MNS110S
Introduction To Databases 1A IDB210S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S
Introduction to Routing and Switching IRS220S CCNA 2 and CCN120S
CCNA 3 CCN130S
Systems Administration SAD221S Systems Administration SAD110S
Project Management(IT) PTM210S Project Management(IT) PJM110S
Introduction To databases 1B IDB220S Introduction To Databases 1B IDB120S
Internetworking and WAN Technologies IWT310S CCNA 4 CCN140S
Internet and Intranet Systems
Administration IIS310S
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Server Programming & ISP110S
Advanced Internet Technologies AIT410S
Electronic Commerce ELC220S Electronic Commerce ELC110S
Database Administration DSA320S Database Administration DSA410S
Systems Administration project in Systems Administration project in
Industry (Experiential Learning) IAP320S Industry(Experiential Learning) IAP110S
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Operating Systems and Networks
Introduction to Computer Networking ICN210S Operating Systems and Networks
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives)
Programming Track
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming
Databases Track
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Business Track
210
Semester 4
Operating Systems OPS210S Operating Systems and Networks
Introduction to Routing and Switching IRS220S Introduction to Computer Networking
Systems Administration SAD221S Introduction to Systems Administration
Programming Track
Internet Technology INT220S Object Oriented Programming
Databases Track
Database Programming DBP220S Introduction to Databases 1B
Business Track
Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Computer User Skills
Electronic Commerce ELC220S None

Semester 5
Internetworking and WAN Technologies IWT310S Introduction to Routing and
Switching
Internet and Intranet Systems IIS310S Systems Administration
Administration
Computer Forensics CFR311S Operating Systems
Programming Track
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Technology
Business Track
Entrepreneurship ENT321S Business Ethics
Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Management Information System
Semester 6
Systems Administration Project in IAP320S ND (IT)
Industry (Experiential Learning)
Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives):
Databases Track
Database Administration DSA320S Introduction to Databases 1B
Database Programming

NB: There are three tracks of electives (Programming, Databases and Business) of which two
must be completed in order to graduate. The requirements for completion of each of the
tracks are as follows:
1. Programming track: Complete all three courses from this track.
2. Database track: Complete all four courses from this track.
3. Business track: Complete the following combination:
(a) Complete Entrepreneurship (ENT321S)
(b) Complete one of the following two courses:
Enterprise Systems Applications (ESA310S)
Electronic Commerce (ELC220S)
(c) Complete one more course from this track.
211
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 80BSDM
Description
Software Development is a branch of Information Technology that is oriented towards the
creation of computer programs for a wide variety of purposes. It is about developing the
programs that make computers useful and interesting. The successful software engineer is
able to analyse requirement, translate into design suitable for a computing solution, create
or program it as a system of software modules, verify its functionality, and implement it for
the end-user. The software engineer uses a variety of tools from traditional programming
languages to most sophisticated specialised software workbenches and testing tools. In
addition to the ability to learn quickly the essential features of an application in any area of
client needs, excellent communications and writing skills are equally essential. Successful
software engineers also possess a good command of time and project management skills
with special regard to managing complex software development efforts.
Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National
Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. The HOD
may approve exceptions.
Candidates must complete the requirements for the National Diploma before the Bachelor
will be awarded.

Since 2008 only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new courses
against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old Diploma until
2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new Bachelor and will obtain
credit on a course-by-course basis. See tables below:
National Diploma Software Engineering

Equivalence
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Revised
Operating Systems 1A OPS110S Operating Systems and Networks ONS110S
Statistics 1A SIT111S Statistics 1 A SIT11S Same
Project Management PJM110S Project Management PTM210S Revised
Applied Software Engineering ASE110S Software Analysis and SED210S
Design and SQT110S SQT220S Restructured
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Revised
Object Oriented Technology OOT110S Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Revised
Software Engineering 1 SEN110S Software quality and testing SQT220S
and SED110S SED210S Restructured
Operating System 1B OPS120S Operating Systems OPS210S New
Statistics 1B SIT121S Statistics 1B SIT121S Same
Introduction to Web Design IWD110S Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S
Internet Server Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and INT220S
Visual Application Development VAD110S User Interface Design UID220S New
Software Engineering 2 SEN210S Software Engineering 2 SEN311S Same
Database Programming DBP110S Database programming DBP220S Revised
Management Information Management Information
Systems MNS110S Systems MNS210S Revised
Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S New
Software Engineering Project Software Engineering Project in Temporary
in Industry SEP110S Industry 14 weeks SEP320S arrangement
212
Student wanting to finish of the old National Diploma have 2008 and 2009 with the above
mentioned arrangements.
Students changing to the new Bachelor can obtain the following credits from the old National
Diploma. (The courses marked with an asterisk (*) have no prior equivalence and will have
to be done by the student)
Bachelor of Information Technology Software Engineering Credit obtainable
New courses Old diploma

Procedural Programming* PPR210S
Software analysis and design SED210S Applied Software Engineering and ASE110S
Software Engineering 1 SEN110S
Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S
Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S
Project Management PTM210S Project Management PJM110S
Internet Technology* INT220S
User Interface Design UID220S VAD110S and HID410S
Software quality and testing SQT220S ASE and SEN110S
Database Programming DBP220S Database Programming DBP120S
Statistics 1B SIT121S Statistics 1B SIT121S
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Server Programming, ISP110S,
Advanced Internet Technologies AIT410S
Software Engineering 2 SEN311S Software Engineering 2 SEN210S
Database Application Development DBD320S
Process Management*
Introduction to Systems Administration ISA110S Introduction to Systems Administration ISA110S
Experiential Training SEP320S Experiential Training SEP120S
Database Administration (Elective) DSA220S Database Administration DSA410S
Component Based Development
(Elective)* CBD320S
CURRICULUM
Second Year
Semester 3
Procedural Programming PPR210S Introduction to Programming
Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming
Software Analysis and Design SED210S Introduction to Software Engineering
Introduction Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills
Semester 4
Internet Technology INT220S Object Oriented Programming
User Interface Design UID220S None
Software Quality and Testing SQT220S Introduction to Software Engineering
Database Programming DBP220S Introduction to Databases 1B
Statistics 1B SIT121S None
213
Third Year
Semester 5
Internet Programming INP310S Internet Technology
Software Engineering 2 SEN311S Software Analysis and Design
Software Quality and Testing
Project Management
Database Application Development DBD310S Database Programming
Process Management PMT310S
Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Computer Organisation &
Computer Hardware
Semester 6
Software Development Project in
Industry (Experiential Learning) SEP320S ND (IT)
Electives (choose any two):
Database Administration DSA320S Introduction to Databases 1B
Database Programming
Component Based Development CBD320S Object Oriented Programming
Any other course on NQA Level 7 (with appropriate credits) from any other study
programme as approved by HOD: SE.
NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 5 and a project in
industry has to be passed between semester 3 and 6 as well as 2 electives of choice.
214
SCHOOL OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

Dean : Lameck Mwewa, LEAD Fellow, M.Sc. Geoinformatics,
(ITC, Netherlands), B.Eng. Land Surveying (UNZA)
Secretary : Sonja Samuels, Bachelor of Technology: Nature
Conservation (PoN)
Telephone number : +264 61 2072146
Fax number : +264 61 2072196
E-mail address : ssamuels@polytechnic.edu.na
Faculty Officer : Vacant
Telephone number : +264 61 2072114
Fax number : +264 61 2072401/2113
Tutor/Computer Lab Assistant : David Louw, ND Business Computing (PoN)
Tutor/Lab Assistant : Clifford Akashambatwa, ND: Natural
Resource Management (Agriculture) (PoN), Post
Diploma Certificate: Community-Based Natural
Resource Management (PoN)
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Head of Department : Salomo Mbai, National Diploma Agric. (Neudamm),
B.Tech Agric. (Pretoria), B.Agric Hons (UFS), M.Agric
(UFS)
Secretary : Illony De Voss, Dip. Executive Secretary (PoN)
Telephone No. : +264 61 207 2141
Fax No. : +264 61 207 2143
E-mail : agriculture@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Mogos Teweldemedhin, B.A in Business and
Economics-Accouinting, B.Agric. Hons (UFS), M.Agric.
(UFS)
: Alexander Meroro, M.Sc. (Agric. Dev.) (London)
: Lucia Kafidi, M.Sc. (Agric. Ed.) (Oklahoma State)
: Ibo Zimmermann, M.Sc. (Pretoria)
: Richard Terence Kamukuenjandje, B.Sc. Tropical
Agriculture (Kassel) M.Sc. in Ecological Agriculture
(Kassel)
: Hilma R Amwele, M.Tech. in Agricultural Management
(NMU)
: Grace Kangueehi, B.Sc. (Agric.) Crop Science
(UNAM), M.Sc. (Agric.) Horticulture (Stellenbosch)
215
DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION
Head of Department : Willem Jankowitz, H.E.D., Ph.D (UOFS)
Secretary : Illony de Voss, Diploma Executive Secretary (PON)
Telephone number : +264 61 207 2141
Fax number : +264 61 207 2143
E-mail address : idevoss@polytechnic.edu.na
naturecon@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Louise Theron, B.Sc. (Hons) (Potchefstroom),
H.E.D. (UNISA)
: Marietjie de Klerk, B.Sc., H.E.D. (UP), B.Ed. (UNISA),
M.Sc. (Surrey)
: Barbara Curtis, M.Sc. (Zoology) (UCT)
: Shirley Bethune, M.Sc. (Limnology)(Rhodes)
: Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. (Resource
Conservation Biology) (WITS)
: Willem Adank, Dip. Agric. (Neudamm), ND Nature
Conservation (TSA), B.Tech Nature Conservation
(PoN)
: Dave Joubert, M.Sc. (Conservation Biology), H.E.D.
(UCT)
DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT

Head of Department : Joram Ndlovu, Ph.D. (UP), M.Sc. (UZ), B.Ed. (Hons)
(Unisa), Adv. Dip (CGLI), Dip. Tech. & Voc. Ed (Hexco)
Telephone number : +264 61 207 2556
Fax number : +264 61 207 2356
E-mail address : jndlovu@polytechnic.edu.na
Academic Staff : Ms Wanjiru Muhoho, MA Mass Communication
(Leicester), BA Vocational Studies Tourism (Delhi),
Galileo Trainers Certificate (Galileo), IATA/UFTAA Fares
and Ticketing Diploma
: Elias Nyakunu, Post Graduate Dip. Tourism Planning
(Munich), BA (Makerere), MA (Victor Babes Boylai)
: Hendriena Shiyandja, Diploma in Hotel Management
(Higher Hotel Institute, Cyprus), B.Tech. Food and
Beverage Service Management (Cape Technicon)
: Rudolf Imhof, Certificate, Apprenticeship for Chefs
(Switzerland)
: Surita Schoeman, Dip. Food and Clothing Technology
(Pretoria Technicon)
: Gerald Cloete, Dip Hotel Management (Utalii College)
: Alida Siebert, Bachelor of Arts in Hotel and Restaurant
Administration (Washington), Higher Diploma Hotel
Management (University Centre Ritz Switzerland),
ND: Hotel Management (Johannesburg Hotel School)
: Erling Kavita, B.Phil. Tourism Cum Laude
(Birmingham), MA Tourism (Birmingham)
216
DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT
Head of Department : Charl-Thom Bayer, M.Geoinformatics (ITC), B.Sc.
Hons. Surveying (UCT)
E-mail Address : cbayer@polytechnic.edu.na
Secretary : Ester Nangolo
Telephone Number : +264 61 207 2483
Fax Number : +264 61-207 2196
E-mail Address : enangolo@polytechnic.edu.na
Deputy Head of Department : Frikkie Louw, M.Env. Dev. LIM (UKZN), National
Diploma Surveying (Cape Tech)
Academic Staff : Nalumino Akakandelwa, Adv. Dip. Financial Services:
Property Finance - Institute of Bankers (South Africa),
MPhil: Land Economy (Cambridge), B.Sc. Land
Economy (CBU)
: Vera de Cauwer, M.Sc. Bioscience Engineering (UG),
M.Sc. Tropical Forestry (ENGREF), Ed Degree (UG)
: Samuel Hayford, M.Sc. Geo-information Management
(ITC), B.Sc. Land Economy (UST)
: Amin Issa, M.Sc. GIS for Cadastre (ITC), Post Grad.
Dip. GIS Cadastre (ITC), Adv. Dip. LMV (UCLAS)
John Kangwa, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying (East London),
M.Sc. Geography (UNZA)
: Jacques Korrubel, Masters in Town and Regional
Planning (UOFS), B. Admin (Urban Geography)
(UOFS)
: Nadine Korrubel. Masters Town and Regional
Planning (UOFS), BA (Stellenbosch)
: Joe Lewis, M.Sc. Geoinformatics, PM GIS (ITC), B.Sc.
Survey (UCT), B.Eng. Industrial-Mechanical,
(Stellenbosch)
: Taruwona Makaza, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying
Engineering (Canada)
: Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. Resource Conservation Biology
(WITS), B.Sc. Botany & Zoology (UNAM)
: Brian Mhango, M.Sc. (Aberdeen), M.Sc.
(Wageningen-Enschede), PG Dipl.(ITC-Enschede),
Dipl. Eng. (UNZA).
: Alex Mudabeti, M. Geoinformatics, (ITC), The
Netherlands, B.Tech., Dipl. Land Management (LIS),
Cert. Land Measuring (PoN)
: Sebastian Mukumbira, B.Sc. Applied Physics (Hons)
(NUST), CCNA
: Lameck Mwewa, LEAD Fellow, M.Sc. Geoinformatics,
(ITC), B.Eng. Land Surveying (UNZA)
: Emma Nangolo, Ph.D. GIS and Database
Management (Finland), M.Sc. GID (Durham),
B.Sc. Zoology & Botany (UNAM)
: Paulus Nashidengo, National Diploma Land
Surveying (PoN)
: Brand van Zyl, Masters Urban & Regional Planning,
M. Environmental Mngt., BA Urban
217
: David Varges, National Diploma Land Surveying
(PoN)
: Daniel Wyss, Dr. rer. Nat. (FU-Berlin), Diploma in
Geography (University of Hannover)
218
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Diploma in Agricultural Management - Full Time
Bachelor of Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
Bachelor of Technology: Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops
DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27DAGR
Functions
The diploma section of the programme prepares students to venture into farming or
agribusiness, or to become agricultural research or extension technicians to facilitate
sustainable development.
Modes of Delivery
The first 5 semesters of the programme are taken through full time study, four semesters of
which are at the Polytechnic of Namibia while one semester is spent on in-service training
through a work attachment.
Programme Structure
The first 5 semesters of the programme consists of 23 semester courses and a semester of in-
service training, for the Diploma. The in-service training is run in partnership with establishments
where the students gain work experience. The Department of English Communication presents
four of the courses. A proficiency test at registration determines which of these modules a
student slots in to.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Admission
Candidates may be admitted into this qualification if they meet the general Polytechnic of
Namibia admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (or IGCSE) level with at
least 25 aggregate points and comply with the following additional requirements:
• A pass with at least an E-symbol in English at NSSC (or IGCSE) level or HIGCSE level
4 or equivalent, OR placement into an English bridging course through the placement
test
• A pass with at least an E-symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (or IGCSE) or HIGCSE level
4 or equivalent
• Passes with at least an E-symbol in Agriculture, Biology or Science related subjects.
• Mature students with a grade 10 certificate or equivalent, or candidates with foreign
qualifications, with a pass in Numerical and English Proficiency Tests could be
considered
• Must be medically and physically fit for field work, which forms an integral part of the
programme
• Candidates will be expected to demonstrate proficiency with computers (word
processing, spreadsheets, internet use) OR complete a bridging course in basic
computer use.
Examination Requirements
In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be on the basis of a semester mark and examination mark, for Diploma
courses.
219
For determining the combined final mark of Diploma courses, the ratio of semester mark to
examination mark shall be 70:30 for the agricultural courses of the Diploma program. The
semester mark is determined by continuous assessment of a student’s achievement by means
of tests and/or assignments/tutorials/seminars/practicals/projects. A written examination for
a course consists of 1 paper of 3 hours. A candidate will gain admission to the examination
of a course if s/he attains a semester mark of at least 50 %. The exception amongst the
agricultural courses is Basic Computer Use, which has a practical test in place of a written
examination. For information about the four English courses presented by the Department
of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the School of
Communication, Legal & Secretarial Studies.
Promotion Policy
There are three exit levels for the Bachelor Honours, one at the Diploma, after 5 semesters of
full time study, and the other at the Bachelor in Agricultural Management after 7 semesters.
The last exit level is after 9 semesters with a Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours.
As in the general regulations, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an overall final mark of
at least 50 % per course, with a sub minimum of 40% for the examination.
Practicals
Apart from weekly practical sessions for most of the Diploma courses, there are also excursions
for some of the courses. To qualify for In-service Training, a student must pass all courses
from the first to the fourth semester except that a student will be allowed to go for In-service
Training if s/he has failed only one course. S/he should however have been admitted to the
examination in that course. Exemptions from this rule are subject to the approval of the Board
of Studies, but may only be granted under exceptional circumstances.
Departmental Rule
Students who have passed all the Diploma courses of the previous semesters may not register
for a course that is scheduled for a higher year than their current year, so as to avoid conflicts
with current courses when on excursions. Students who have to repeat one or more courses
may consider registering for a course that is scheduled for a higher year, if it appears likely
that the student will be able to cope with all the courses for which that student registers.
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS FROM OLD TO NEW PROGRAMME
NEW COURSES OLD COURSES

Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Agricultural Calculations
Introduction to Biology Basic Plant Production,
Introduction to Biology Basic Animal Production
Introduction to Chemistry Agricultural Science

NB: From 2009, only the new courses will be offered for the new Diploma programme.
1. The 2009 third year students in the old curriculum who wish to complete the old
curriculum can do so until 2010.
2. When a student fails a phased out course s/he will be required to take up the new
course as per schedule provided above.
3. No retention of semester mark is allowed for phased out courses.
4. For the students that are on the old programme the cut-off date will be the end of 2010
academic year.
220
5. Current graduates of the National Diploma in Natural Resource Management
(Agriculture) will be admitted to the Bachelor in Agriculture programme, and will join
the programme in the sixth or seventh semester, however they are required to take
Business Accounting 1A as a prerequisite for Financial Management (Agriculture) IV.
6. Three courses (Non-ruminant animal husbandry, Agricultural land management and
Agro-ecology) have been removed from the Diploma and are elevated to the Bachelor
in Agriculture qualification while two courses Research Methodology (SNRT) and
Business Accounting 1A have been added to the Diploma level.
7. It is strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from
lecturers before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively.
8. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old
courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until 2010.
9. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new diploma and will obtain
credit on a course-by-course basis.
DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27DAGR
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
Course Code Course Title Prerequisite
Semester 1
IBI510S Introduction to Biology None
ICA510S Introduction to Chemistry None
BCU110S Basic Computer Use None
LBT4003 Agricultural Mechanization None
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A None
Semester 2
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 None
SSA120S Soil Science (Agriculture) Introduction to Chemistry
(Co-requisite: Introduction to
Mathematics Module 1)
RSC112S Rangeland Science Introduction to Biology
RME410S Research Methodology (SNRT) None
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice
SECOND YEAR
Semester 3
SRH2100 Small Ruminant Husbandry Introduction to Biology
RMN211S Rangeland Management Rangeland Science
AAG2100 Agronomy Introduction to Biology & Soil
Science
AEC2100 Agricultural Economics Introduction to Mathematics
Module 1
(Recommended)
ACS220S Agricultural Statistics Introduction to Mathematics
Module 1
Semester 4
LRH2200 Large Ruminant Husbandry Introduction to Biology
LBT4001 Agricultural Extension Language in Practice B
221
HCT3200 Horticulture Introduction to Biology & Soil
Science
ABM322S Agribusiness Management Co-requisite: Agricultural
Economics
THIRD YEAR
Semester 5
OPT4101 In-Service Training All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one
course has been failed, for
which the student obtained
admission to the examination.
222
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27BAGR
Functions
The degree section of the programme not only provides opportunities for continued career
education, but also focuses on the attributes that equip high potential entry-level employees
with relevant managerial skills. In particular, it concentrates on improved productivity and
effective management of agricultural and human resources, and finances.
Modes Of Delivery
The Bachelor programme is offered in the block-learning mode with intensive workshops,
which takes two years, or possibly one year if the student is not employed.
Programme Structure
The Degree section of the programme comprises of semester courses. There are seven
compulsory courses in the sixth semester, with an elective course out of Sustainable
Animal Production or Sustainable Plant Production or Community-Based Natural Resource
Management. The seventh semester has five compulsory courses, with an elective course
out of Principles of Critical Thinking or Professional Communication. There are at least three
contact sessions per semester. In addition, those students who have not passed a computer
course will need to take Computer User Skills (CUS0100) in order to fulfil the curriculum
requirements for the programme.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
Admission
Candidates for the Bachelor of Agricultural Management may be admitted into this qualification
if they have received a National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture) from
the Polytechnic of Namibia or an equivalent qualification of at least 200 credits, with a pass
of at least 60 % overall. For information about the two English courses presented by the
Department of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the
School of Communication, Criminal Justice and Legal Studies.
In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be 100 % continuous assessment for the Bachelor in Agriculture. The
combined final mark of Degree courses is determined by continuous assessment of a student’s
achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/oral presentations/practicals/projects.
Promotion Policy
Students will be admitted into the Bachelor programme if they have completed the Diploma.
223
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27BAGR
CURRICULUM
Semester 6
FTE610S Food Technology None
SAM410Y Strategic Agribusiness Management None
ACM720S Agricultural Marketing None
MRI321S Marketing Research and Market Agricultural Economics &
Intelligence Agribusiness Management
Plus either ONE of the following single courses (for the first two listed) or pair (for the
last listed)
SAP410Y Sustainable Animal Production None

OR
Sustainable Plant Production None
OR
CBR410Y Community-Based Natural Resource Mgt None
BTN004P Practical 4 None
Fourth Year
Semester 7
NRH620S Non-Ruminant Husbandry None
AGE720S Agroecology None
ALM620S Agricultural Land Management None
FMA411A Financial Management (Agriculture) IV Business Accounting 1A
RSO610S Rural Sociology None
Plus either ONE of the following

PCT121S Principles of Critical Thinking Communication Skills
OR
224
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT) 70BLAN
(OLD PROGRAMME)
(Phasing out at the end of 2010 and there will be no new enrollments in 2010)
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR (Not available in 2010)

Semester 1
ACA110S Agricultural Calculations None
BCU110S Basic Computer Use None
BPP110S Basic Plant Production None
LBT4003 Agricultural Mechanisation None
LBT1002 Agricultural Science None
ECM0100 Principles of Language Use None
(depending on proficiency test)
Semester 2
SSA120S Soil Science (Agriculture) Agricultural Science
(Agricultural Calculations
recommended)
BAP120S Basic Animal Production None
RSC112S Rangeland Science Basic Plant Production
ECM0200 Language in Practice A Principles of Language Use
SECOND YEAR (Not available in 2010)

Semester 3
SRH2100 Small Ruminant Husbandry Basic Animal Production
RMN211S Rangeland Management Rangeland Science
AAG2100 Agronomy Basic Plant Production & Soil
Science
AEC2100 Agricultural Economics None
(Agric. Calc. recommended)
ACS220S Agricultural Statistics Agricultural Calculations
ECM0300 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A
Semester 4
LRH2200 Large Ruminant Husbandry Basic Animal Production
LBT4001 Agricultural Extension Language in Practice B
ALM2200 Agricultural Land Management Soil Science
ECM0400 Communication Skills Language in Practice B
THIRD YEAR (Phasing out at the end of 2010)

Semester 5
OPT4101 In-Service Training All courses of the first four
Semesters, unless only one
course has been failed, for
which the student obtained
admission to the examination.
225
Semester 6
ABM322S Agribusiness Management Agricultural Economics
HCT3200 Horticulture Basic Plant Production and
Soil Science (Agriculture)
NRH3200 Non-Ruminant Husbandry Basic Animal Production
AAC3200 Agroecology Rangeland Management and
Agricultural Land Management
FOURTH YEAR (Phasing out at the end of 2010)

Course CodeCourse Title Prerequisite
Compulsory courses
FMA411A Financial Management (Agriculture) IV None
SAM410Y Strategic Agribusiness Management None
RME410Y Research Methodology (SNRT) None
Plus either ONE of the following
SAP410Y Sustainable Animal Production None

OR
PTP411A Plant Production IV None
OR
CBR410Y Community-Based Natural None
Resource Management
FIFTH YEAR Compulsory courses

AAM410Y Advanced Agribusiness Management
RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) Research Methodology (SNRT)
Related to SAP410Y
OR
RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) Research Methodology
(SNRT) Related to PTP411A
OR
RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) Research Methodology
(SNRT)
Related to CBR410Y

Plus continuation of the following, if not yet taken
RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) None
226
National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) - Full-time
National Diploma: Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) - Full-time
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation - Distance Education
Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management - Distance Education
Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education - Distance Education
Definition
The National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) provides knowledge and skills
to pursue a career as Ranger in the field of Nature Conservation.
The National Diploma: Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) provides

knowledge and skills which will allow students, after the successful completion of this
programme, to pursue a career as Nature Conservationist, Tour Operator, Information Officer,
Resource Manager, Environment Interpretation Officer, Environment Education Officer.
The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation focuses on the attributes that will equip
high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research skills. In particular,
the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural
and human resources including finances.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
A person may be admitted to the National Diploma for instruction and training if s/he meets the
general requirements as decided upon by the Polytechnic of Namibia Senate and complies
with the following additional requirements:
1. S/he passed Biology or a biology-related subject for his/her final school certificate;
2. S/he passed English with a D symbol or equivalent at Grade 12 level.
3. S/he is prepared to undergo a selection programme at his/her own risk.
4. S/he is medically fit. Field and physical work form an integral part of this study
programme.
Admission to the B.Tech. level of the programme is aimed at individuals who have completed
the National Diploma Natural Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field,
with at least one year practical experience and identified high potential for advancement.
In addition to the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the student’s academic
performance will be on the basis of a semester/year mark and examination mark. Evaluation
will be according to the syllabus description for the different courses/practicals. A semester/
year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations, where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass. For the courses presented for the certificate and
diploma by the Department of Nature Conservation, continuous evaluation, both theoretical
and practical, contributes 70 % to the final mark. A written examination of three hours (one
paper) contributes 30 % to the final mark. The proportion of overall marks allocated to theory
and to practical will correlate with the proportion of time allocated to each.
227
For the theory courses presented for Bachelor of Technology, written assignments contribute
20 % to the final mark. A written examination contributes 80 % to the final mark.
• The courses: Language in Practice B and Communication Skills presented by the

Department of Communication will be evaluated according to the evaluation criteria of
that department.
Promotion Policy
In addition to the general regulations of Senate, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an
overall final mark of at least 50 % per course with a sub-minimum of 40 % for the examination
where applicable.
Practicals
The student must undergo compulsory in-service training in the third and sixth semesters of
the programme. A student will not be allowed to do both in-service training sessions in the
same year, or consecutively.
B.Tech. students (year four and five) must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such
practical session with a minimum of 50 %. Students are responsible for their own travel and
accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if provided by the institution. In view of
the prerequisites for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV (Module A),
Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management and Research Methodology
in the same year.
Prerequisites
The prerequisites for in-service training can be found in course codes and prerequisites below.
Any exceptions to this rule are subject to the approval of Senate. Students should have at
least a code 8 driver’s license before going on the second in-service training.
CURRICULUM
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: NATURE CONSERVATION (TECHNIQUES) 27CNAT
YEAR 1
Semester 1
PID110S Plant Identification None
NAT5001 Nature Conservation Administration None
NCT110S Nature Conservation Techniques None
(Module A)
Semester 2
(Module B)
(Module C)
NAT5002 Law Enforcement None
RGB111N Computer Usage None
NCA110S Nature Conservation Calculations None
228
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: NATURE CONSERVATION 27BNAT
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
NAT0100 Animal Studies 1 None
NAT5100 Plant Studies 1 None
NCA110S Nature Conservation Calculations None
NAT1100 Nature Conservation Ecology 1 None
Semester 2
NAT0200 Animal Studies 2 Animal Studies 1
NAT5200 Plant Studies 2 None
NAT5002 Law Enforcement None
NAT1200 Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Nature Conservation Ecology 1
NAT4100 Nature Conservation Techniques 1 None
YEAR 2
Semester 3
OPT4001 In-Service Training Nature Conservation
Techniques 1
PLUS any 5 of the following:
Animal Studies 1
Animal Studies 2
Plant Studies 1
Plant Studies 2
Nature Conservation Ecology 1
Semester 4
NAT0300 Animal Studies 3 Animal Studies 2
NAT2100 Environmental Conservation Nature Conservation Ecology 2
Development
MEE221S Methodology of Environmental Language in Practice B
Education
NAT1300 Nature Conservation Ecology 3 Nature Conservation Ecology 2
NAT4200 Nature Conservation Techniques 2 Nature Conservation
Techniques 1
YEAR 3
Semester 5
NAT5300 Plant Studies 3 Plant Studies 2
NAT4300 Nature Conservation Techniques 3 Nature Conservation
Techniques 2
NAT6003 Aquatic Ecosystem Management None
NRM210S Natural Resource Management Animal Studies 3 &
NAT5001 Nature Conservation Administration None
229
Semester 6
OPT4002 In-Service Training All courses of the first
five semesters must have been
passed, or examination
admission obtained.
Exceptions may be approved
by the Departmental Board.
YEAR 4*
Compulsory courses
PSO411Z Plant Studies IV (Module A) None
RMM451U Resource Management IV (Module A) None
REM531Z Research Methodology None
CVM112Y Conservation Management None
Practical Component
SEM171N Seminar
PRO101N Research Project
BTN001P Practical 1
BTN002P Practical 2
YEAR 5*
PSO421Y Plant Studies IV** (Module B) Plant Studies IV (Module A)
FMN451Z Financial Management I None
(Nature Conservation)
POM191R Management Principles I None
(Nature Conservation)
RMM461T Resource Management IV** Resource Management IV
(Module B) (Module A)
CBR410Y Community-Based Natural Resource None
Management
Practical Component
BTM003P Practical 3 None
BTN004P Practical 4 (Optional) None
* Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode
only and will extend over two academic years.
** Oral Examination
230
CERTIFICATE: COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 27CNRM
Definition
This certificate focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level practitioners
of community-based natural resource management with relevant managerial and research
skills. The study programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management
of natural and human resources.
Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/
degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land
Management and/or any other related field).
A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass.
Curriculum
Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic
year. The CBNRM course offered in the Bachelor of Technology (Nature Conservation and
Agricultural Management) programmes is the same as for this certificate and the course will
run concurrently as one course.
Practical
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum
of 50%. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students are
responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if
provided by the institution.
CERTIFICATE: COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 27CNRM
CURRICULUM

CBR410Y Community Based-Natural None
Resource Management
PRO101N Project None
231
NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATE 27NEEC
Definition
This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults
who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work.
The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to
become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore
aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies.
There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants
must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a
requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people
who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context.
Assessment Requirements
Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on
their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of:
* Draft and final versions of written assignments;
* Group work and presentations; and,
* A portfolio of work.
Evidence of learning will be obtained from students’ assignments, participation in group settings
and critical self-reflection.
Tuition And Delivery Mode

year. Students need to attend four compulsory face-to-face contact sessions/vacation schools.
Students are further encouraged to form study groups with fellow participants in the same region.
Within study groups, students will do group activities and support each other’s learning.
NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATE 27NEEC
CURRICULUM

OEM101Y Our Environment: Issues, risks and responses None
DIE101Y Developing, implementing and evaluating None
environmental education curriculum,
programmes and resources
EEA101Y Environmental education approaches: None
theory and practice
232
National Technical Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only)
National Technical Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only)
National Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only)
National Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only)
National Diploma: Hospitality Management (Full Time only)
Bachelor of Hospitality Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY)
National Certificate: Travel and Tourism Operations (Full Time only)
National Diploma: Travel and Tourism Management (Full Time only)
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY)
BACHELOR OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 27BHMN
Applicants must be able to express a special interest in hospitality management. No specific
skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D pass in English at NSSC Ordinary level
is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as Accounting and Mathematics; as well as
some experience in hospitality would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted
to this programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements of the Polytechnic of
Namibia. (Please refer to the General Admission Requirements in the Prospectus.)
Assessment Strategies
The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment
modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to
facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and
applied knowledge.
To these ends the programme uses several types of assessment. These include:
Formative assessment: Measures e.g. presentation, project work, case-studies; practical

exercises and laboratory work which provide information that will indicate to the individual
student his/her progress to date.
Summative assessment: Measures students’ performance or level of achievement at the end

of a sequence of study. Most commonly, this will take the form of the end of term and terminal
examinations.
The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation of a student’s achievement by

means of tests and/or assignments/seminars/practicals/tutorials. Each course is evaluated
on its own at the end of the course as stipulated in the syllabus. The evaluation will be either
theoretical or practical or a combination thereof.
In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (industrial attachment) all courses of the
first semester (for National Technical Certificate) and five semesters of (the Diploma level)
must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service training if s/he
has failed only one course. For courses with a practical component, practical tests account
for 60 % while theory accounts for 40 % of semester mark. Courses that have an examination
component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester mark should be obtained to gain exam
entrance. Practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory
counts for 40 per cent of the final mark.
233
In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The
In-service training 1 and 3 are executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic
In-service training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Hospitality research project
are executed both on and off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism
Department staff and mainly focuses on observation, data collection, processing, analysis,
interpretation and write up.
Notification
A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn
for the duration of their studies.
The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$2400.00 that is payable directly after
registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the
Department of Hospitality and Tourism.
The internship requirements of Hospitality students should be noted as 25 hours per week
subject to business volume.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL CERTIFICATE: FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS 27CFBO

Definition
The one-year National Technical Certificates provide knowledge and skills that enable students
to gain employment at entry level in the hotel and catering industry. They are designed for
students who seek immediate employment in the industry.
The programme covers a spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality
delivery of customer service. This is supported by practical knowledge of food production
and food and beverage service. Practical training is strongly supported by a well equipped
training kitchen as well as a commercial kitchen at the Polytechnic Hotel School. In addition,
the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a hospitality enterprise.
This provides them with ‘’hands-on training” in a real life situation and thus prepares them
adequately for employment as junior cooks, bar tenders, or food and beverage servers.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Industry
FPT110S Food Production Theory and Practice None
SSF1100 Safety, Security and First Aid None
FBS110S Food and Beverage Service None
CSH110S Customer Service in hospitality None
Industry
Semester 2
HFB120S Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) Food Production
(Food and Beverage Operations)
234
NATIONAL TECHNICAL CERTIFICATE: ROOMS DIVISION OPERATIONS 27CRDO
Definition
National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations: The programme covers a
spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality delivery of customer
service. This is supported by practical knowledge of House Keeping and Laundry Service,
Front Office Operations and Hotel Information Systems. Practical training is strongly supported
by the Polytechnic Hotel School with accommodation facilities, a front office equipped with
modern reservation systems, a laundry and conference facilities. The Hotel School is also
equipped with a computer laboratory offering students hotel reservations training programs. In
addition, the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a commercial
hospitality enterprise. This provides them with ‘’hands-on training” in a real life situation and
thus prepares them adequately for employment as front office, house keeping and customer
service personnel.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Tourism Industry
HKL110S House Keeping and Laundry None
FOO220S Front Office Operations None
BIS311S Basic Hotel Information Systems None
CSH110S Customer Service in the Hospitality None
Industry
Semester 2
HRD120S Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) Food Production
(Rooms Division Operations)
235
Definition
The programme comprises of a series of courses leading to specific competencies and has
multiple exit points that include:
National Certificate in either Food and Beverage Operations or Rooms Division Operations
National Diploma in Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Hospitality Management.
The programme includes all courses covered in the first semester of the National Technical
Certificates depending on the option a student may select. At this level apart from emphasis
on technical skills and quality delivery of customer service, there is also an emphasis on
written and verbal communication skills, basic computer and accounting skills. The students
are therefore expected to take additional courses in English language, a foreign language,
Business Accounting, and Computer Skills. In addition, the student must complete 11.2
credit hours of hotel practice at the commercial sector of the Hotel School. The hotel practice
exposes students to real life situations and thus prepares them for employment should they
wish to exit at this level.
The major outcomes of the National Certificates are the same as those of the national technical
certificates. The students are however expected to demonstrate adequate communication skills
in handling everyday on the job situations when interacting with visitors; have a fair accounting
ability, and show capacity to multi-task.
The National Diploma qualification builds on the National Certificate in Food and Beverage
Operations and National Certificate in Rooms Division. In the second year of their study, in
the third semester the students are expected to complete all major courses within the two
options; i.e. if a student has achieved a National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations
s/he must complete the major courses in Rooms Division Operations.
At the Bachelor’s level, the students are exposed to higher analytical skills and knowledge
within the management domain. Focus is on service organisation. Courses such as Strategic
Management, Hospitality Operations Management, Human Resources Management, Strategic
Marketing, Developing and Managing Small Properties, Financial Management and Research
provide students in their final year with an opportunity to examine and be challenged by
theories and practices impacting on middle to high-level managers. The programme is aimed
at equipping students with the necessary advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills
necessary for upper-level managerial jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional
managers. The students may also opt to develop and run their own hospitality businesses.
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1 (FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS)

Semester 1
Tourism Industry
CSH110S Customer Service in Hospitality None
Industry
LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A
236
Plus any ONE of the following languages:
GER110S Basic German 1A None
BAF111S Basic French 1A None
BAP111S Basic Portuguese 1A None
BAS111S Basic Spanish 1A None
Semester 2
HFB120S Hotel Practice (PON) Food Production
(Food and Beverage Operations)
Course Work:
HTA110S Introduction to Hospitality and None
Tourism Accounting

GER120S Basic German 1B Basic German 1A
BAF112S Basic French 1B Basic French 1A
BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1B Basic Portuguese 1A
BAS112S Basic Spanish 1B Basic Spanish 1A
YEAR 1 (ROOMS DIVISION OPERATIONS)

Semester 1
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism
Industry None
CSH110S Customer Service in the Hospitality None
Industry
Plus any ONE of the following languages

Semester 2
HRD120S Hotel Practice (PON) Food Production
(Rooms Division Operations)
Tourism Accounting

237
YEAR 2
Semester 3: For those with National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations
MAR110S Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism) None
EMN201S Events Management None
Semester 3: For those with National Certificate in Rooms Division Operations

MAR110S Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism) None
EMN201S Events Management None
Semester 4: Common Core Courses

One of the following:
HFB120S Hotel Practice (PON) Pass in all major courses (exceptions
(Food and Beverage Operations) may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
OR
HRD120S Hotel Practice (PON) Pass in all major courses (exceptions
(Rooms Division Operations) may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
Course Work
HRM110S Human Resource Management 1 None
(Hotel & Tourism)
FCT2400 Financial Control 1 Introduction to Hospitality and
Tourism Accounting
YEAR 3
Semester 5
RDM2400 Rooms Division Management None
FBM3500 Food and Beverage Management None
HTL310S Hospitality and Tourism Law None
SMS310S Supervisory and Management Skills None
Semester 6
HMP320S Hotel Management Practice Pass in all major courses (exceptions
(Industrial Attachment) may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
238
YEAR 4
(Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode
only.)
Semester 7
RME410S Research Methodology None
HOM410S Hospitality Operations Management Rooms Division Management/Food
& Beverage Management
SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality None
and Tourism
MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Human Resource Management 1
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations (Hospitality and Tourism)

Semester 8
FMH420S Financial Management for Hospitality Financial Control 1
and Tourism
DMH420S Developing and Managing Small Rooms Division Management &
Hospitality Property Food and Beverage Management &
Strategic Mgt. In Hospitality and
Tourism & Mgt. Human Resources in
Hospitality and Tourism
SHT420S Strategic Marketing for Hospitality Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
and Tourism
HRP420S Hospitality Research Project Research Methodology
239
BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT 27BTTM
Definition
The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management programme is designed to prepare graduates
for self-employment or professional careers in public and private sector organisations concerned
with tourism. The core courses provide the knowledge and basic skills required in the broad
business environment, while the management stream extends and reinforces these foundations
as they apply in the operation of small and medium sized establishments. The tourism stream
provides a more industry-specific focus for the content provided in the business subjects, and
uses an interdisciplinary approach, which views tourism as a form of human behaviour as well
as a business interest.
The programme is intended to provide students with a holistic understanding of the elements
of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural fabric of society, appreciation of
the relationships among the various elements of the industry, as well as the ability to apply
appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations involving travel and tourism.
Students on both the Diploma and Degree programmes follow the same course of study in
the first three years.
Prospective students must be able to express a special interest in tourism development. The
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Degree is a four-year academic programme,
with the following exit points:
National Certificate in Travel and Tourism Operation

National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management
No specific skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D in English at Ordinary
level is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as History, Geography, Accounting
and Mathematics would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted to this
programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements (Please refer to the General
Admission Requirements in the Prospectus). Holders of the current National Diploma in Travel
and Tourism will be admitted to the Bachelor Degree Programme. However, such students
are required to do Professional Communication if they have not done so before completion
of the Bachelor programme.
Assessment Strategies
The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment
modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to
facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and
applied knowledge
To these ends, this Programme uses several types of assessment. These include:
Formative assessment: Measures e.g. project work, presentation, case-studies, practical

exercises and laboratory work which provide information that will indicate to the individual
student his/her progress to date.
Summative assessment: Measures students’ performance or level of achievement at the

end of a sequence of study. Most commonly, this will take the form of the end of term and
terminal examinations.
240
Increasingly, both formative and summative assessments are being administered in an
integrated format. This allows for the strengthening of linkages between courses, as well as
minimising unnecessary duplication of workload for the individual student.
The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation of a student’s achievement by

means of tests and/or assignments/seminars/practicals/tutorials. Each course is evaluated
on its own at the end of the course as stipulated in the syllabus. The evaluation will be either
theoretical or practical or a combination thereof.
In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (Tourism Practice) all courses of the
five semesters must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service
training if s/he has failed only one course.
For courses that have an examination component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester
mark should be obtained to gain exam entrance. During the third year (final year of the Diploma
Programme) practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory
counts for 40 per cent of the final mark.
In-service Training (5 months): The programme includes a mandatory period of industry-based

work experience, which contributes to the continuous process of the personal development
of the student and represents a key aim of the course. In-service Training periods will be
formally structured and evaluated on a continuous assessment basis and will contribute towards
qualifications and the award of the Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management.
In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The
In-service training is executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic In-service
training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Tourism Project are executed both on and
off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism Department staff and mainly
focusing on observation, data collection, processing, analysis, interpretation and write up
(Guidelines in reference to the DACUM recommendations).
Notification
A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn
for the duration of their studies.
The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$ 2400.00 that is payable directly after
registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the
Department of Hospitality and Tourism.
241
CURRICULUM
YEAR 1
Semester 1
TOG111S Tour Guiding 1 None
IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality & None
Tourism Industry

Semester 2
TOG211S Tour Guiding 2 Tour Guiding 1
EDT120S Economic Development of the None
Tourism Industry
Tourism Accounting

YEAR 2
Semester 3
MAR110S Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) None
EMN201S Event Management None
ENT201S Entrepreneurship None
PRT201S Public Relations for Tourism Communication Skills
Plus any ONE of the following:

TOO210S Tourism Operations None
TTP111S Travel Theory & Practice 1 None
Semester 4
FCT2400 Financial Control 1 Introduction to Hospitality &
Tourism Accounting
HRM110S Human Resources Management 1 None
(Hospitality & Tourism)
UTO220S Urban Tourism None
242
TDM202S Tourism Destination Management 2 Tourism Operations
TTP211S Travel Theory & Practice 2 Travel Theory & Practice 1
YEAR 3
Semester 5
SMS310S Supervisory Management Skills None
TLE310S Tourism & Local Economic Development None
HTL310S Hospitality & Tourism Law None

TDM310S Tourism Destination Management 3 Tourism Destination Management 2
TTP311S Travel Theory & Practice 3 Travel Theory & Practice 2
Semester 6
TIS311S In-Service Training Pass in all major courses (exceptions
may be allowed if students have failed
one course only)
YEAR 4
(Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode
only.)
Semester 7
SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality None
& Tourism
TPP410S Tourism Policy & Planning None
MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Human Resources Management 1
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations (Hospitality & Tourism)
Semester 8
EPM420S Ecotourism Planning & Management None
FMH420S Financial Management in Hospitality Financial Control 1
& Tourism
SHT420S Strategic Marketing in Hospitality Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
& Tourism
TRP420S Tourism Research Project Research Methodology
243
DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT
Certificate in Land Surveying
National Certificate in Land Use Planning
National Certificate in Geo-Information Technology
National Diploma in Land Use Planning
National Diploma in Geo-Information Technology
Bachelor of Technology in Land Management
Bachelor in Geo-Information Technology
Master in Integrated Land Management
New Qualifications offered as of 2010

Certificate in Land Administration
Diploma in Geomatics
Diploma in Property Studies
Diploma in Land Administration
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics
Bachelor of Property Studies
Bachelor of Land Administration
Old Qualifications to be phased out as of 2010

(The old qualifications will be completely phased out in 2014)
National Certificate in Land Valuation and Estate Management
National Certificate in Land Management and Registration
National Diploma in Land Management and Registration
National Diploma in Land Surveying
Special Admission Requirements

Candidates may be admitted to the Land Management programmes if they meet the General
Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points in 5 subjects, and comply
with the following conditions:
• Must hold at least a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (Ordinary) level with passes in
English and Mathematics with minimum D symbols. Physics and Geography are highly
recommended.
• Placement in Language in Practice B according to the English Proficiency Test. Students
who only gain entry into Language in Practice A may also be admitted, but will be required
to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study.
• Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered
for admission.
• Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the
programme.
• Must be able and be prepared to attend classes on full-time basis.
• Must meet the programme-specific requirements as listed in the subsequent description
of the various programmes.
Important Note: Meeting the above-mentioned qualifications does not automatically

guarantee admission to the respective programmes. If the number of (formally) qualified
applicants exceeds the (limited) number of available places for the new programme intake,
the best applicant will be selected in a step-by-step procedure. On the basis of the data of the
244
formal application for a programme, a number of potential students will be selected for a pre-
selection process which takes place just before the registration. Depending on the number of
applicants and the requirements of the respective programme, this pre-selection may consider
the respective final school results only or may (additionally) include a written pre-selection
test or an interview. Applicants from abroad and Mature Age applicants will be selected based
on a separate procedure.
Assessment
Depending on the respective contents and characteristics of the course, the performance of the
students is assessed either by a semester mark plus an (end-of-semester) final examination
mark or by continuous assessment.
The semester mark is based on a minimum of two written tests which may be complemented
by additional tests and/or other assessments such as assignments, practicals, projects etc.
Unless specified otherwise, an average of 50 % must be achieved in the semester mark to be
admitted to the final examination. The final examination at the end of the semester consists of
a written examination of either two or three hours. Unless specified otherwise, the semester
mark is weighted with 40 % and the final examination mark counts for 60 %.
If a course is assessed on the basis of continuous assessment, the course mark of 100 % is
based on a series of assessments which may include: test, assignments, projects, reports
etc. In this case, no final examination is written.
The assessment details for each course are specified in the respective Course Outline which
is given and explained to the students at the beginning of the semester.
PROPERTY STUDIES PROGRAMMES

(Offered FULL-TIME only)
Definition
Real property is described as the earth, the land and all natural and man-made hereditaments
(things capable of being inherited such as land and buildings) found permanently attached
thereto. Real property marries the legal concept of ownership with physical description of real
estate and can be further defined as that bundle of rights in property including possession,
control, enjoyment, disposition and others that enhance the inheritable ownership of the land
and everything permanently affixed to it. (Minnie Lush and David Sirota 2003).
The primary aim of the National Diploma and Bachelor of Property Studies programmes is
to train and produce graduates employable respectively at the technical and professional
levels of the property industry. The graduates of the programme will be equipped with skills
in advanced property valuation methods, facilities managerial competence of buildings and
be capable of making sound and well-informed judgments regarding relevant legislation. It
focuses on a comprehensive and analytical understanding of property valuation, property
management, property investment and finance and develops the knowledge and skills to
evaluate and manage real property.
These programmes also aim at developing capacity and human resource need of Namibia in
the real estate sector to facilitate the implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme.
Graduates are employed as assistant valuers in central and local government property offices
and a variety of private businesses.
The degree programme offers graduates who have successfully completed their National
Diploma studies in Land Valuation and Estate Management, or any other equivalent National
245
Diploma, the opportunity to pursue a degree qualification programme in the property profession
at the Polytechnic of Namibia.
Diploma in Property Studies
Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY STUDIES 27DPRS
The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnic’s admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points in five subjects and comply with the following
additional requirements:
• Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics with minimum D symbols
at NSSC (Ordinary) level.
• Candidates may be admitted into any level (module) of Language in Practice but would
be required to advance to Communication Skills by Year 3 Semester 5 if they wish to
complete the National Diploma in Property Studies.
• A pass in Geography with minimum D symbol is highly recommended.
• Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer
Usage).
• Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM

Year 1
Semester 1
MMS110S Mathematics & Statistics None
PEC111S Principles of Economics 1A None
Semester 2
BCS120S Building Construction & Services None
VAL120S Valuation 1 Principles of Economics 1A &
Mathematics and Statistics
PDM120S Property Development & None
Marketing 1
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A
Year 2
Semester 3
PPM610S Property Management Building Construction & Services
CML111S Commercial Law 1A None
UBE510S Urban Economics Principles of Economics 1A
VAL210S Valuation 2 Valuation 1
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None
and Management
246
Semester 4
PFN120S Property Finance 1 None
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law 1A
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage
Year 3
Semester 5
REP610S Real Estate Practice 1 Property Management, Property
Finance 1 & Valuation 2
PDM220S Property Development & Property Development &
Marketing 2 Marketing 1
(Diploma only)
Semester 6
IVE320S In-Service Training Real Estate Practice 1. Not allowed
to repeat or attend classes Full Time)
more than 1 course while doing In-
Service Training.
BACHELOR OF PROPERTY STUDIES HONOURS 27BPRS
The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnic’s admission
requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects and comply with the following
• Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics (with minimum D symbols
or better) at NSSC (Ordinary) level or IGCSE or Equivalent.
• A placement in Language in Practice B (LPB0320) according to the English placement
test.
• A pass in Geography (with minimum D symbol or better) is highly recommended.
• Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer
Usage).
Applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission.
Candidates with the National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management from the
Polytechnic with an average of at least 60% may apply for admission into the Bachelor of
Property Studies Honours or may be admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
programme at the discretion of the Department. These category of applicants will be required
to join the Bachelor of Properties Studies Honours in Year 3, Semester 6.
These applicants, if admitted, will qualify to be awarded the Bachelor degree of Property
Studies Honours after successful completion of the following courses:
• Building Economics
• Business Accounting 1A
• Computer Applications to Real Estate
• Property Investment
• Valuation Casework
• Research Methodology
• Land Administration
247
• Project Planning & Management
• Research Project
Polytechnic students pursuing the existing National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate
Management (or the ND in Property Studies) may apply for the Bachelor of Property Studies
Honours programme. Such a student will be required to have passed all courses up to Year 2
Semester 4 with a minimum average of 60 % and must have scored at least 60% in Valuation
2, Property Finance 1 and Property Management (Estate Management 1). Courses completed
under the National Diploma will be credited, but students will be required to complete all
outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours
qualification.
Progression Rule
Participants admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme would be
required to have passed all courses up to Year 2, Semester 4 with a minimum average score
of 60 % and must have scored at least 60 % in Valuation 2, Property Finance 1 and Property
Management to be eligible to proceed to Semester 5 of the Bachelor of Property Studies
Honours programme.
Participants who are unable to achieve this requirement will be required to join the National
Diploma in Property Studies in semester 5. In such a case the student will be required to
register for Urban Economics in addition to Property Development and Marketing 2, Real
Estate Practice 1 and Communication Skills in the Year 3, Semester 5.
NB - Participants who meet this progression requirement and thus become eligible for the
Bachelor of Property Studies will be required to notify the Faculty Officer in writing for the
progression to be formalised. This also applies to participants who will be required to join the
ND in Property Studies in semester 5 for failure to meet the progression requirement.
Table of Credits
Graduates with existing National Diploma qualification in Land Valuation and Estate
Management who enrol in the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours may apply to be granted
credit for courses completed as set out in the table below, but will be required to complete all
outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of the programme.
Credit is allowed only for courses that substantially have the same content as courses which
are part of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours.
Course completed Course credited

(ND Land Valuation & Estate Management) (Bachelor of Property Studies
Honours)
Valuation 3 (VAL310S) Valuation 3
Diploma Project (DPV310S) Real Estate Practice 2
Estate Management 2 (EMM220S) Facilities Management
Property Finance 2 (PFN310S) Property Finance 2
In-Service Training (IVE320S) In-Service Training
Communication Skills (CSK0420) / Communication Skills
English Communication Module 4 (ECM0400)

248
BACHELOR OF PROPERTY STUDIES HONOURS 27BPRS
CURRICULUM

Year 1
Semester 1
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None
Semester 2
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Introduction to Geospatial Data
Mapping
Marketing 1
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A
Year 2
Semester 3
PPM610S Property Management Building Construction & Services
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
and Management
Semester 4
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems None
LTX220S Land Taxation None
PEC112S Principles of Economics 1B None
Year 3
Semester 5
Compulsory Courses
PDM220S Property Development & Property Development &
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Introduction to Databases 1B
Plus any ONE of the following courses:

OMP310S Organisational Management None
and Practice
249
Semester 6
BEC620S Building Economics Principles of Economics 1B &
Building Construction & Services
BAC1100 Business Accounting 1A None
FCM820S Facilities Management Property Management
CAR820S Computer Applications to Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Real Estate Land Information Systems
PPI820S Property Investment Property Finance 1
VAC520S Valuation Casework None
Year 4
Semester 7
PFN310S Property Finance 2 Property Finance 1
LAD410S Land Administration Land Tenure Systems
PPM411S Project Planning & Management None
REP810S Real Estate Practice 2 Facilities Management,
Co-requisite: Property Finance 2 &
Valuation 3
Semester 8
ISB720S In-Service Training (7 weeks) Co-requisite: Research Project
RPB820S Research Project (8 weeks) Real Estate Practice 2
250
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND VALUATION AND ESTATE MANAGEMENT 27DVEM
(Phasing out from 2010 till 2014)
CURRICULUM

Year 1 (Not available from 2010)
Semester 1
LMM110S Land Management 1 None
LTS110S Land Tenure Systems 1 None
LRP120S Law Relating to Real Property None
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics & Statistics &
Computer Usage
Marketing 1
LIS 120S Land Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LEC120S Land Economics Principles of Economics 1A &
Land Management 1

Semester 3
LMM210S Land Management 2 Land Management 1
EMM210S Estate Management 1 Building Construction & Services
LUP120S Land Use Planning 1 None
LIS211S Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems 1
PDM210S Property Development and Property Development and
Semester 4
EMM220S Estate Management 2 Estate Management 1
LRR120S Land Reform and Resettlement None
PEC 112S Principles of Economics 1B Principles of Economics 1A
ISS120S Infrastructure and Services None

Semester 5
OMP310S Organizational Management & None
Professional Practice
PFN310S Property Finance 2 Property Finance 1
251
DPV310S Diploma Project All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one course
has been failed for which the student
obtained admission to the
examination
Semester 6
IVE320S In-Service Training Diploma Project
Transitional Arrangements For Students

Transitional arrangements for courses which have been removed from the programme are
proposed as follows in the transitional table below.
NEW COURSES OLD COURSES

Commercial Law 1A Law Relating to Real Property
Introduction to Land Use Planning and Land Use Planning 1
Management
Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems 1
Introduction to Databases 1B Land Information Systems 1
Land Information Systems Land Information Systems 2
Urban Economics Land Management 2
Geographic Information Systems 1 Geoinfomatics 1
Land Tenure Systems Land Reform and Resettlement
Property Management Estate Management 1
Facilities Management Estate Management 2
Real EstatePractice 1 & 2 Diploma Project
Students who failed Land Management 1 (LMM110S) in 2009 must switch to the new National
Diploma in Property Studies Curriculum.
252
LAND ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMMES
Certificate in Land Administration
Diploma in Land Administration
Bachelor of Land Administration
CERTIFICATE IN LAND ADMINISTRATION 27CLAD
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the General Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE pass in
Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency
test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considered for
admission to this programme.
CURRICULUM

YEAR 1
Semester 1
MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics for LM None
IGD411S Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data None
Semester 2
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data
Mapping
DRL120S Deeds Registration Law 1 None
IGE420S Introduction to Geography None
Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not
successfully complete their first year of studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land
Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required
to complete all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification. However, if
the student continues to study beyond the Certificate in Land Administration, credits for courses
completed under ND: Land Administration will be granted accordingly.
Students who want to transfer from the Certificate to the Bachelor of Land Administration
must have passed all certificate courses and apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land
Administration. Courses completed under the Certificate will be credited but students will be
required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Land
Administration qualification.
253
Credit Recognition
Course Completed Course Credited

(NC and ND Land Management and (NC Land Administration)
Registration)
Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems
Land Registation and Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems
Land Reform and Resettlement Land Tenure Systems
Law for Land Managers 1A Commercial Law 1A
Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Administration 1
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: LAND MANAGEMENT AND REGISTRATION 27DLMR

(Phasing out from 2010 till 2014)
CURRICULUM

YEAR 1 (Not available from 2010)
Semester 1
LLM110S Law for Land Managers 1A None
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics and Statistics &
Computer Usage
LRT110S Land Registration and Tenure None
LIS120S Land Information Systems 1 Computer Usage
LLM120S Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Managers 1A
GRF110S Generic Registration for None
Flexible Land Tenure

Semester 3
LTM210S Land Tenure Management 2A Land Management 1
DRL210S Deeds Registration Law 2A Deeds Registration 1
LMV210S Land Markets and Valuation None
LLM210S Law for Land Managers 2 None
UPD120S Urban Planning and Development Land Management 1 &
Land Tenure Systems 1
Semester 4
ADR210S Adjudication and Dispute Resolution None
LTM220S Land Tenure Management 2B Land Management 1
254
LRR120S Land Reform and Resettlement None
DRL220S Deeds Registration Law 2B Deeds Registration Law 2A &
Law for Land Management 2
Semester 5
LTM310S Land Tenure Management 3 Land Tenure Management 2A & 2B
OMP310S Organisational Mgt. and Practice None
DPL310S Diploma Project (LMR) All courses of the first four
semesters,unless only one course
obtained admission to the
examination.
Semester 6
IMR320S In-Service Training (LMR) Diploma Project (LMR)
The courses in the old curriculum that are to be discontinued can be replaced by the following
courses.
Old Course New Course

Land Registration and Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems
Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Administration1
Land Use Planning 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning and
Management
255
DIPLOMA IN LAND ADMINISTRATION 27DLAD
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an IGCSE pass in
Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency
test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320).
Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for
admission.
CURRICULUM

Year 1
Semester 1
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning and Mgt None
Semester 2
IGE420S Introduction to Geography None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geo-Spatial
Data
LLA520S Law for Land Administration 1 Commercial Law
Year 2
Semester 3
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Co-requisite: Computer
Usage
LLA610S Law for Land Administration 2 Law for Land Admin. 1
RLT610S Rural Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL610S Deeds Registration Law 2 Deeds Registration Law 1
Semester 4
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geo. Info. Systems 1,
Intro. to Geospatial Data
URT620S Urban Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL720S Deeds Registration Law 3 Deeds Registration Law 2,
Law for Land Admin. 2
CMT620S Conflict Management Communication Skills
LAP720S Land Administration Project Completion of all courses
from semester’s 1, 2 and 3.
256
Year 3
Semester 5
IMR320S In-Service Training Completion of all courses
from semester’s 1, 2, 3 and 4.
successfully complete their first year studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land
Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required
to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of this qualification.
successfully complete their studies but choose to migrate to the Diploma in Land Administration
will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete
all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification.
Students who want to transfer from the Diploma to the Bachelor in Land Administration may
apply for entry into the Bachelor in Land Administration. Courses completed under the Diploma
will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the
requirements of the Bachelor in Land Administration qualification.
Credit Recognition
Course completed Course credited

(NC and ND Land Management and (ND Land Administration)
Registration
Land Management 1 None
Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Administration 1
Law for Land Managers 2 Law for Land Administration 2
Land Tenure Management 2A Urban Land Tenure Management
Land Tenure Management 2B Rural Land Tenure Management
Urban Planing and Development Introduction to Land Use Planning and
Management
Adjudication and Dispute Resolution Conflict Management
257
BACHELOR OF LAND ADMINISTRATION 27BLAD
requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects with a C in Mathematics (or 4
at HGCSE/NSSC H), and an A in English (or 4 at HGCSE/NSSC H) or students must write an
English proficiency test and test into Communication Skills (CSK0420), B in Geography (or 4
at HGCSE/NSSC H), Pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage OR Pass in the
following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and
Statistics and Introduction to Geography.
admission.
CURRICULUM

YEAR 1
Semester 1
and Management
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage/ Admission to B LA
Semester 2
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer Usage/ Admission to B LA
PEC112S Principles of Economics 1B None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data
YEAR 2
Semester 3
LLA610S Law for Land Administration 2 Law for Land Administration 1
RLT610S Rural Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL610S Deeds Registration Law 2 Deeds Registration Law 1
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS 1, Intro to Databases 1B
Semester 4
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 1,
Introduction to Geospatial Data
URT620S Urban Land Tenure Management Land Tenure Systems
DRL720S Deeds Registration Law 3 Deeds Registration Law 2,
Law for Land Administration 2
CMT620S Conflict Management Communication Skills
STL620S Sectional Title Legislation Land Tenure Systems
OMP310S Organizational Management None
and Practice
258
YEAR 3
Semester 5
LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions Urban Economics, Urban Land
Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt
LAD410S Land Administration Urban Economics, Urban Land
RDP411S Regional Development Planning Urban Economics, Urban Land
Semester 6
RPA720S Research Project Research Methodology, Land
Policies and Institutions, Land
Admin, Regional Dev Planning
ISL720S Information Systems Law GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions
GSI720S Governance and SI management GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions
Land Administration
OIL420S Optimisation of the Integrated Land GIS 2, Land Policies and stitutions
& Management Process Land Administration
In-Service Training 1* All courses for year one

In-Service Training 2 All courses for year two
In-Service Training 3 All courses for year three
* The in-service training may be started after the completion of all course work for a period of
nine weeks. The student may also choose to embark on in-service training for three periods
of at least three weeks during the annual summer holiday period after completion of each
year of study.
Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Administration to the Bachelor of Land
Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in the following
NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and Statistics
and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND will be credited
but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of
the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.
Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Management and Registration to the Bachelor
in Land Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in
the following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths
and Statisticss and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND
will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the
requirements of the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.
259
Course Completed Course Credited
(NC and ND Land Mangement and (Bachelor of Land Administration)
Registration)
Land Management 1 None
Law for Land Managers 1A Commerical Law 1A
Land Tenure Management 2A Urban Land Tenure Management 1
Land Tenure Management 2B Rural Land Tenure Management 1
Land Use Planning 1, Introduction to Land Use Planning and
Urband Planning and Development Management
Land Management 2 Urban Economics
Adjudication and Dispute Resolution Conflict Management
260
LAND USE PLANNING PROGRAMMES
National Certificate: Land Use Planning
National Diploma: Land Use Planning
Bachelor of Technology: Land Management
Definition
Land use planning is the statutory activity of directing and controlling all land use changes in an
administrative area (Municipality, District, Region, Province) by segmenting the area into zones
and designating a planning instrument to each zone. Land Use Zoning (LUZ) is the American
variety of Land Use Planning (LUP). Town & Country Planning is the British equivalent also
used in several southern African countries. Regional Planning, Town & Regional Planning
and Physical Planning are sub sets of LUP in other countries.
By definition Land Use Planning is the art and science of assigning different parcels of land
to different and competing uses, so that equity, compatibility, economy and aesthetics are
achieved. Planning however is one thing and implementation is another. The broader concept
of creating a plan as well as ensuring that the plan is implemented is referred to as Land Use
Management.
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE IN LAND USE PLANNING 27CLUP
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in
Mathematics and English or students must write an English Proficiency Test and test into
Communication Skills (CSK0420).
admission.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Course Code Course Title Pre-requisite
MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics None
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
BEC110S Basic Ecology None
and Management
Year 1
Semester 2
TTS511S Tools and Techniques None
NRT120S Natural Resource Management 1 Basic Ecology
CBL120S Community Based Land Use None
Management 1
261
LEE210S Local Livelihoods and Economic Co-requisite: Land Tenure
Development Systems
Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed
all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course
as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity
(special examination) to do so. Should a student then have failed to successfully complete
a course, the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as
indicated in the table below:

Land Management 1 Introduction to Survey and Mapping
Land Use Planning Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND USE PLANNING 27DLUP
requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in
Mathematics and English or students must write an English proficiency test and test into
Communication Skills (CSK0420).
admission.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
CBL120S Community Based Land Use None
Management 1
and Management
Year 1
Semester 2
NRT120S Natural Resource Management 1 Basic Ecology
LEE210S Local Livelihoods and Economic Co-requisite: Land Tenure
Development Systems
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
262
Year 2
Semester 3
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage &
RES110S Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Geospatial Data
LUP210S Land Use Planning 2 Introduction to Land Use Planning
and Management
PTH210S Planning Theory 1 Co-requisite: Land Use Planning 2
NRT210S Natural Resource Management 2 Natural Resource Management 1 &
Year 2,
Semeter 4
PTH220S Planning Theory 2 Planning Theory 1
NRT220S Natural Resource Management 3 Natural Resource Management 2
LUP220S Land Use Planning 3 Land Use Planning 2
UPD120S Urban Planning and Development Land Tenure Systems &
Introduction to Land Use Planning
and Management
LIF220S Legal and Institutional Framework None
LDR210S Layout Drafting Co-requisite: Planning Theory 2
Year 3
Semester 5
DPL320S Diploma Project All courses of the first four
semesters, unless only one course
obtained admission to the exam.
Year 3
Semester 6
ILU310S In-service Training Diploma Project
Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed
all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course
as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity
(special examination) to do so. Should a student then failed to successfully complete a course
the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as indicated
in the table below.

Land Management 1 Introduction to Survey and Mapping
Management
Geoinformatics 1 Geographic Information Systems 1
263
Land Management 2 Land Markets and Valuation
Geoinformatics 2 Remote Sensing 1
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN LAND MANAGEMENT 27BLMN

For decades the central social and political issue in Southern Africa has been access to land.
The recent democratisation in Namibia and RSA and in other Southern African countries has
resulted in new constitutional provisions, new laws and new policies on land. Consequently
land managing institutions face an immense task to implement land reform. At the same time
the new democracies in Southern Africa lack a good cadre in all segments of society and in
particular in Land Management.
The Bachelor of Technology in Land Management programme responds to the particular

demand to educate and train staff to:
• Supervise operations in Land Management organisations.

• Lead (multidisciplinary) Land Management projects.
• Advise land officials and (small) local authorities in the regions on Land Management
matters.
• Integrate the different Land Management disciplines in a Land Management system.
The Bachelor of Technology in Land Management also aims at preparing graduates for further
education at professional/academic level.
Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the following requirements:
• A National Diploma in Land Surveying, or a National Diploma in Land Use Planning; or

• Other relevant National Diplomas (3 years) with additional bridging requirements to
demonstrate competency in specific courses. One year of relevant working experience is
recommended.
• Due to the limited number of places in this programme, a selection of the best applicants
may have to be done through a pre-selection process- The pre-selection will be based
on the marks in the respective National Diploma and / or a pre-selection test and / or an
interview.
Relevant National Diplomas considered for admission to the Bachelor of Technology in Land
Management. For these diplomas specific bridging courses will be required to meet the
competency requirements for the Bachelor of Technology:
• ND in Land Management
• ND in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture or Nature Conservation)
• ND in Land Surveying
• ND in Urban/Rural Planning
• ND in Land Use Planning
NOTE: Decision on the relevance of the ND and the bridging courses that will be required,
is at the discretion of the Land Management Department in consultation with the Registrar’s
Office.
264
Specific competency requirements:
• Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Use Planning level/equivalent to Semesters 3
+ 4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Use Planning.
OR
• Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Surveying level/equivalent to Semesters 3 +
4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying.
YEAR 4
Semester 7
Compulsory courses
LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions Land Management 1 &
Land Tenure Systems 1
ESI410S Economic and Social Land Issues Land Management 2
LAD410S Land Administration Land Tenure Systems 1
Plus any ONE of the following combinations
GIS410S Geoinformatics 4 Geoinformatics 2 &

Land Information Systems 3
LIS411S Land Information Systems 4 Geoinformatics 2 &
Land Information Systems 3
OR
LUR410S Land Use Planning 4 (Rural) Land Use Planning 3 &
Natural Resources Management 3
LUU410S Land Use Planning 4 (Urban) Land Use Planning 3 &
Natural Resources Management 3
Year 4
Semester 8
OIL420S Optimisation of the Integrated Process Land Policies and

Management Process Institutions & Land Administration
OOM420S Organisation and Operation None
Management
LMR420S Land Management Research Project Research Methodology
265
GEOMATICS PROGRAMME
(Offered FULL TIME only)
Definition
The main goal of the Geomatics programme is to prepare students for a career as Geomatics
Professionals, with high level specialist knowledge and skills in the acquisition, processing,
presentation, and management of geospatial data. Graduates from this programme should
be employable in environments ranging from traditional cadastral and engineering surveying,
to mining surveying, GIS, digital cartography, drafting, land registration, etc.
The programme also aims at developing capacity to fulfil the surveying and registration needs
for implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme. This includes aspect of planning,
surveying and registration of rural, communal and urban land.
Certificate in Land Surveying
National Diploma in Geomatics
Bachelor of Science in Geomatics
Main Features And Structure Of The Geomatics Programme

Most students will register for the National Diploma in Geomatics in Year 1, and may be allowed
to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics in Year 2, if they meet the admission requirements for
the B.Sc programme. These students will take a minimum period of four years to complete
the B.Sc in Geomatics.
Exceptional candidates may apply for exemption from the bridging courses, which will allow
them to complete the B.Sc in Geomatics in a minimum period of three years.
The progression rules for transfer from the National Diploma to the B.Sc in Geomatics, are
as follows:
• If the first year courses Computer Usage, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2, Introduction
to Physics, and Language in Practice B are passed, students can register for the B.Sc in
Geomatics programme in Year 2.
• Students who pass all the above courses except Introduction to Physics and Introduction
to Mathematics Module 2, will be allowed to continue with the National Diploma, but not
the B.Sc programme.
Students who do not meet the full admission requirements for the B.Sc programme, should
be able to complete the National Diploma in Geomatics programme in a minimum period of
three years.
266
CERTIFICATE IN LAND SURVEYING 27CLAS
The Certificate in Land Surveying is an exit level qualification for the National Diploma in
Geomatics, and the admission requirements for both qualifications are therefore the same
(refer to the admission requirements for the National Diploma in Geomatics).
CURRICULUM

Year 1
Semester 1
IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
LPB0320 Language in Practice B English Placement Test
RGB111N Computer Usage Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
ITM011S Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4
HIGCSE (NSSC H) Mathematics
Semester 2
LTS520S Land Tenure Systems Admission to the National Diploma
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1
SUP520S Surveying Project Co-requisite: Basic Surveying
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying (co-requisite)
267
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN GEOMATICS 27DGEM
Candidates may be admitted into the first year of the National Diploma Geomatics programme,
if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following
• Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation
Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics and English, in NSSC
Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided that no symbol for
the subjects Mathematics and English may be lower than a D on NSSC Ordinary;
OR
• Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject
to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics), as well as gaining entry into
English Language in Practice A.
AND
programme.
Note: A pass in the Grade 12 courses Physical Science and/or Geography, or related courses,
is highly recommended, and preference may be given to candidates who have passed
these subjects additional to the above admission requirements.
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1

Geomatics programme
Geomatics programme
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Admission to the National
Management Diploma Geomatics programme
Semester 2
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage, Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
Year 2
Semester 3
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage, Introduction to
Geospatial Data (co-requisite)
268
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial
Data (co-requisite)
RES110S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial
Data (co-requisite)
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying
SUR610S Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Basic Surveying
Semester 4
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2, Sectional Title
Legislation (co-requisite)
SUR620S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DTM620S Digital Terrain Modelling Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying
DCV221S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 &
Year 3
Semester 5
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geoinformatics 1 &
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying & Survey Drafting
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying &
Cadastral Surveying 1
Semester 6
IDG620S In-service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 3, Engineering Surveying,
Cadastral Surveying 2. Not allowed
to repeat or attend classes Full Time
for more than 1 course while doing
In-Service Training.
269
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BGEM
Candidates may be admitted into the 3-year B.Sc in Geomatics programme, if they meet
the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following additional
requirements:
• A Grade 12 Certificate (or equivalent), with a combined total of at least 30 points on the
Engineering Evaluation Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics,
Physical Science and English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two
examinations, provided that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics and Physical Science
may be lower than an A on NSSC Ordinary (or a 3-symbol at HIGCSE/NSSC Higher);
AND
• 3-Symbol in English Second Language at HIGCSE or NSSC-Higher Level OR 4-symbol
in English First Language at HIGCSE or NSSC Higher OR Placement into the course
Communications Skills through the English Placement Test;
AND
• A pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage (or equivalent);
AND
programme.
ADMISSION TO THE EXTENDED B.SC. IN GEOMATICS PROGRAMME

Candidates who do not meet the above admission requirements may be admitted into the
first year of the National Diploma in Geomatics and be transferred to the B.Sc. in Geomatics
programme in Year 2, if they comply with Progression Rule as described below. The
admission requirements for the National Diploma programme are as follows:
• Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation
Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and
English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided
that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics, Physical Science and English may be lower
than a D on NSSC Ordinary; OR
• Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject
to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics & Physics), as well as gaining
entry into English Language in Practice A.
AND
programme.
NOTE: Candidates who did not do Physical Science in Grade 12 or who got less than a
D-Symbol (NSSC Ordinary) in Physical Science may be admitted into the National
Diploma in Geomatics, but will not be allowed to register for the first year course
Introduction to Physics, and will also not be allowed to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics
programme in Year 2.
Progression Rule for Admission to the B.Sc in Geomatics Programme:
Students who registered for the National Diploma in Geomatics in Year 1, may be allowed
to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics programme in Year 2, if they pass the first year courses
Computer Usage, Language in Practice B, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 and
270
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BSGE
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1
Geomatics programme
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage &Introduction to
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage & Intro to
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage & Intro to
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Admission to the National Diploma
Management Geomatics Programme
MAT111S Mathematics 1 Intro. to Mathematics Module 2
Semester 2
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
SUD420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
Year 2
Semester 3
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying, Survey Drafting
GTE710S Geomatics Theory of Errors Mathematics 1 & Surveying 2
Semester 4
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2 & Sectional Title
DCV221S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 &
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Intro to Mathematics Module 2,
GIS220S Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 1
271
Year 3
Semester 5
OPM310S Organisational Management & Practice None
RES610S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 &
Geoinformatics 2
GES210S Geoinformatics 3 Geoinformatics 2
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Surveying 2
DPG710S Digital Photogrammetry Surveying 2 &
Geomatics Theory of Errors
SUR710S Surveying 4 Surveying 2,
Geomatics Theory of Errors &
Remote Sensing 2 (co-requisite)
Semester 6
ISG620S In-Service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Cadastral Surveying 2,
Geoinformatics 2.
Not allowed to repeat or attend
classes Full Time for more than 1
course while doing In-Service
Training
BPG720S Bachelor Project Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4, Cadastral Surveying 2.
course while doing the Bachelor
Project.
272
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS 27BSGE
(Extended programme)
CURRICULUM
Year 1
Semester 1

Geomatics programme
Geomatics programme
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Admission to the National Diploma
Management Geomatics programme
Semester 2
Geomatics programme
BSV121S Basic Surveying Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
SDR420S Survey Drafting Computer Usage & Basic Surveying
(co-requisite)
ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Intro. to Mathematics Module 1
ITS022S Introduction to Physics D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4
HIGCSE (NSSC H) Physical Science
Year 2
Semester 3
GES110S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Usage & Introduction to
CAD510S Computer Aided Drafting Computer Usage & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Computer Usage & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
MAT111S Mathematics 1 Intro. to Mathematics Module 2
Semester 4
STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project Surveying 2 & Sectional Title
273
Year 3
Semester 5
LIS610S Land Information Systems GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B
MSV610S Mine Surveying Basic Surveying &Survey Drafting
CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 Basic Surveying & Cadastral
Surveying 1
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module
2 & Introduction to Databases 1B
GTE710S Geomatics Theory of Errors Mathematics 1, Surveying 2
Semester 6
DCV512S Digital Cartography Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to
Geospatial Data
OPM310S Organizational Management None
& Practice
Year 4
Semester 7
RES611S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 &
Geoinformatics 2
SUR710S Surveying 4 Surveying 2, Geomatics Theory of
Error & Remote Sensing 2
(co-requisite)
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Surveying 2
DPG710S Digital Photogrammetry Surveying 2 &
Semester 8
ISG620S In-service Training Digital Terrain Modelling,
Cadastral Surveying 2,
Geoinformatics 2.
course while doing In-Service
Training
BPG720S Bachelor Project Digital Terrain Modelling,
Surveying 4,
Cadastral Surveying 2.
course while doing the Bachelor
Project.
Current students registered for the National Diploma in Land Surveying, or graduates with
a National Diploma in Land Surveying (or similar qualification), may be admitted into the
B.Sc. Geomatics programme, subject to the admission requirement of the B.Sc. Geomatics
programme. These students will be granted credit for the courses completed as set out below,
but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of the B.Sc.
in Geomatics.
274
Credit will be granted for courses completed under the old National Diploma Land Surveying,
as follows:
New Course Equivalent Course

(B.Sc. in Geomatics) (National Diploma in Land Surveying
Computer Usage Computer Usage
Geographic Information Systems 1 Geoinformatics 1
(GIS1)
Basic Surveying Basic Surveying
Introduction to Geospatial Data Geoinformatics 1
Introduction to Land Use Planning & Land Use Planning 1
Management
Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Large Scale Mapping
Surveying Drafting Large Scale Mapping & Basic Surveying
Digital Cartography Digital Cartography and Visualisation
Cadastral Surveying 1 Cadastral Surveying 1
Engineering Surveying Engineering Surveying
Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Advanced Surveying 1
Communication Skills Communication Skills
Sectional Title Legislation Sectional Title Surveying
Sectional Title Survey Project Sectional Title Surveying
Cadastral Surveying 2 Cadastral Surveying 2
Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Legislative Framework
For admission or transfer to the B.Sc Geomatics programme, former or current National Diploma
Land Surveying students need at least a 3-symbol for Mathematics and Physical Science at
HIGCSE/NSSC Higher level (or an A-symbol at IGCSE/NSSC-O level) and a pass in the course
English Language in Practice B (or Placement into the course Communication Skills).
Candidates who do not meet these admission requirements, could improve their Grade 12
marks for Mathematics and Physical Science through various private distance education
institutions (e.g. TUCSIN or NAMCOL), and may be admitted into the B.Sc. programme once
they meet the above requirements.
Exceptional students with a mark of at least 70 % for the National Diploma courses Mathematics
& Statistics for Land Management, Basic Surveying and Adjustment of Observations, may be
admitted into the B.Sc. in Geomatics programme at the discretion of the Department.
275
Considering the credits granted for the courses indicated above, a typical student with a National
Diploma in Land Surveying, admitted into the new B.Sc. Geomatics, will have to complete the
following courses to qualify for the B.Sc. in Geomatics:
Year 1
Remote Sensing 1
Mathematics 1
Organisational Management & Practice
Land Information Systems
Applied Programming 1
Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying)
Digital Terrain Modelling
Geographic Information Systems 2 (GIS2)
Year 2
Mine Surveying
Remote Sensing 2
Geographic Information Systems 3 (GIS3)
Surveying 4 (Adv. Spatial Data Acquisition)
Digital Photogrammetry
Bachelor Project (Geomatics)
As indicated in above, it would be possible for students who already have a National Diploma in
Land Surveying, to upgrade to a B.Sc Geomatics in a minimum period of two years (excluding
Bridging, e.g. improving Grade 12 marks for Mathematics and Physical Science to allow
Admission to the B.Sc programme).
Implementation and Transition Arrangments

The current National Diploma in Land Surveying will be out-phased until the end of 2011.
Current first-, second- and third-year Land Surveying students will be allowed until 2011 to
complete the current National Diploma in Land Surveying.
• The current first year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the last
time in 2009. As from 2010, new students will register for the first year of the new National
Diploma in Geomatics programme.
• The current second year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the
last time 2010.
• The current third year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the
last time in 2011.
Existing students who do not complete all courses within the above out-phasing period may
be allowed to follow the following alternative (new) courses, in order to complete their National
Diploma in Land Surveying.
Old Course (27DLAS) New Course (B.Sc Geomatics)

Basic Surveying Basic Surveying (Amended)
Large Scale Mapping Computer Aided Drafting AND Survey Drafting
Surveying Project Survey Project
Advanced Surveying 1 Surveying 2
Sectional Title Surveying Sectional Title Surveying AND
Sectional Title Legislation
Digital Cartography and Visualisation Digital Cartography
276
Management
Geoinformatics 1 Geographic Information Systems 1
Geoinformatics 2 Remote Sensing 1
Land Information Systems 1 Introduction to Databases 1B
Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems
Land Information Systems 3 After 2010, no substitute for this course will be
available. Current students who fail this
course in 2010, may be accommodated on an
‘ad hoc’ basis (e.g. by offering a special block
course to them).
Adjustment of Observations This course is similar to the course Geomatics
Theory of Errors, but the latter course is
offered at a higher level. Repeaters of
the course Adjustment of Observations will be
allowed to attend the classes of Geomatics
Theory of Errors, but will write a special
examination at a lower level (similar to the
course Adjustment of Observations).
Advanced Surveying 2 Surveying 3 AND Digital Terrain Modelling
AND a special Diploma Project (similar to the
Bachelor Project, but with only 14 credits at
NQF Level 6)
All other courses from the current Land Surveying programme, which are not listed above,
will still be available under the new Geomatics or other programmes.
277
NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND SURVEYING 27DLAS
(Old Programme - Phasing out 2010)
CURRICULUM
Year 1: (Offered for the last time in 2009)

Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Semester 2
GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 Mathematics and Statistics &
Computer Usage
LIS610S Land Information Systems Computer Usage
BSV121S Basic Surveying Mathematics and Statistics,
LSM120S Large Scale Mapping Computer Usage
CAS120S Cadastral Surveying 1 Mathematics and Statistics
SUP120S Surveying Project Co-requisites: Basic Surveying,
Cadastral, Surveying 1,
Large Scale Mapping
Year 2 (Offered for the last time in 2010)
Semester 3
ENS210S Engineering Surveying Basic Surveying &
Large Scale Mapping
ADO210S Adjustment of Observations Basic Surveying
LIS211S Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems 1 &
Geoinformatics 1
LMM210S Land Management 2 Land Management 1
AVS210S Advanced Surveying 1 Basic Surveying &
Surveying Project
Semester 4
CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework None
GIS220S Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 1
LTS210S Land Tenure Systems 2 Land Tenure Systems 1
STS220S Sectional Title Surveying Large Scale Mapping &
Basic Surveying
DCV220S Digital Cartography & Visualisation Land Information Systems 2 &
Large Scale Mapping
278
Year 3 (Offered for the last time in 2011)
Semester 5
AVS310S Advanced Surveying 2 Engineering Surveying,
Advanced Surveying 1,
Adjustment of Observations &
Semester 6
ICS320S In-Service Training Advanced Surveying 2
(Land Surveying)
BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 07BGIT

Definition
A Geographic Information System (GIS) can be defined as a computerised system that facilitates
the phases of spatial data entry, storage, maintenance, analysis and dissemination. It can be
viewed also in general terms as an information technology that is used to acquire, manage,
interpret, integrate, display, analyse, or otherwise use spatial data to produce spatial products
such as maps [both digital and analogue].
Where as GIS is defined as above, Geoinformatics is viewed as the scientific field that attempts
to understand and integrate different disciplines studying the methods and techniques of
handling spatial information. The discipline that provides the background for the production
of necessary tools required for spatial data handling is called Spatial Information Theory.
Geoinformatics (or Geomatics as the Canadians like to call it) has evolved from just a concept
to a recognized study and professional field.
The overall aim of the programme is to provide the academic training of skilful and competent
labour force for the growing GIS industry in Namibia. The programme aims at providing
participants with the practical and theoretical skills necessary to successfully design, implement
and apply geo-information technologies that can be use as decision supporting tools for spatial
problems. The focus of the programme will be the development of essential practical skills
along side training in fundamental spatial concepts and theory.
Duration
The Bachelor of Geo-information Technology is a 3 years educational programme with the
following exit levels:
• Year 1: National Certificate in Geographic Information Systems
• Year 2: National Diploma in Geo-information Technology
• Year 3: Bachelor Degree in Geo-information Technology.
Candidates may be admitted directly into the first year of the BGIT programme if they meet the
general Polytechnic admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (O) level with
at least 25 aggregate points, and comply with the following additional requirements:
• A pass with at least a C symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (O) level or (NSSC (H) 4).
• A pass with at least a C symbol in English at NSSC (O) level, and placement into the new
Communication Skills according to the English Placement Test.
279
• Students who only gain entry into Module 2 or 3 (or its equivalence) may also be admitted,
but will be required to advance to the Communication Skills (or its equivalence) by the
end of their 2nd year of study, if they wish to complete the National Diploma or Bachelor
Degree in GIT.
• A pass with at least a C symbol in Geography OR Physics at NSSC (O) level.
• Proof of competency in basic computer usage.
• Students who meet the general admission requirements but not the above specific
requirements could enter the bridging programme [year zero] to make up the additional
requirements. The following courses need to be passed.
• Mathematics: Students who passed Mathematics at NSSC (O) level with less than a C
symbol need to pass the bridging course Mathematics and Statistics 1 for LM.
• Geography or Physics: Students who did not pass Geography or Physics at NSSC (O)
level with at least a C symbol, need to pass the bridging course Introduction to Physics
and Introduction to Geospatial Data. (Note: All students have to pass the Introduction to
Geospatial Data course, either in Year 0 (for bridging students) or Year 1 (students who
gain entry directly into the first year of the programme).
• Without proof of competency in basic computer usage, the course Computer Usage must
be passed.
• Mature age will not be considered for admission to this programme.
Progression Rule For The Bachelor of Geo-Information Technology

A student has to pass all the courses for the National Diploma in GIT, plus the additional
Bachelor courses of Year 2, before he/she will proceed to the Bachelor GIT. Students who
want to progress from certificate to diploma must be able to pass all the courses at certificate
level plus the additional diploma courses of year 1.
Course Assessment Strategies

This programme will have different assessment strategies in line with the learning outcomes
of a particular course. Except for In-service Training, Diploma Project, the Final Research
project and those other courses specifically prescribed in the curriculum to be assessed in
continuous evaluation, all the other courses will be assessed on the basis of a semester mark
and examination mark.
The semester mark is achieved through continuous assessments cumulatively contributing

40 % of the final mark. The examination mark is achieved through regular end of semester
examination, which accounts for the remaining 60% of the final mark. To gain admission to
the semester examination, a candidate must have attained at least 50% as semester mark in
a given course. In-Service Training, the Diploma Project, final assignment and other courses
(see syllabi) will be assessed according to the Polytechnic’s continuous assessment policy.
The assessments are designed to make sure that the learning outcomes of a particular course
are attainable.
As for In-Service-Training, performance of the student will be continuously evaluated by

the internal supervisor or lecturer during the entire period in consultation with the industrial
supervisor. The oral presentation and the written reports will be evaluated by a panel that will
include the program coordinator, the internal supervisor and an appointed moderator. The
student will be required to submit to the internal supervisor a monthly portfolio of evidence of
all tasks that s/he would have been involved in during the entire period.
280
(NEW PROGRAMME 2011)
Implementation and Transition Arrangements

The revised Bachelor of Geoinformation Technology programme (BGIT) will be implemented in
the academic year of 2011 and will be effective for all newly registered students. The existing
BGIT curriculum will phase-out latest in 2014.
All currently registered full-time and part-time NPC students (National Planning Commission)
can follow all courses of the approved BGIT programme or choose to transit to the newly
revised programme. The following transitional arrangements have been made:
• Students who fail more than 50% of all offered 1st year courses in 2010 will have to transit
to the newly revised programme in 2011;
• Students who pass more than 50% of all offered 1st year courses in 2010 can continue
with the old programme or opt to follow the revised programme from 2011 onwards;
• Students who have successfully passed all 2nd year courses in 2010 can follow the old
programme in their 3rd year or opt to follow the revised programme from 2011 onwards;
• Students who failed their 3rd year in 2010 can follow the old programme until latest 2014
or transit to the revised programme if they wish;
• After 2014 all students will need to follow the revised programme.
The School of Information Technology (SIT) has replaced the course ‘Introduction to Systems
Administration’ (ISA110S) with the course ‘Operating Systems and Networks’ (ONS120S)
which has approximately 80% equivalence with ISA110S.
The course ‘Database Systems Administration 1’ (DSA410S) will phase-out and be offered for
the last time in 2011. From then on, only the new course ‘Database Administration’ (DSA320S)
will be offered, which has effectively replaced DSA410S already. The new course DSA320S
has the prerequisites ‘Introduction to Databases 1B’ (IDB120S) and ‘Database Programming’
(DBP220S) which are now included in the curriculum. In the event of a student not being able
to successfully pass DSA410S in 2011 he/she will be given up to a 2nd opportunity (special
examination) to do so. From 2012 onwards all students following the old programme will need
to register for DBP220S and DSA320S.
Students following the old programme will register for ‘In-Service-Training’ (IGI310S) in
semester five and the ‘Individual Final Assignment/Bachelor Project’ (PGI320S) in semester
six as laid out in the approved curriculum. From 2014 onwards IGI310S as well as PGI320S
will be replaced by the course ‘GIT in Practice (WIL)’.
All other courses from the current Bachelor Programme in Geoinformation Technology, which
are not listed in the replacement table below, will still be available until 2014:
Old Course Semester Replacement Course Semester

Computer Usag (RGB111N) Bridging Computer User Skills 1
(CUS411S
Introduction to Physics Bridging Basic Science (BSC410S) 1
(ITS0220S)
Introduction to Systems 3 Operating Systems and 3
Administration (ISA110S) Networks (ONS120S)
Database Systems 4 Database Programming 4
Administration 1 (DSA410S) (DBP220S)
Database Administration (DSA Elective 6
320S)
281
Old courses will not be credited for new courses.
Students who transit to the revised programme in 2011 or at a later stage will need to
register for the following additional courses:
New course Semester Prerequisite

Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management (ILP510S) 1 None
Tools and Techniques (TTS511S ) 1 None
Information Competence (ICT521S) 2 None
Contemporary Issues (CIS610S) 5 None
GIT in Practice (WIL) 6 All courses
up to and including Semester 4

(NEW PROGRAMME 2011)
CURRICULUM

Bridging Year
Semester 1
Year 1, Semester 1
ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management None
ITM111S Introduction to Mathematics None
CUS411S Computer User Skills None
LIP411S Language in Practice None
BSC410S Basic Science None
Semester 2
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Introduction to Geospatial
Data, Computer User Skills
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Geospatial
Data
DCV512S Digital Cartography Introduction to Geospatial
Data
ISW120S Introduction to Software Engineering None
ICT521S Information Competence None
Year 2, Semester 3
BWC511S Basic Web Cartography Computer User Skills
LIS611S Land Information Systems Geographic Information
Systems 1, Co-requisite
Introduction to Data-bases 1B
IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B Computer User Skills
ONS120S Operating Systems and Networks Computer User Skills
SED120S Software Analysis and Design Introduction to Software
Engineering
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Geospatial
Data, Basic Science
282
Semester 4
DBP220S Database Programming Introduction to Databases 1B
GIM612S Geoinformation Management 1 Geographic Information
Systems 1, Remote Sensing 1
GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information
Systems 1
WDF220S Web Development Fundamentals Computer User Skills
APR110S Applied Computer Programming Introduction to Mathematics,
Computer User Skills
RES612S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1,
Geographic Information
Systems 1
Year 3
Semester 5
GIP710S GIS Programming Applied Computer
Programming, Geographic
Information Systems 2,
Software Analysis and
Design
GIM711S Geoinformation Management 2 Geoinformation Management 1
GDB611S Geodatabases Introduction to Databases 1B,
Systems 2
GDG611S Geodemographics Geographic Information
Systems 2
GES711S Geographic Information Systems 3 Geographic Information
Systems 2
Semester 6
GSA712S Geostatistical Analysis Geographic Information
Systems 2, Remote Sensing 2
CIS610S Contemporary Issues None
GIP712S GIT in Practice (WIL) All courses up to and
including Semester 4
Elective
DSA320S Database Administration Introduction to Databases
1B, Database Programming
AWG712S Advanced WebGIS Basic Web Cartography,
Web Development
Fundamentals,
Systems
283
(OLD PROGRAMME)
(Phasing out at end of 2014)
CURRICULUM

Bridging Year
Semester 1
LIP411S Language in Practice None

Semester 2
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 None
Year 1
Semester 1
BWC511S Basic Web Cartography Computer Usage
GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer Usage, co-requisite (LGD)
RES511S Remote Sensing 1 Co-requisite: Introduction to
Geospatial Data
Semester 2
DCV512S Digital Cartography Geographic Information Systems 1
GES611S Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 1 &
Computer Usage
ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Mathematics and Statistics
ISW120S Introduction to Software Engineering Computer Usage
WDF220S Web Development Fundamentals Computer Usage
Year 2
Semester 3
GES711S Geographic Information Systems 3 Geographic Information Systems 2
LIS610S Land Information Systems Geographic Information Systems 2 &
RES611S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 & Geographic
Information Systems 1
SED210S Software Analysis and Design Introduction to Software Engineering
ONS120S Operting Systems and Networks Computer Usage

Semester 4
GDG621S Geodemographics Geographic Information Systems 3
GIM620S Geoinformation Management 1 Geographic Information Systems 3 &
Remote Sensing 1
DSA410S Database System Administration 1 Introduction to Databases 1B
GSA620S Geo-Statistical Analysis Geographic Information Systems 2 &
Remote Sensing 2
284
APR110S Applied Computer Programming 1 Software Analysis and Design
(Engineering)
Year 3
Semester 5
IGI610S In-Service Training (BGIT) Remote Sensing 2,
Land Information Systems &
Geographic Information Systems 3
Following courses are followed by Bachelor of Geo-Information Technology students
GIP710S GIS Programming Land Information Systems,

GIM710S Geoinformation Management 2 Geoinformation Management 1
AGD710S Advanced Geodatabases Geographic Information Systems 3,
Land Information Systems &
Semester 6
AWG720S Advanced Web GIS Geographic Information Systems 2,
Basic Web Cartography &
Web Development Fundamentals
PCT121S Principles of Critical Thinking Communication Skills
PGI720S Project (BGIT) All courses included up to semester 5
285
Assistant Registrar : Delvaline Möwes, B.Sc. (UJ), HED

(PG), B.Ed, M.Ed. (UNAM), Ph.D. (Stellenbosch)
Coordinator: Courseware : Georgina Fröhlich, B.Sc., Dip. Ed. (New England),

Development M.Ed. (UNISA)
Instructional Designer : Leena Kangandji, B.Sc.Computer Science and

Statistics (UNAM), MA: Open, Distance and Flexible
Learning (Univ. of London)
Coordinator: Student Support : Judith Britz, B.A. HED (PG) (UNAM)
Coordinator: Administrative Support : Vacant
Student Support Officers : Yvonne Tjizumaue, ND: Commerce (PoN)

Johnson Mutirua, Certificate:
Education for Development (NAMCOL)
Gillian Barker, ND: Human Resources
Management (PoN)
Brenda Kaumbangere
Henrietha Beukes

Senior Store and Dispatch Officer : Usiel Tjiho, Diploma: Stores Management & Stock
Control (Cambridge Tutorial College)
Store and Dispatch Clerk : Macdonald Handura, ICDL (NAMCOL)
Regional Coordinators : Gwendoline Steenkamp, B.Tech. Policing

(Tshwane Univ. of Technology), Dip. Police
Management and Leadership (Finnish Police
College), Certificate in Conduct Outcomes-based
Assessment (AssessmentCollege of South Africa)
Ulrich Hummel, BETD (WCE), Dip.Ed.(UNAM),
B.Tech (Tshwane Univ. of Technology)
Julia Matengu, HED (VISTA Univ.), Dip. in
Agriculture (Ogongo Agric. College), ICDL
(NAMCOL)
Christopher Madyaao, HED (UNAM), Certificate for
Distance Education Practitioners (UNISA)
Menason Katjirua, HED, Advance Dip. in Education
(UNAM)
Elvire Laher, Dip: Adult Education and
Community Development (UNAM), Certificate for
Distance Education Practitioners (UNISA)

Secretary : Estelle Cloete, Diploma in Business
Management (Business Management Training
College, South Africa), Certificate in Management
Principles for First Line Managers (UNISA)
286
Telephone Number : +264 61-207 2081
Fax Number : +264 61-207 2208
E-mail Address (enquiries) : collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na
E-mail Address (assignments) : collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na
Website : www.polytechnic.edu.na/centres/coll/coll.php
VISION STATEMENT
Through pedagogic innovation, the Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning (COLL) seeks to
be internationally recognised and distinguished for the design and delivery of supported open
and distance learning.
DISTANCE EDUCATION: QUALIFICATIONS

The following qualifications are offered on the distance education mode of study:
Certificate in Public Management
Bachelor of Public Management
Bachelor of Public Management Honours
National Diploma in Police Science
National Certificate in Accounting and Finance
National Diploma in Accounting and Finance
Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance
National Certificate in Business Studies
National Diploma in Business Administration
Bachelor of Business Administration
National Diploma in Marketing
Bachelor of Marketing
Diploma in Human Resources Management
Bachelor of Human Resources Management
Bachelor of Human Resources Management Honours
National Certificate in Office Management and Technology
National Diploma in Office Management and Technology
Bachelor of Technology in Economics
Certificate in Transport Management
Diploma in Transport Management
Bachelor of Transport Management
Bachelor of English
Bachelor of English Honours
Bachelor of Communication
Bachelor of Hospitality Management
Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management
Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation
Certificate in Community-Based Natural Resource Management
Certificate in Namibian Environmental Education
In order to provide an effective and efficient student support service, the Centre for Open and
Lifelong Learning (COLL) employs full-time academic staff, drawn from the academic schools
and departments at the Polytechnic, on a part-time basis to offer tutorials and develop quality
assured instructional materials which are delivered through print-based, multi-media and
eLearning methods. The COLL also provide a range of administrative and academic support
services to distance education students through Regional Centres established across the
country.
287
DE1 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Refer to Rule GI2, the general admission regulations and requirements.
DE2 CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING
(a) All written enquiries in connection with your studies at the COLL should be addressed
to:
Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek
NAMIBIA
Always provide the following particulars in all correspondence:

• Student number (if registered already)
• Identity number
• Date of birth
• Initials and surname
• Study Programme
(b) No responsibility is accepted for correspondence that is not directed to the above-
mentioned address.
(c) Enquiries/Letters concerning academic matters, such as problems with the use of
textbooks, tutorial letters and instructional material must be directed to the Coordinator:
Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz Tel: +264 61-207 2203, e-mail: jbritz@polytechnic.
edu.na. Appointments in this regard can also be made directly.
(d) Administrative enquiries with regard to registration, assignments and instructional
material may be directed to the Coordinator: Administrative Support, the Student
Support Officers or the Senior Stores and Dispatch Officer, who may be contacted
through telephone: +264 61-207 2259/2071/2561/2558/2801/2802/2235/2567 or email:
collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na while assignments may be submitted electronically
to collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na (Refer to DE12 (j)).
(e) Correspondence in connection with the library must be directed to the Chief Librarian:
+264 61-207 2092
(f) Correspondence in connection with finances must be directed to +264 61-207 2266
(g) Correspondence in connection with examinations must be directed to +264 61-207
2027/2106
DE3 REGIONAL CENTRES

(a) Students living in the vicinity of Regional Centres are advised to consult the Regional
Coordinator in charge, should there be any administrative enquiries, e.g. application,
registration, course amendments, fees, instructional material, submission of
assignments, examination, face-to-face tutorials, etc.
(b) The following Regional Centres are in operation:
Gobabis P.O.Box 1043 Fax: +264 62-564183

Tel: +264 62-564071 email: gsteenkamp@polytechnic.edu. na
: edekoker@polytechnic.edu.na
Katima Mulilo P.O.Box 281 Fax: +264 66-252202

Tel: +264 66-252388 email: cmadyaao@polytechnic.edu.na
: stsimataa@polytechnic.edu.na
288
Keetmanshoop P.O.Box 1780 Fax: +264 063-222051
Tel: +264 63-221033 email:astuurmann@polytechnic.edu.na

Ongwediva P.O.Box 3335 Fax: +264 65-231277
Tel: +264 65-231276 email: jmatengu@polytechnic.edu.na
: snaanda@polytechnic.edu.na
Opuwo P.O.Box 122 Fax: +264 65-272967

Tel: +264 65-272965 email: emubonda@polytechnic.edu.na
: ttjikulya@polytechnic.edu.na

Otjiwarongo P.O.Box 607 Fax: +264 67-301290
Tel: +264 67-301149 email: uhummel@polytechnic.edu.na
:jhunibes@polytechnic.edu.na

Rundu P.O.Box 2406 Fax: +264 66-255386
Tel: +264 66-255545 email: dhaufiku@polytechnic.edu.na
: rmunango@polytechnic.edu.na
Tsumeb P.O.Box 463 Fax: +264 67-220647

Tel: +264 67-220483 email: mkatjirua@polytechnic.edu.na
: rcloete@polytechnic.edu.na
Walvis Bay P.O.Box 8011, Narraville Fax: +264 64-209715

Tel: +264 64-203603 email: elaher@polytechnic.edu.na
aswartz@polytechnic.edu.na
DE4 OFFICE HOURS

(a) COLL Office Hours
COLL offices are open from Monday to Friday, from 07:30 to 13:00 and from 14:00 to
16:30.

(b) Office hours of the Regional Centres are as follows:
Monday to Thursday: 09:30 - 14:00 and 15:00 - 18:30
Friday : 08:00 - 12:00 and 13:00 -17:00
Saturday: 09:00 - 13:00

Except for Opuwo and Rundu:
Monday to Friday: 07:30 - 13:00 and 14:00 - 16:30

DE5 APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
Refer to Rule GI2 of the Polytechnic Prospectus for Admission Criteria. Special
admission requirements for certain programmes are spelt out in Departmental
regulations. Such special requirements should be met in addition to the normal
admission requirements.
All prospective students must apply for admission to the Polytechnic of Namibia on
the prescribed application form. Application forms are available on request from the
Office of the Registrar and from Regional Centres. Application forms are also available
on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na. All applications must be
accompanied by the relevant fees. The closing date for all applications is the last
working day in September preceding the year in which admission is sought. Applicants
will be notified as soon as possible after the closing date whether their application
for admission have been successful or not. Registration dates are published in the
289
Polytechnic Prospectus, appear on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic.
edu.na and are advertised in the media. These dates are applicable to all categories
of students.
(a) By signing the registration form, the student inter alia declares that s/he is familiar with the
contents of this Prospectus and the regulations for his/her degree/diploma/certificate,
and that s/he undertakes to strictly obey all rules and regulations of the Polytechnic.
(b) Students who register in person:

Students who live in or in the vicinity of Windhoek, or one of the Regional Centres
may personally hand in their applications for registration at the respective offices. If a
student registers IN PERSON, s/he will receive all available instructional material upon
payment of the initial installment of fees.
(c) Students who register by mail:

(i) Students who register by mail must ensure that their applications for registration are in
order (see closing date for registration).
THE COMPLETED REGISTRATION FORM TOGETHER WITH THE INITIAL

PRESCRIBED INSTALLMENT MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE THE CLOSING DATE
(see “Fees”), as well as documents required for admission to the particular qualification
(see “Documents to be produced”). The above should be sent to:
The Faculty Officer
Private Bag 13388
Windhoek, NAMIBIA
(ii) In the case of previously registered students, the student retains the existing student
number allocated to him/her the first time s/he registered. THIS NUMBER MUST
BE INDICATED ON HIS/HER REGISTRATION FORM. A new number will not be
issued. Students must indicate the proposed qualification on the registration form. If
this qualification is not indicated, the registration form will be regarded as incomplete,
leading to possible disqualification of registration.
(iii) Instructional material will be posted via Regional Centres where applicable. If
instructional material is not received within two weeks of application for registration
and if no further communication is received from the COLL, the local post office and
Regional Centres must be contacted before the COLL is contacted.
(iv) Upon issuing/receiving of instructional material, students are responsible to verify

and ensure that they received the correct instructional material for the course(s)
they registered for. Assignments based on wrong instructional material and
tutorial letters will not be accepted for marking.
(v) Duplicate instructional material will be issued to distance education students at the
following costs:
Study guide - N$245.00
First tutorial letter with assignments - N$35.00
CD/DVD - N$35.00
The above-mentioned amounts are subject to change.
290
DE6 REGISTRATION AND RE-REGISTRATION
(a) Any person who wishes to be registered as a student at the Polytechnic for a particular
academic year must complete the official registration form and sign it (by which s/he
subjects him/herself to the regulations of the Polytechnic), must pay the prescribed fees
and, except if already produced, must produce documentary proof that all admission
requirements have been met for the study of the qualification for which a student wishes
to register. In exceptional cases, the Polytechnic may grant permission that documentary
proof may be handed in not later than 31 May each year, failing which a student’s
registration will immediately be cancelled, and s/he will forfeit his/her tuition fees in
accordance with the stipulations of the paragraph under “Fees” in the Prospectus.
The relevant sections under “General Information” are applicable for further information,
including the closing dates and the basic requirements for registration.
(b) The Polytechnic may set a final registration date for a specific academic year after
which a student may no longer register, and may refuse any application for registration
if the student’s completed registration form, the prescribed fees and/or the required
documentary proof in support of his/her application do not reach the Polytechnic before
the fixed closing date.
(c) A student who was previously registered at another tertiary institution and did not obtain
a degree, diploma or a certificate at the end of his/her last year of registration, must (if
a decision can be made based on the information on his application forms) submit a
satisfactory certificate of conduct and an original report of his/her complete academic
record, issued by the Registrar of the previous institution, during his/her first year of
registration not later than 31 May each year, failing which his/her registration will be
cancelled immediately.
(d) Re-registration may be refused in the case of a student whose academic progress
does not satisfy Senate/the relevant Board of Studies. In cases where permission
for re-registration is granted, it will be done only on conditions as determined by the
Polytechnic.
(e) Students who find themselves unable to continue with their studies are required to cancel
such courses. If courses are not cancelled, it will be viewed as a failure on the side of
the student to make satisfactory academic progress. Cancellation forms are available
from the COLL and the Regional Centres. The closing date for all cancellations is the
last working day in April for 1st semester courses and the last working day in September
for 2nd semester courses. The relevant sections under “Termination of Studies”, Rule
AC1.4 and “REFUNDS” Rules F.7.1.1 – F.7.1.9 are applicable for further information,
including the closing dates and the basic requirements for cancellation of courses/
termination of studies.
DE7 DOCUMENTS TO BE PRODUCED

When students register for the first time, the following original documents must be
handed in together with the student’s application for registration:
(a) original certificate of the relevant admission qualification;
(b) original Namibian identity document;
(c) original marriage certificate in case of married women.
291
If the student was previously registered at any other tertiary institution, and s/he
has suspended his/her studies before the completion of the degree or diploma for
which s/he was registered, s/he must produce the following documents together
with his/her application for registration:
(a) original certificate of conduct;
(b) original report of full academic record.
The above documentation must be issued by the institution where the qualification was
obtained. All qualifications must be certified before submission to the Polytechnic.
DE8 CHANGING REGISTRATION

(a) Students who wish to cancel their studies at the Polytechnic must complete the
prescribed form (Refer to DE6 (e)). Students are referred to the section on fees in
connection with the repayment of money.
(b) Note that the closing date for course amendments is the last working day in February (1st
semester and year courses) and the last working day in July (2nd semester courses)
each year. This date also applies to applications for course exemptions. Cancellations
can, however, still be done after this date (Refer to DE6 (e)).
(c) Late Registration, course amendments and change of mode of study, i.e. change from
full-time/part-time to the distance education mode of study is subject to the availability
of instructional material and the time available to submit assignments as indicated on
the approved assignment schedule.
(d) In the case of a change of address and/or examination centre, students are requested
to communicate the change of address and/or Examination Centre to COLL in writing
as soon as the relevant change happens. Forms for Notification of Change of Address
and/or Examination Centre are available from COLL and the Regional Centres.
DE9 METHOD OF INSTRUCTION

Distance education is a unique method of instruction and study. It is unique in the
sense that instruction and learning take place with the instructor/tutor and the students
in different places for most of the time. In the COLL the main medium of instruction is
the printed word supplemented with multi-media and eLearning, which enable students
to study at home. It is therefore possible for students to study when and where they
wish and they can link their academic studies with their practical work.
The instructional material for each course will be supplied to students when they pay
their tuition fees upon registration. The main form of material is the printed study guide,
consisting of a number of units with activities for the students to complete to assess
their own understanding of the course. Usually prescribed or supplementary reading
is recommended. The supplementary reading material may be a reader, which will be
supplied with the printed study guide, or a prescribed textbook, which should be bought.
Each course also includes assignments which must be completed on time and send to
the COLL for tutor-marking. The marks gained for an assignment form part of the final
assessment for the course. Each assignment also receives tutorial comments which
is sent back to students to assist them in their studies.
The COLL is aware of the difficult circumstances in which many of its students have to
study, and therefore provides assistance to enable students to derive full benefit from
their studies. Tutors are assigned for each course to help students with academic
problems they may have. Students may consult the tutor by letter, by phone at certain
specified times, email or by a pre-arranged visit.
292
DE10 STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
The COLL provides the following support services:
(a) Marker-tutoring
Assignments coming from students are used as a teaching tool and marker-tutors
therefore do not just mark in a conventional sense, but also give the necessary advice
and encouragement on how students may improve and make progress toward being
successful at the end of a semester.
(b) Telephone/email-tutoring
Marker-tutors are available for tutoring and academic advice through telephone- and
email correspondence. Students will be provided with a list of their tutors’ telephone
numbers and email addresses upon registration. Students are advised to please make
use of this service.
(c) Face-to-face tutorials/Saturday tutorials

These tutorials are organised in Windhoek and at the various Regional Centres on
Saturdays. Notice of such tutorials will be provided to students by the: Coordinator:
Student Support (COLL); and the Regional Coordinator. Students should make every
effort to attend these tutorials.
(d) Vacation Schools

Vacation schools are offered two times a year, during April and August in Windhoek.
Notice of such vacation schools will be sent to students from time to time. Although
attendance at vacation schools is usually optional, students are strongly advised to
make use of this service. It is a valuable opportunity for students to benefit, not only
for academic purposes, but also to make use of library facilities and to meet their tutors
and fellow students.
(e) Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for the NEEC, B.Tech:
Nature Conservation, Bachelor of Communication, Bachelor of English,
Bachelor: Hospitality Management, Travel and Tourism Management, Advanced
Industrial Relations, Advanced Organisational Development and Change,
Advanced Management of Training, Compensation Management, Strategic
Human Resources Management, Research Methodology, Research Project,
Information Administration, Speech and Deportment, Computerised Accounting,
Basic German, Basic Portuguese, Entrepreneurship, E-Marketing and Web
Management, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence. Business Stimulation
is also compulsory for all students registered for Entrepreneurship. Please refer
to the first tutorial letter on these courses for more detail. Students registered
for these courses may not cancel their registration after 28 February and 28 July
of each year.
(f) Radio tutorials

Radio tutorials are broadcast on National Radio, to supplement print-based instructional
material and face-to-face sessions with 10 minute radio programmes. Schedules for
radio tutorials are available on COLL’s website: www.polytechnic.edu.na/centres/coll/
coll/php
(g) Multi-media and eLearning

The instructional material for some courses are also supplemented with CD’s and /or
DVD tutorials while a number of courses are offered through the eLearning mode of study.
Reference to these additional media will be announced in the first tutorial letter.
293
(h) Library services
The Polytechnic’s library services are available free of charge to all registered students.
Membership of the library is subject to the Library Regulations. The library will lend
recommended books and other supplementary reading matter to students. Prescribed
textbooks must, however, be bought by the student, and will NOT be provided by the
library. A student who does not return library material on the due date will not be allowed
admission to the examinations, to re-register, and will not receive his/her examination
results before the outstanding library material has been returned to the Polytechnic.
Limited stocks of library books are available from Regional Centres. The student must
also consult his/her nearest Regional Centre in this regard.
The Polytechnic Library has a number of very useful resources and services which
are accessible through the website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php
A Resource Guide on all the various library services available to distance education
students will be issued upon registration.
Online examination papers: Past examination papers are available from the Library’s
web page, but only on campus. They are also accessible via CD-ROM from the Regional
Centres and via email from the Subject Librarians subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu.
na. Subject Librarians will only send past papers to distance education students who
have supplied their student numbers.
If there is anything students do not understand, or which they need to have explained,
they should not hesitate to consult their Tutor, Coordinator: Administrative Support,
Coordinator Student Support, Regional Coordinator, or the Assistant Registrar of COLL;
either by telephone, fax, email, a letter, or by a personal visit arranged beforehand.

DE11 PRESCRIBED TEXTBOOKS AND STUDY MATERIAL
Particulars concerning the prescribed textbook(s), which the student must buy, will be
made available upon registration by means of a first tutorial letter, which is part of the
study material of a particular course.
Prescribed textbooks are available at the Regional Centres for reference purposes.
Some of these textbooks are also available at the following Namibian Open Learning
Network Trust (NOLNeT) Centres (Regional Centres that serve NAMCOL, NIED,
Polytechnic and UNAM students): Mariental Teachers’ Resource Centre; Eenhana
Multi Media Centre and Community Library; and the Oranjemund NAMDEB Technical
College.
Full particulars concerning the prescribed textbooks are contained in the first tutorial
letter. Students are strongly advised to order their books from the bookshop in good
time, as this will prevent many unnecessary delays and disappointments. COLL does
not sell prescribed textbooks and cannot order these for the students. Books are
prescribed for most courses and can be ordered directly from the distributors or via
the Regional Centres. All books can be purchased from the book supplier, Book Den
at Wernhill, in Windhoek, Telephone: +264 61-239976.
DE12 ASSIGNMENTS
Students are required to qualify for examination admission on the basis of satisfactory
answers to assignments. Particulars of the assignments, contribution of the assignment
mark towards the final mark of a particular course and the minimum requirements for
examination admission appear in the first tutorial letter.
294
The due dates for submitting assignments must be strictly adhered to and are stipulated
in the Information Manual for Distance Education Students. If students receive the
instructional material too late for submitting a particular assignment on time, they
must immediately discuss the matter with the Regional Centre or the Coordinator:
Administrative Support in Windhoek.
Rules for students on submission of assignments

(a) Keep to the due dates. Assignments that are submitted after the due date will be
returned unmarked. It remains your responsibility to see to it that your assignment
reaches COLL in time.
(b) Medical and humanitarian reasons are the only reasons accepted for the late submission
of assignments. Late submission of assignments will only be approved till 7 days
(including public holidays and weekends) after the due date of an assignment.
Valid documentary proof must be attached as part of the assignment before any late
submission will be considered. Late submission without valid documentary proof
attached to the assignment will be returned unmarked and may not be resubmitted
for marking.
Travelling and attendance of workshops, job related activities and conferences
may not be used as an excuse for the late submission of assignments.
(c) Assignments already submitted but not passed/returned unmarked may not be
resubmitted.
(d) The formal requirements for essays as set out in tutorial letters must be strictly adhered
to. If your assignment does not comply with these requirements, you might lose
marks.
(e) Assignments based on wrong instructional material and tutorial letters will not
be accepted for marking.
(f) Remember to give the assignment the same number as the one appearing in the tutorial
letter. For example, if you do assignment 02, you should number “02” and not “01”.
DO NOT enclose more than one assignment in the same assignment book/ CD/
document sent as an attachment via e-mail.
(g) Indicate your student number, course name and course code, e.g. Introduction to
Mathematics, ITM111S, and the assignment number on the assignment cover page
before submission of an assignment.
(h) Ensure that all information as requested on the assignment cover is completed and
correct. Incorrect or incomplete information will prevent it from being accepted
for marking.
(i) Students’ tutor-marked assignments will be returned to them in window envelopes
and therefore their names, addresses and postal codes must be completed clearly
and correctly on the assignment cover. If this information is missing, tutor-marked
assignments will not be returned to students.
(j) Students may send assignments via e-mail. Students should download the Electronic
Assignment Book available in MsWord format from http://www.polytechnic.edu.
na/centres/docs/coll/coll_assbook.doc to complete assignments. Ensure that all
information as requested on the assignment cover is completed and correct. Incorrect
or incomplete information will prevent it from being accepted for marking. After
completion of the assignment, email the Electronic Assignment Book as an attachment
to: collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na
(k) Completed assignments must never be emailed/mailed/submitted to the relevant Tutor,
Student Support Officer or the Store and Dispatch Officer.
(l) Always supply sufficient stamps when posting your assignments. Students who use
express post for mailing their assignments must pay the costs attached to this service
themselves. The Polytechnic of Namibia will not pay penalties for assignments with
insufficient postage. Such assignments will be returned unmarked to the students.
295
Posted/couriered assignments received after the due date of the assignment will
be returned unmarked.
(m) Warning: Any loose pages increase the possibility for loosing assignment marks.
(n) Students living in the vicinity of Windhoek and who prefer to submit their assignments
personally, must hand them in at the COLL assignment box. Students living in the vicinity
of Regional Centres, should preferably submit their assignments at these Centres.
(o) Students are encouraged to form study groups to discuss their studies, but identical
assignments by different members of a study group are not acceptable. Copying
assignments constitutes a transgression of the Student Regulations of the Polytechnic
of Namibia. Students found guilty of copying assignments will be awarded 0% for
such an assignment.
(p) Upon submission of assignments, students have to acknowledge by means of
complete referencing, all sources used and/or quoted. Students found guilty of
plagiarism will be penalised and may be awarded 0%.
(q) A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an assignment mark may be incorrect,
may apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark obtained. An application
for a re-check must be directed to the Assistant Registrar: COLL on or before the
last working day of May for the examinations taking place in the June session and
on or before the last working day of October for the examinations taking place in the
November session. Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining
why a re-check is sought. Such a re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the
assignment, unless so determined by the Tutor conducting the re-check. Applications
for re-check based on requests to be condoned for admission to the examination will
not be considered.
DE13 EXAMINATIONS
A student is responsible for the arrangements and cost of his journey to the examination
centre, as well as his accommodation at that centre.
1. In order to be admitted to the examination of a course, a student must obtain a semester/
year mark of at least 50%.
2. In order to pass a course, a student has to comply with the following criteria:
(a) an examination mark with a sub-minimum of 40% must be achieved in cases
where the examination comprises only one paper, and 35% each in cases where
the examination consists of two or more papers, provided that the combined paper
sub-minimum is 40%;
(b) a final mark (calculated from semester/year mark and examination mark with the
prescribed weighting ratio) of 50% has to be obtained in the course;
(c) The semester/year mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine
the final mark in the ratio of 30% (semester/year-mark) to 70% (examination mark),
unless explicitly otherwise determined by Senate.
3. The final examination timetable, in the form of an admission letter will be mailed to
every student in May and October each year. It will, inter alia, contain the following
information:
(a) a list of courses in which the student obtained examination admission, with a
corresponding list of final examination dates;
(b) a list of courses in which the student has not obtained examination admission;
(c) particulars regarding the examination centre and session; and
(d) further general examination instructions will be mailed to students at the same
time.
296
4. Refer to AC4.4.6, Retention Rule of Semester Mark.
5. NOTE:
(a) Candidates who have not received their examination admission letter before
each examination must immediately contact the Examination Department at
telephone +264 61-207 2027 / 2106.
(b) Students will not be permitted to write examination unless they have the
following documentation in their possession at each session:
- Proof of identity
- Student card or proof of registration
- Examination admission letter
(c) Students are responsible for ensuring that they attend the correct examination
session and receive the correct examination question paper.
DE14 EXAMINATION CENTRES

(a) It is essential that the number of examination centres be limited as far as possible
and therefore there must be at least five registered students before a centre will be
established in an area. The Polytechnic reserves the right to approve or reject any
application for the establishment of a special examination centre at any one place.
Polytechnic regional students may sit for their examinations at the Polytechnic
Regional Centres, Mariental Teachers’ Resource Centre, Luderitz Community Library,
Oranjemund NAMDEB Technical College, Karasburg Teachers’ Resource Centre and
in Rosh Pinah.
(b) The Polytechnic takes no responsibility for the delay in mail delivery of examination
timetables or receipt of any other information owing to a change in address or the
inaccessibility of an address of any student. It is always the responsibility of the student
to notify the Polytechnic of Namibia of any change in his/her postal address and to
verify if such changes are effected correctly (See “Changing Registration”).
DE15 EXAMINATION NUMBERS AND SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS

(a) The candidate uses his/her student number as his/her examination number.
(b) A candidate may be requested to furnish proof of identity at all times. For this purpose
candidates must show both their student card and an identity document on which a
photograph of him/herself appears.
(c) The duration of every paper will be indicated on the timetable.
(d) Candidates and invigilators will be notified of any special arrangements in advance.
(e) Cellular phones and smoking are not allowed in the examination rooms.
DE16 EXAMINATION ADMISSION

In a course offered, no student will be admitted to the examination unless s/he has met
the following requirements for the particular academic year:
(a) S/he must have been registered for instruction or additional examination
opportunities in that course offered or, with the permission of Council, by another
institution recognised by Council for this purpose;
(b) S/he must have satisfactorily completed a minimum of a semester’s/year’s work
such as prescribed by Senate before a set date. The minimum requirements,
which a student must meet for admission to the examination in a particular course,
appear in the instructional material for the particular course and are spelt out in
Departmental regulations.
297
DE17 EXAMINATION RESULTS
(a) The results of the June/July examinations are expected to be announced in mid July,
while the results of the October/November examinations are expected to be announced
by mid December each year. Every candidate will be furnished with his/her examination
results as soon as possible thereafter.
(b) No results will be announced by telephone or telegram.
(c) No results will be mailed to a student before s/he has returned all books that s/he has
borrowed from the library.
(d) No results will be sent to students who have not settled their accounts in full.
(e) A student who has, in his/her opinion, met all the requirements for a certificate/diploma/
degree and has not received confirmation thereof by mid February or mid August each
year, should contact the Examinations Department.
(f) The student must provide the Examinations Department with the required documents
for certification as soon as possible after the final examination.
DE18 FAILURE TO PAY

In the event of fees not being paid as per schedule, a student will not:
(a) receive examination results;
(b) be allowed access into examinations unless special arrangements have been made;
(d) be permitted to re-register;
(e) be allowed to graduate.
DE19 STUDY PROGRAMMES OFFERED ON THE DISTANCE EDUCATION MODE:

ADMISSION
Refer to the General Admission Criteria (GI2)
DE20 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS REGISTERING FOR RESEARCH

PROJECT/ DISSERTATION (RPB412S/HRP420S/TRP420S/DIS412S)
(a) Students registering for the Research Project/Dissertation on the distance education
mode of study, should register their Research Topics upon registration with the
Coordinator: Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz if based in Windhoek or with
the Regional Coordinator if based at any of the Regional Centres.
(b) The registration of your Research Topic is very important to ensure timely allocation
of your Research Supervisor.
(c) It remains your responsibility to ensure that your Research Topic is submitted to
COLL upon registration. Failure to do so will result in your Supervisor being
appointed late.
(d) Please note that no extension for the submission of your Research Project/
Dissertation will be granted if you failed to submit your Research Topic to COLL.
(e) Also refer to Rule AC4.4: Completion and Submission of Undergraduate Research
Projects/Dissertation for Examination.
DE21 EXEMPTION ARRANGEMENTS

Students may be exempted from the following institutional core courses based on
their Grade 12 NSSC Grades in relevant subjects.
298
INSTITUTIONAL CORE SCHOOL SUBJECT(S) GRADE
COURSE
Basic Mathematics Mathematics Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
Basic Science Biology and Physical Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
Science 4 (Higher Level)
Computer User Skills Computer Studies Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
Language in Practice English Language Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or
4 (Higher Level)
299
The Department introduced a new Bachelor Degree in 2010. The old B.Tech programme is
phased out with effect from 2010 which means that the first year of the old B.Tech programme
was no longer offered in 2010, while the second year is no longer offerred in 2011.

Progression Rule: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2010 for
only the new intakes [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor
curriculum is systematically phased in while the old B.Tech programme is systematically phased
out, with year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B.Tech degree.
1. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Management or
Public Administration will continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012.
2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the
Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor degree in Public Management
provided that they have completed the following courses:
1. Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D OR Computer User Skills
2. Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D OR Computer User Skills
3. Basic Business Statistics 1A
4. Basic Business Statistics 1B

The general transition rules are as follows:
1. All new enrolments as from 2010 commenced with the new curriculum.
2. First year students in 2009 who failed (i.e.less than 50% of credits obtained) had to
switch to the new curriculum in 2010.
3. First year students in 2009 who have passed may continue with the old curriculum,
but if students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum, such
failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum were only offered on new syllabi and
students had to complete the new courses.
4. Second year students in 2010 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained)
must switch to the new curriculum in 2011.
5. Second year students in 2010 who have passed may continue with the old
curriculum, but if students should fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum in 2010, such failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum will only be
offered on new syllabi and students must complete the new courses.
6. The last date for completion of the old curriculum is 2012, after which the students
in the old curriculum must automatically switch to the new curriculum and make up
all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum.
7. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curriculum and
make up all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum.
8. There is no retention of semester marks for subjects/courses where the syllabi
have changed.
300
BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT(NEW) 24BPMA
(Phased in 2010)
CURRICULUM
First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Phased in 2010)

Semester 1
Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None
Human Resources
Semester 2
Language in Practice B (if not yet taken) LPB0320 Language in Practice
Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) BMS411S None
Management
Second Year - Bachelor Degree in Public Management (Phased in 2011)

Semester 3
Management
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics or Gr 12
Symbol B or better.
Semester 4
Regional & Local Government RLG212S Regional & Local Government
in Namibia Management
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A &1B
301
Third Year - Bachelor Degree in Public Management (Phasing in 2012)
Semester 5
Public Policy Analysis PPA711S Public Management in Namibia
Urban Development & Management UDP711S Regional and Local Government
Management
Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Public Sector Organisational Behaviour POB712S Public Management in Namibia
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional & Local Government
Management in Namibia
Innovation, Creativity and ICE712S None
Entrepreneurship
Disaster Managemnt DSM712S None
Public Sector Accounting PSA712S Business Accounting 2B

First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Not available from 2010)
Semester 1
(Busines & Management) / Basic
B or better
Introduction to Psychology of
Human Resources IPH111S None
obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent.
Semester 2
(if not yet taken)
302
Management HRM122S None
obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent.
Second Year (Not available in 2011)

Semester 3
Organisational Behaviour ORB 211S Intro to Psychology of Human
Semester 4
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Information Systems 1A
Regional & Local Government
in Namibia RLG212S Regional & Local Government
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A&1B
Organisational Management ORM212S Intro to Psychology of Human
Third Year - National Diploma in Public Management ( Not available in 2012)

Semester 5

Macroeconomics
Human Resources Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and
Semester 6
Organisational Theories OTP112S Introduction to Public Management
Comparative Local Government CLG112S Regional & Local Government
303
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology (with Development Management Specialisation)
( Not available in 2013)
Semester 7
Project Planning and Management PPM411S None
(if not yet taken)
Economics of Namibia and
SACU Countries 4A ECN411S None
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional and Local Government
Management of Public Enterprises MPE411S Public Management in Namibia
Semester 8
Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None
(if not yet taken)
Economics of Namibia and
SACU Countries 4B ECN412S None
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
Methodology/Research Project
NOTE: Students who wish to register for Advanced Development Management must
take note that the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However,
students may register concurrently for Development Management and the B.Tech level
courses.
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology (with Regional and Local Government

Specialisation) (Not available in 2013)
Semester 7
Project Planning and Management PPM411S None
(if not yet taken)
Regional and Local Government
Finance LGP411S Regional and Local Government
Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional and Local Government
Governance & Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science
304
Semester 8
Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None
(if not yet taken)
Regional and Local Government
Personnel LGP412S Regional and Local Government
Environmental Management EMA412S None

Students who have completed the National Diploma: Public Administration at the Polytechnic
of Namibia or other recognised tertiary institution may register for the B.Tech: Public
Management provided they also register for the following non-diploma courses. Students
may register concurrently for both the B.Tech: Public Management courses and these non-
diploma courses.
Semester 7 (non-diploma courses)

Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management
(Business & Management) / Basic
B or better
Semester 8 (non-diploma courses)

(if not yet taken)
305

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: POLICE SCIENCE 70DPOL
1. The current National Diploma Police Science is being phased out as from 2009.
2. No new students were admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science as
from 2009;
3. First year courses were offered for the last time in 2009, but only for students registered
before 2009 who needed to register or repeat such courses;
4. No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available
to students registered for first year courses in 2009;
5. Second year courses were offered for the last time in 2010.
6. No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available
to students registered for second year courses in 2010
7. The third year courses will be offered for the last time in 2011, with year 2012 being the
last date for the award of the National Diploma.

CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2009 – Not
available in 2010)
Semester 1
Police Studies 1A PLS111S None
Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None
Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None
Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None
Public Law 1A PBL111S None
Semester 2
Criminal Procedure Law 1B CPL112S Criminal Procedure Law 1A
(if not yet taken)
Second Year - National Higher Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2010 - Not
available from 2011)
Semester 3
Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None
Semester 4
Public Law 1B PBL112S None
(If not yet taken)
306
Third Year - National Diploma: Police Science (Phased out end of 2011 - Not available
from 2012)
Semester 5
Semester 6
(if not yet taken)
307
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 23BACF
Additional Admission Requirements: The prospective student must have passed

Mathematics OR Accounting at Grade 12 or an equivalent level.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate in Accounting and Finance

Semester 1
Financial Accounting 1A FAC111S Grade12 Accounting/ Mathematics
NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics
(Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level
Mathematics or equivalent.
Semester 2
(if not yet taken)
Quantitative Methods 1 QTM112S Introduction to Mathematics
Financial Accounting 1B FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A
(if not yet taken)
or equivalent.
Second Year
Semester 3
Financial Accounting 2A FAC 211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2A QTM 211S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost and Management Accounting 2A CMA211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Company Law 1A CLW111S Commercial Law 1A & 1B
Semester 4
Financial Accounting 2B FAC 212S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B
Quantitative Methods 2B QTM212S Quantitative Methods 1
Cost and Management Accounting 2B CMA212S Cost and Management Accounting 2A
Company Law 1B CLW112S Company Law 1A
308
Third Year - National Diploma in Accounting and Finance
Semester 5
Cost and Management Accounting 3A CMA311S Cost & Management Accounting 2A
& 2B
Taxation 3A TAX311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Auditing 3A AUD311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Computerised Accounting 1 CAC111S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Computerised
Accounting 1. Computerised Accounting 1 is offered as a year course on the distance
education mode and is studied over two semesters.
Semester 6
Cost and Management Accounting 3B CMA312S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B
Taxation 3B TAX312S Taxation 3A
Auditing 3B AUD312S Auditing 3A
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology

Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Accounting or equivalent
Semester 7
Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Computer User Skills
Management Accounting & Control 4A MAC411S Cost and Management Accounting
3A & 3B
Managerial Finance 4A MAF411S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
(if not yet taken)
Semester 8
Management Accounting & Control 4B MAC412S Cost and Management Accounting
3A & 3B
Managerial Finance 4B MAF412S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B
Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Computer User Skills
(if not yet taken)
309
The department introduced this Bachelor qualifications for all its programmes in 2007. Old
programmes were phased out with effect from 2007. The first year of old programmes were
no longer offered in 2007 and the second year of old programmes were no longer offered
in 2008. The third year were no longer offerred in 2009 and the fourth year were no longer
offered in 2010. Students were required to transition to the new programmes as per the
transition rules.
Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for
only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor
curricula were systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programmes were systematically
phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree.
Progression Rule 2: A student might not be allowed to take a higher level course(s) above
his/her current level of study even if the course(s) in question have no prerequisite, and if such
courses cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds.
Rules for the Award of the National Cerificate in Business Studies

The new National Certificate in Business Studies shall be awarded to students only after
successful completion and credit-passes for all common Business Management courses in
the first year plus Computer User Skills and Principles of Economics 1A & 1B on the second
year level.
The general transition rules for all programmes are as follows:
1. All new enrolments as from 2007 started with the new curricula.
2. Second year students in 2007 who failed (i.e less than 50% of credits obtained) had
to switch to the new curricula in 2008.
3. Third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained) had to
switch to the new curricula in 2009.
4. Second year students in 2007 who have passed, continued with the old curricula, but
if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula , such failed
subjects/courses in the old curricula were only offered on new syllabi and students had
to complete the new courses.
5. Third year students in 2008 who have passed, continued with the old curricula in 2009,
but if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula, such failed
subjects/course in the old curricula were only offerred on new syllabi and students had
to complete the new courses.
6. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have to switch to the new curricula and must
be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula.
7. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students in the
old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding
courses from the new curricula.
310
8. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make
up all outstanding courses from the new curricula.
9. There is no retention of semester marks for courses of which the syllabi have
changed.
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Phased in 2007) 21BBAD
Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management
Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management:
Planning & Control
Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management:
Analysis & Decision
International Business Management 4A International Business Management:
Planning
International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis
Advanced Organisational Development Organisational Development and
Change
Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development
and Change
311
CURRICULUM
First Year [National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) Replaced National
Certificate Business Administration that was phased out at the end of 2006]
Semester 1
Resources
Semester 2
Management
(if not yet taken)
(or equivalent)
Second Year (Phased 2008)

Semester 3
Semester 4
Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Phased in 2009)

Semester 5
312
NOTE: Vacation schools and Business Simulation sessions are compulsory for
students enrolled for Entrepreneurship.
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply BLM322S Business Operations
Chain Management
Analysis Environment and Marketing Principles
Management
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Business Administration (Phased in 2010)

Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR Students with the Old National Diploma
in Business Administration, and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas
enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Business Administration programme,
must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can
apply for recognition of prior learning (RPL), where applicable.
National Diploma: Commerce: majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level

and either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting: are required to
register and pass Small & Medium Enterprises Management 2nd Semester and Commercial
Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Commerce: not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year

level: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics
& Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management,
Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management , Small & Medium Enterprises Management
and Commercial Law 1A & 1B.
National Diploma: Information Administration/Office Management and Technology: -

are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics &
Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management,
Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship,
Small & Medium Enterprises Management, Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Marketing
Principles, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business
Statistics 1A & 1B, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B; Consumer & Organisation Behaviour:
Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis.
National Diploma: Marketing, Human Resource Management, Personnel Management,

Public Administration, Public Management and others: are required to register and pass
Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Intro. Psychology of Human Resources, Introducation
to Human Resources Management, Small & Medium Enterprises Management , Introduction
to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business
Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain
Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Consumer &
Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis, Principles
of Economics 1A & 1B
313
(Individual assessment maybe called for)
All other diplomas shall be treated on a case by case basis by the Head of Department.
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
Planning Management & Business
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Planning & Control Management & Business Logistics and
Supply Chain Management
Semester 8
Analysis Management & Business Logistics
Analysis & Decision Management & Business Logistics
Research Methodology (if not yet taken) RMA411S None
NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Research
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

(Old Curriculum phased out 2007 – 2009)
First Year - National Certificate Business Administration (Not available from 2007)
Semester 1
Semester 2:
(if not yet taken)
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Information Systems 1A
(if not yet taken)
314
or equivalent.

Semester 3
Semester 4
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A &1B
Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Stats. 1A
English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 Eng Communication Module 5
Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Not available from 2009)
Semester 5
Macroeconomics
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
Semester 6
(if not yet taken)
315
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
BACHELOR OF MARKETING (New Curriculum, phased in 2007) 21BMRK

Marketing 1A Introduction to Marketing and its Environment
Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling
Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management
Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management
Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy
Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management
Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management
Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning
and Decision Making
Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services
First Year - National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007)

(Replaced National Certificate Marketing and Sales that was phased out at the end of
2006)
Semester 1
Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources PHR511S None
316
Semester 2
Management
(if not yet taken)
(or equivalent).
Second Year (Phased in 2008)

Semester 3
Principles of Selling POS221S None
Services Marketing SSM221S Intro. to Marketing & its Environment
Marketing Principles
Semester 4
(If not yet taken)
Sales Operations & Management SOM222S Marketing Principles
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Phased in 2009)

Semester 5
Introduction Environment & Marketing
Principles
E-Marketing & Web Management EWM321S Introduction to Marketing & its
Marketing Research & Market Intelligence MRI321S Introduction to Marketing & its
Environment & Marketing
Principles
And any one of the following:
Basic German 1A GER110S None
Basic Portuguese 1A BAP111S None
NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1A,
Basic Portuguese 1A, Entrepreneurship, Business Simulation sessions, Marketing
Research and Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management.
317
Semester 6
Analysis Environment & Marketing
Principles
Marketing Communication Strategy MCS322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Principles
Marketing & Product Management MPM322S Introduction to Marketing & its
Principles
Management
And any one of the following:

Basic German 1B GER120S Basic German 1A
Basic Portuguese 1B BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1A
NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1B,
Basic Portuguese 1B.
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Marketing (Phased in 2010)

Additional Entry Requirements for the fourth level: Fourth Year Bachelor of Marketing
Holders of the Diplomas listed below may be admitted to the fourth level provided that they
have completed the courses listed for each Diploma.
National Diploma: Marketing [Old Curriculum] : Marketing Research & Market Intelligence
E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent
National Diploma: Business Administration: Services Marketing or equivalent

Principles of Selling or equivalent, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Consumer
& Organisational Behaviour: Intro, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing
Communication Strategy or equivalent, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing
& Web Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management or equivalent
National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Small Medium Enterprises Management

or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or
equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing
& Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour:
Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication
Strategy or equivalent
Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce
Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product
Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B,
Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services
Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer &
Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent
318
CURRICULUM
Semester 7
Management 1A
Strategic Marketing Management: SMM421S Marketing & Product Management
Planning and Decision Making
Marketing of Financial Services MFS421S Services Marketing
Marketing For Tourism MFT411S Services Marketing
Principles
Semester 8
Management 1B
Customer Care Management CCM422S Introduction to Marketing & its
Principles
Supply and Distribution Management SDM422S Introduction to Marketing & its
Principles
Methodology and Research Project
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: MARKETING (OLD CURRICULUM) 21BMAR

319
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: MARKETING AND SALES
First Year (Phased out in 2007)

Semester 1
Practice of Selling 1A POS111S None
2 (PIS002M) and 3 (PIS003M)
Semester 2
(If not yet taken)
Practice of Selling 1B POS112S None
(if not yet taken)
5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and
7 (PIS007M)
(or equivalent).
Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year
Certificate) (Phased out in 2008)
Semester 3
English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4
Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
And any ONE of the following
Semester 4
Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B
previous semester:
320
Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate)
Semester 5
Marketing Communication Strategy 1A MCS111S Marketing 1A & 1B
Semester 6
Marketing Communication Strategy 1B MCS112S Marketing 1A & 1B
321
DEPARTMENT HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

The department of Human Resources Management introduced a new 3 year Bachelor of
Human Resources Management qualification in 2011. The old 4 year Bachelor of Human
Resources Management programme will be phased out systematically with effect from 2011
up to 2013. This means that the first year of the old programme will no longer be offered,
rather the first year of the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification
will be offered in 2011. The new programme provides for first exit level of Diploma in Human
Resources Management after 2 years.
Bachelor Of Human Resources Management

[Diploma In Human Resources Management (NQF Level 6) As first exit level]
Qualifications
The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels:
Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390
credits.
Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits.
Programme Outcomes:
The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate
knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows:
On completing the Diploma programme students will be able to:

• Use the general/broad principles of human resources management to resolve real life
challenges in human resources.
• Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into
effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles.
• Analyse and interpret human resources management related issues.
• Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information
necessary for problem solving in human resources management.
• Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and non-
standard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.
On completing the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme, students

will be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to
human resources management practice.
• Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision
making.
• Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their
teams in response to workplace demands.
• Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in
achieving set goals and objectives.
322
• Apply human resources management professional practices/roles in complex, variable
and specialised contexts.
• Achieve the generic graduate outcomes of problem-solving, critical thinking, responsible

citizenship and good communication.
Credits
Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National
Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the
Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a course-
by-course basis as follows:
Bachelor of Human Resources Diploma in Human Resources and

Management (new courses) Personnel Management (old courses)
Introduction to Business Business Management 1A & 1B (Any)
Management
Professional Writing English Communication Module 5
Computer Users Skills Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B
Human Resource Staffing Human Resources Management 3A/

Employee Health and Safety Human Resources Management 3B/
Industrial Relations Industrial Relations 1A and 1B
Introduction to Education Training Management of Training 1A
and Development
Principles of Education Management of Training 1B
Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources
Management Honours.
Requirements for Qualification Award

The Bachelor of Human Resources Management will be awarded to students credited
with a minimum of 390 NQF credits. In addition, students must meet the administrative
and financial requirements as spelt out in the Polytechnic of Namibia Prospectus.
Progression Rules
Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having
attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course
requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will
not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed
all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management.
The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013.
The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be
phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students’ learning progression.
The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources
Management is 2013.
323
The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for
the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013
to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old
curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and
second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new
syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the
new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies
in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion
of Institutional Core courses.
All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources
Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of
Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and
will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based
on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up
based on the new curriculum.
The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management
curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme
and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new
curriculum.
If a student, who is registered on the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management

degree (to be phased out), fails more than half the work load in any particular year his/
her registration will automatically be changed to the new programme. The switch will consider
courses already taken and their equivalents.
The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below:
CURRICULUM
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (NEW) 07BHRM
Course Title Course code Prerequisite

Year 1 (Phased in 2011)
Semester 1
DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Introduction to Marketing and MAR121S None
its Environment
Semester 2
324

Semester 3
Information Competence (if not yet taken) ICT512S None
Basic Sciene (if not yet taken) BSC410S None

Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Introduction to Psychology
Performance Management & Productivity
Measurement PMP612S Introduction to Psychology
Profesional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills
325

Semester 5
Organisational Development and Change ODC711S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Introduction to Education Training and
Development ETD711S None
Human Resources Staffing HRS711S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Year 3
Semester 6
Employee Health and Safety EHS712S Organisational Behaviour
and Organisational
Management
Principles of Education Training and
Development PTD712S None
Work Integrated Learning (HRM) WIL712S None
Work Integrated Learning Structure and Management

Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is the process of integrating work experiences with learning in
a way traditional education cannot do. WIL shall be provided for in the 3rd year of the Bachelor
of Human Resources Management programme. Only 3rd year students will be allowed to
register for WIL. It provides students with opportunities to:
• Execute tasks associated with Human Resources Management rather than just
reading them. It also allows students to assess their interests in human resources
management.
• Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future
endeavours while providing a professional environment.
• Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working
relationships have been established.
• Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are
not possible in a classroom environment.
WIL is important in improving the Polytechnic graduate characteristics to meet industry

needs that are in line with the Polytechnic vision, strategic plan and the requirements of the
Polytechnic Curriculum Model.
It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity
to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies.
Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom.
Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human
Resources Management as a result of this cooperation.
326
The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development
needed for national economic development.
Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and
development.
Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users
i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness.
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased in 2007 and phased

out in 2010) 21BHUR

Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management
Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour
Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management
Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing
Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety
Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations
Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development
Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development
327
Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training
Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources
Management
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011)
Semester 1
Resources
Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test
or equivalent.
Semester 2
Management
(if not yet taken)
or equivalent.
Second Year - (Not available from 2012)

Semester 3
Semester 4
Organisational Management OSM612S Intro. to Psychology of Human
328
(if not yet taken)
2013)
Semester 5
Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None
Development
Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and
Change Organisational Management
NOTE: Vacation School and Business Simulation sessions

are compulsory for students registered for Entrepreneurship.
Semester 6
Principles of Education, Training & PTD322S None
Development
Management
Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014)

Students with the old National Diploma in HRM, Personnel Management and those with
equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor
degree in the Human Resources Management programme, must also register and pass all core
courses as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning
(RPL) where applicable. Students who have completed the National Diploma’s listed below
can enrol for the Bachelor Human Resources Management provided that they register and
pass the additional courses listed below, unless the course(s) were already passed or credit
obtained for them:
National Diploma in Human Resources Management/National Diploma: Personnel

Management: Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Organisational
Development & Change, Industrial Relations, Introduction to Education, Training &
Development, Principles of Education,Training & Development, Labour Law.
National Diploma: Business Administration: Introduction to Psychology of Human

Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles
of Education, Training & Development.
329
National Diploma: Commerce: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics
& Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management
Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management , Introduction to Psychology of Human
Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Introduction to Education, Training & Development,
Principles of Education, Training & Development.
National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Introduction to Business

Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance,
Purchasing & Supply Management, Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management,
Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources
Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource
Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to
Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development.
Semester 7
Advanced Industrial Relations AIR421S Industrial Relations
Advanced Management of Training AMT421S Introduction to Education, Training
& Development and Principles of
Education, Training & Development
Strategic Human Resources SHR421S Human Resource Staffing and
Management Employee Health & Safety
Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources
Management, Research Methodology and Research Project.
Semester 8
Advanced Organisational ADC412S Organisational Development &
Development & Change Change
Compensation Management CMA412S Human Resource Staffing

(if not yet taken)
Organisational Development & Change, Compensation Management, Research

330
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
(Phased out 2007 - 2009)

Semester 1
Semester 2
(if not yet taken)
(if not yet taken)
or equivalent.

Semester 3
Semester 4
Labour Law 1 B LAL112S Labour Law 1A
Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D Principles of Inform. Systems 1A
2009)
Semester 5
Semester 6
331
The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for
Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only
offered on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3,
Information Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the
distance education mode.
Information Administration consists of practical and theoretical parts. A minimum of ten

students should be registered for any specific course.
Practicals
Practicals are required for Information Administration.
Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in
Information Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools
during January, April, July and August of each year.
In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the
following shall apply:
Students who wish to register for Information Administration 1A on distance

education mode should be able to type 20 words per minute.
A pass in Language in Practice, which is a prerequisite for Language in Practice B, taught

to first year students is also a requirement. Students who only gain entry into Language in
Practice could also be admitted, but will be required to advance to Language in Practice B
before their third year of study. Students with a C symbol in English at Ordinary level may
be admitted prior to receiving the outcome of their English Proficiency Test, but they will
also be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study.
Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with
foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnic’s Mature Age Entry
Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance
tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic
English Proficiency test.
332
BACHELOR OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY 25BOMT
(Phased in 2007)
Admission for Graduates with Equivalent Qualifications:

Graduates of the phased-out National Diploma Executive Secretary, who wish to register for the
degree, must have passed Information Administration 3A and 3B as well as Office Administration
3A and 3B before commencing with the degree. Students enrolling for the degree will also
be required to register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction
to Human Resources Management as these courses are pre-requisites for Organisational
Behaviour and Organisational Management which are compulsory courses for the degree.
Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the
Bachelor of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in
consultation with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree.
Exit Levels
The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion
of at least one year of study.
The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
three years of study.
The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of
four years of study.
Transition Rules
The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken,
students should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and
Introduction to Human Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and
Business Accounting 2A & 2B which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelors level.
While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered
in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify.
All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of
Office Management and Technology as from 2007.
Special Progression Rules for Information Administration

Progression from one Information Administration course to the next is allowed only in the
event of a student having satisfied the pass requirement in a formal examination for these
courses. All practical and theoretical papers of a course should be written in the same
examination session.
Pass Requirements
Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4.
A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more,
subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper.
The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark.
The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective
courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in
333
the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest.
Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective
course (same cognate area) in the following semester.
CURRICULUM
First Year - National Certificate in Office Management and Technology

Semester 1
Administrative Office Management 1A AOM121S None
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Administration1A
Administrative Office Management 1B AOM122S None
Second Year
Semester 3
1A & 1B
Administrative Office Management 2A AOM221S Administrative Office
Management 1A & 1B
Semester 4:
Administrative Office Management 2B AOM222S Administrative Office
Management 1A & 1B

previous semester:
334
Third Year - National Diploma in Office Management and Technology
Semester 5:
Administrative Office Management 3A AOM321S Administrative Office
Management 2A & 2B
2A & 2B
Public Relations 1A PRL311S None
And any ONE of the following
(if not yet taken):
Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
Semester 6:
Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration
3A
Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office
Management 3A
Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A
Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A &
1B
NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 25DIAD

(Old curriculum phased out end of 2006)
First Year
Semester 1
Office Administration 1A OAD111S None
English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Communication
Module 3
335
Semester 2
Information Administration 1B IAD112S Information Admin 1A
Office Administration 1B OAD112S None
Second Year
Semester 3
1A &1B
Office Administration 2A OAD211S Office Administration 1A &
1B
Module 4
Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A &
1B
1B
Semester 4
Information Administration 2B IAD212S Information Administratin 2A
Office Administration 2B OAD212S Office Administration 2A
Module 5
Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Priciples of Economics 1B
Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A &
1B
Third Year
Semester 5
2B
Office Administration 3A OAD311S Office Administration 2A &
2B
Secretarial Public Relations 1A SPR311S None
336
1B
1B
Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro &
Macroeconomics
2B
Semester 6:
Office Administration 3B OAD312S Office Admininistration 3A
Secretarial Public Relations 1B SPR312S Secretarial Public Relations
1A
International Trade ITT312S Intermediate Micro &
Macroeconomics
Business Management 3B BMA312S Business Management 2A &
2B
337
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ECONOMICS 23BECO
Regulations
Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution
and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case
basis, depending on the assessment of the applicant’s suitability as well as availability of
facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without
all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears.
Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better
symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be
required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM 111S, first.
Transition Rules
Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who,
for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the
course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department
who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A MSS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
at the Ordinary level
Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B
at Ordinary level
Semester 2
Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B MSS112S Mathematics for Social Science 1A
338
Second Year
Semester 3
Mathematics for Economists MEC211S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Money and Banking MAB211S Principles of Economics1B
Semester 4
Mathematical Economics MEC212S Mathematics for Social Sciences
1A & 1B
Financial Intermediation &Institutional FII212S None
Investment
Economics of Agriculture & Rural EAR212S None
Development
Third Year
Semester 5
Macroeconomics
Applied Mathematical Economics AME311S Mathematics for Economists &
Mathematical Economics
Statistics for Economists SEC311S Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B
Managerial Economics MEN311S Intermediate Microeconomics
Purchasing & Supply Management PSM321S Business Operations
Economics of Growth & Development EGD311S Intermediate Macroeconomics
Semester 6
Public Finance & Taxation PFT312S Principles of Economics 1A & 1B
International Finance IFN312S Principles of Economics 1A
Econometrics ECM312S Statistics for Economists
Business Logistics & Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
Industrial Economics IEC312S Intermediate Microeconomics
Fourth Year (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)

Semester 7
Economics of Namibia &SACU ECN411S None
Countries 4A
339
(These courses will be offered if and when resources permit and if there is a minimum required
number of students enrolled for the course in question.)

Transport Economics TEC411S None
Mortgage Finance & Real MFI411S None
Estate Investment
History of Economic Thought HET411S None
Corporate Finance CFN411S None
Analytical Economic History AEH411S None
Planning Techniques PLT411S None
Labour Economics LEC411S None
Semester 8
Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology &
Econometrics
Economics of Namibia & SACU ECN412S None
Countries 4B
340
BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT 07BTRM
Description
The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at
equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in:
• understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management
• transport economics
• management and regulatory principles
The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree
level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics
industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally.
The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which
includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework
and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace.
The Bachelor of Transport Management degree isdesigned to be at NQF Level 7 with 400
credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels.
students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English
Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will
also be eligible to enrol for this programme.
Year 1 (Certificate with a minimum of 131 credits. Phased in 2011)

Semester 1
Self Development and Study Skills SDS010S None
Introduction to Road Traffic and Transport IRT511S None
Legislation
Principles of Transport Economics PTE511S None
Semester 2
Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure LEC212S None
Transport Economics & Procedures TEP512S Principles of Transport
Economics
Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI512S None
Management
341
Basic Science (if not yet taken) BSC410S None
Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the
Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)
Semester 3
Principles of Logistics Management PLM611S None
Road Traffic & Transport Legislation RTL611S None
Intermodal Transport Economics ITE611S Transport Economics &
Procedures
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Transport Operations Management TOM611S Principles of Road Safety &
Semester 4
Operational Logistics Management OLM612S Principles of Logistics
Management
Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Road Traffic & Transport
Legislation Legislation
Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S Intermodal Transport
Economics

Practical Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI612S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management
Practical Transport Operations Management PTO612S Transport Operations
Management
Year 3 (Available on the Distance Eucation Mode as from 2013)

Semester 5
International and Regional Transport IRT711S Applied Intermodal
Economics Transport Economics
Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIT711S Practical Road Safety &
Techniques Infrastructure Management
Transport Operations Management TOT711S Practical Transport
Techniques Operations Management
Semester 6
Business Logistics and Supply Chain BLM322S Business Operations
Management
342
Advanced Transport Economics ATE712S International and Regional
Transport Economics
Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Road Safety & Infrastructure
Management Management Techniques
Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S Transport Operations
Management Techniques

343
BACHELOR OF ENGLISH 25BAEN
Description
The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme that blends Language
(English) and Literature in English. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work
integrated learning or practice.
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the
BACHELOR OF ENGLISH DEGREE REGULATIONS

The Bachelor of English shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained 399 NQF credits
as per the required curriculum.
1. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from
year 1 to year 3.
2. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses
plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester).
3. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be
required to study and pass a Namibian national language.
4. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English
Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies
and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social
Sciences.
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Introduction to Linguistics ILS111S None
Introduction to Literature ILT111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Phonetics &Phonology IPP112S None
The Study of Prose TSP112S None
344
Second Year
Semester 3
English Morphology EMP211S None
Theory and Practice of Poetry TPP211S None
Namibian Literature in English NLE211S None
Rhetorical Theory & Criticism RTC211S None
Semester 4
English Syntax ESY212S None
Theory and Practice of Drama TPD212S None
Literary Criticism LCR212S None
Public Speaking & Argumentation PSA212S None
Third Year (Available on the Distance Education mode as from 2012)

Semester 5
Semester 6
Psycholinguistics PCL312S None
Semantics SMT312S None
English as a Second Language ESL312S None
African Literature AFL312S None
345
BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION 25BACO
Description
The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at equipping
students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in communication management
and administration. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them
to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals,
groups, organisations and the public. The degree programme’s Work Integrated Learning
component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace.
test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the
Regulations
The Department of Communication offers the 3-year Bachelor of Communication degree. The
programme shall be governed by the following regulations:
The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least
384 or 385 (depending on choice) NQF credits as per the curriculum requirements.
1. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24
courses from year 1 to year 3.
2. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught
courses plus Work Integrated Learning, which shall extend over one semester.
3. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall
also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a non-
credit bearing course.
4. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication,
and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include
Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the
Social Sciences.
Assessment
a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught.
b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each
course.
c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale
project.
346
CURRICULUM
First Year
Semester 1
Introduction to Communication 1A ICO111S None
Semester 2
Introduction to Communication 1B ICO112S None
Non Verbal Communication NVC112S None
Organisational Communication OCO112S None
Group Dynamics and Communication GDC212S None
Gender Communication GCO212S None
Second Year
Semester 3
Web Communication WCO211S None
Introduction to Marketing and its Environment MAR121S None
Plus ONE of the following Electives:
Semester 4
Specialised Writing SPW212S None
Public Relations: Theory and Practice PRT310S None
Third Year (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012)

Semester 5
Semester 6
Legal and Ethical Issues in Communication LEC312S None
Persuasion and Propaganda PAP312S None
Plus any TWO of the following Electives:
Mediation Communication MCM312S None
Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse RCD312S None
International Relations and Organisations IRO311S None
347
Description
The Bachelor of Hospitality Management is aimed at equipping students with necessary
advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills necessary for upper-level managerial
jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional managers,. The students may also opt
to develop and run their own hospitality businesses.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed a National Diploma in Hospitality
Management.
CURRICULUM

Fourth Year
Semester 7
Research Methodology RME410S None
Hospitality Research Project HRP420S Research Methodology
(if not yet taken)
Hospitality Operations
Management HOM410S Rooms Division Management/
Food & Beverage Management
Strategic Management in
Hospitality & Tourism SMH410S None
Managing Human Resources in
Hospitality and Tourism
Organisations MHR410S Human Resource Management 1
(Hospitality and Tourism)
Semester 8
Financial Management in
Hospitality & Tourism FMH420S Financial Control I
Developing and Managing
Small Hospitality Property DMH420S Rooms Division Management &
Food and Beverage Management &
Hospitality & Tourism &
Management. Human
Resources in Hospitality & Tourism
Strategic Marketing in SHT420S Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism)
Hospitality & Tourism
(if not yet taken)
Hospitality Research Project HRP420S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above
courses.
348
The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management is aimed at providing students with a holistic
understanding of the elements of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural
fabric of society, appreciation of the relationships among the various elements of the industry,
as well as the ability to apply appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations
involving travel and tourism.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma in Travel
and Tourism Management.
CURRICULUM
Fourth Year
Semester 7
Tourism Research Project TRP420S Research Methodology
(if not yet taken)
Hospitality & Tourism SMH410S None
Tourism Policy & Planning TPP410S None
Managing Human Resources in
Hospitality & Tourism Organisations MHR410S Human Resource Man 1
(Hospitality and Tourism)
Semester 8
Ecotourism Planning &
Management EPM420S None
Financial Management in
Hospitality & Tourism FMH420S Financial Control 1
Strategic Marketing in
Hospitality and Tourism SHT420S Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism)
(if not yet taken)
Tourism Research Project TRP420S Research Methodology
NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above
courses.
349
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN NATURE CONSERVATION 27BNAT
The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation study programme focuses on the attributes
that will help equip high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research
skills. In particular, the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective
management of natural and human resources including finances.
Admission
The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma Natural
Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field, with at least one year practical
experience.
Tuition and Delivery Mode

Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over two
academic years.
There will be four compulsory courses, one co-requisite course (for students who have no
previous training in this course), and three compulsory practicals.
Practicals
In view of the pre-requisite for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV
(Module A), Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management I and Research
Methodology in the same year.
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such practical session with a minimum
of 50%. Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs.
CURRICULUM
Fourth Year
Co-requisite Courses:
Computer Usage (Nature Conservation) RGB111N None
Compulsory Courses:
Plant Studies IV (Module A) PSO411Z None
Resource Management IV (Module A) RMM451U None
Conservation Management I CVM112Y None
Research Methodology REM531Z None
Practical Component:
Seminar SEM171N
Research Project PRO101N
Practical 1 BTN001P
Practical 2 BTN002P
Fifth Year
Plant Studies IV*** (Module B) PSO421Y None
Financial Management I
(Nature Conservation) FMN451Z None
Management Principles I**
(Nature Conservation) POM191R None
Plus any ONE of the following:
Resource Management IV*** (Module B) RMM461T None
Community-Based Natural Resource CBR410Y None
Management
350
Practical Component:
Practical 3 BTM003P None
Practical 4 (Optional) BTN004P None
* Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode
only and will extend over two academic years.
** Students will receive lecture notes for Management I and will be credited with Management
Principles I (Nature Conservation).
** * Oral Examination
CERTIFICATE IN COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 27CNRM

This certificate focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level practitioners
of community-based natural resource management with relevant managerial and research
skills. The study programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management
of natural and human resources.
Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/
degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land
Management and/or any other related field).
A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses
require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass.

year. The CBNRM course offered in the Bachelor of Technology (Nature Conservation)
programme is the same as for this certificate and the course will run concurrently as one
course.
Practical
Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum
of 50 %. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students
are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if
provided by the institution.
CURRICULUM

Community Based-Natural Resource
Management CBR410Y None
Practical 4 BTN004P None
Research Project PRO101N None
351
CERTIFICATE IN NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION 27NEEC

This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults
who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work.
The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to
become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore
aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies.
There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants
must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a
requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people
who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context.
Assessment Requirements
Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on
their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of:
• Draft and final versions of written assignments;
• Group work and presentations; and
• A portfolio of work.
Evidence of learning will be obtained from students’ assignments, participation in group settings
and critical self-reflection.

year. Students need to attend four compulsory face-to-face contact sessions/vacation schools.
Students are further encouraged to form study groups with fellow participants in the same region.
Within study groups, students will do group activities and support each other’s learning.
CURRICULUM

Our Environment: Issues, risks and responses OEM101Y None
Developing, implementing and evaluating environmental
education curriculum, programmes and resources DIE101Y None
Environmental education approaches: theory and practice EEA101Y None
352
LIBRARY SERVICES
L1 General
The Library is a social and emotionally engaging centre for learning and experience.
Our vision is to provide resources that support learning, teaching, research and creative
expression by providing timely and effective access to information and services to the
broad Polytechnic community, resulting in the improvement of institutional outcomes.
L2 Library hours
Days Semester Vacation
Monday - Friday 08:00 - 22:00 08:00 - 17:00
Saturday 08:00 - 13:00 Closed
Sunday 14:00 - 20:00 Closed
Public Holidays Closed Closed
External Study Area

Monday - Sunday 05:00 - 00:00
NB: Hours of opening vary during different times of the year. Notices communicating
this information are usually displayed at the Library entrance and on the website
(http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php).

L3 Services
The Library provides the following collections and services:
• Circulation Services: Maintains the day-to-day borrowing, returning and
the renewals of library materials. It upholds and
enforces the rules and procedures of the Library to
ensure fair access to information resources and
a conducive study environment. Contact: tel.
2072022/2621 or library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Reference Services: Answers general information queries, offers online
catalogue training, conduct interlibrary loans and
create access to full-text databases for off-campus
access. The Reference Librarian can be located on
Level 3 of the Library.
Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Subject & Research The aim of this section is to support the teaching,
Services: learning and research services of the Polytechnic,
by providing library and information skills training
(LIST) and subject-based information services. The
LIST classes include how to search for, locate, retrieve,
evaluate and ethically use information from various print
and online sources. Classes are arranged
between lecturers and the Subject Librarian of the
School. Contact: subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu.na
• Acquisitions Services: Acquires printed and electronic information resources
for teaching and research support, as well as
for patron information needs. Suggest an item for
purchase by accessing the online catalogue
through iEnabler or leave a note in the Suggestion Box
on Level 3. Contact: acquisitions@polytechnic.edu.na
353
• Technical Services: Providing and maintaining physical and online access
to Library collections, through creating quality
bibliographic records.
Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na
• Study Collection: Prescribed texts that can only be used for 2 hours in the
Library. It is located on Level 4.
• Group Study Areas: Can be booked for 3 hours/day. Booking can be done
at the Reference Desk on Level 4.
• Study Carrels: Can be booked for a limited period by graduate
students (4th year), post-graduate students and
lecturers. Booking can be done at the Reference Desk
on Level 4.
• Multimedia Lab: Facilities to view CD-ROMs, DVDs and videos
• Student Labs: Where students can do their assignments. Located on
Level 4.
• Photocopy facilities: On Levels 2, 3 & 4.
• Inter-library Loans: Enables access to resources in other libraries, which is
not available in your own library. Contact the
Reference Librarian for more information or send an
e-mail to interlibraryloans@polytechnic.edu.na
• Namibiana Collection: Publications about Namibia or published by Namibians.
• Internet Café: Only for Polytechnic students.
• Online databases: Full-text journals and books.
• Library Tours: Can be booked at the User Services Librarian or
Reference Librarian, Level 3.
• User Education: Learn how to search for, retrieve, evaluate and cite
information from the library, online databases
and the web by asking your lecturers to book or arrange
classes with the Subject Librarian for your School.
L4 Library regulations
L4.1 Membership
All registered students and staff of the Polytechnic are automatically members of the
Library. All Polytechnic students will be requested to fill in a form with their biographical
details before they can take out books.
Registered students and staff of UNAM can also become members of the Library by
producing their staff/student cards and by completing a Library registration form. UNAM
students will have to pay a deposit with registration. This money will be refunded in
part or in full depending on whether the student has outstanding fines or books with
the Library.
Persons not included in any of the above categories may become members of the
Library, subject to the approval of the User Services Librarian. They are required to
complete the Library registration form and upon acceptance pay the following applicable
non-refundable annual fee:
Library usage with no loan privilege = N$150.00
One book per visit = N$235.00
Two books per visit = N$400.00
Three books per visit = N$560.00

354
L4.2 Borrowing privileges
• Own student/staff cards and outside user cards must be produced whenever Library
materials are borrowed. No items will be issued on another person’s card.
• The following number of items may be borrowed simultaneously:
Polytechnic Students 6 14 days
Polytechnic Staff 10 30 days
UNAM Students 3 14 days
UNAM Staff 3 30 days
Outside Users 1/2/3 14 days
• The loan period may be extended in person, telephonically (Tel. 2072022/2621) or
via e-mail (library@polytechnic.edu.na), provided another user does not require
the book.
• Issued library materials must either be returned or renewed before the end of
each loan period.
• All items must be returned at the desk where it was issued from, i.e. Circulation,
Multi Media or Study Collection.
• Newspapers are to be read in the Periodical Section and are not to be taken
out.
• No borrower may lend library materials to or on behalf of any other person.
Borrowers assume full responsibility for the use and return of library materials and
have to pay the Polytechnic for any loss or damage.
• A fine, as determined from time to time, is payable in respect of items handed in
late.
• The library reserves the right to recall library materials at any time.
L5 Library Rules
• All borrowers are responsible for any materials checked out on their user cards.
• Students should report a lost student card as soon as possible so that their Library
account can be blocked.
• Using another patron’s user/membership card is prohibited and a serious
offence.
• All Library materials should be returned / renewed before the end of the loan period,
otherwise a fine is applicable and no further loans are permitted.
• Study Collection items are to be used inside the Library for a two hour period and
are NOT to be taken out. An hourly fine (or part thereof) is applicable for late
returns.
• Replacement valued, as determined by the Librarian, should be paid for any lost
or damaged items.
• Students should make sure all Library items in their possession are issued before
they exit through the Library’s security gates.
• Unauthorised removal of Library items shall result in strict disciplinary action and
a large fine.
• Students found in possession of unauthorised or stolen Library material will be
blocked from taking out Library material until a disciplinary hearing has taken
place.
• NO person shall make noise or cause a disturbance in the Library and hold public
meetings or demonstrations inside the Library.
• NO smoking, eating (including chewing gum) or drinking are permitted in the
Library.
• ALL cellular phones MUST be switched OFF when entering the Library and shall
not be used at any time inside the Library.
355
• Any person not adhering to the abovementioned rules shall be fined.
• Rude or undisciplined behaviour towards staff and security, preventing them from
performing their duties, will lead to a fine and/or disciplinary action.
• Library users MUST show their student/membership cards at the entrance, before
they will be allowed to enter the Library.
• Departmental Resources Centres are for use by faculty ONLY and items from
these centres may not be issued, lent or given to students.
L6 Library Security
Library items are protected against unauthorised removal by an electronic book detection
system. When a Library item is removed illegally an alarm will sound, upon which the
item must be returned to the security desk. Please note, leaving the Library building
with unauthorised library materials (not issued) is regarded as a serious offence and
will lead to a large spot fine and a disciplinary hearing.
L7 Further information
Brochures are available in the Library for newcomers or any other persons wishing to
acquaint themselves with Library services and procedures. Librarians are to be consulted
whenever help is needed.
356
COMPUTER SERVICES
Mission
As a unit, Computer Services provides a broad Information, Communication Technology service
to the Polytechnic community. Some of the duties include:
• The operation of a central computer system providing information processing for the
following departments: Students Records, Academic Administration, Finance, Personnel,
Space Management, Asset Control, Library and the Transport section.
• Personal computers, peripherals, Network operation internet access and software support/
acquisition.
• Technical validation of purchases for information technology related equipment.
• Implementation of the latest information technology products.
STAFF
Director Mr. Laurent Evrard, M.Sc. (EPITA)
Executive Secretary Ms. Loise Kafita
Manager (Network) Mr. Calvin Mouton
Manager (Data Centre) Mr. Gabriel Rukoro
Manager (ITS systems) Mrs. Juanita Frans
Manager (MIS & MIIR) Ms. Elizabeth Ngololo, M.Sc. (Curtin)
Manager (PC Support) Mr. Breyten Mouton
Webmaster Ms. Olivia Louw
Systems Administrators Mr. Hafeni Ndakunda
Mr. Mervin Mokhatu
ICT Security Officer Mr. Lindrowsqy Katjimune
Network Administrators Mr. Philander Muyunda
Mr. Joel Eelu
Institutional Researcher / Statistician Mr. Reino Ihemba
Systems Developer Vacant
Senior PC Support Officer (Main campus) Mr. Franco Bandlow
PC Support Officers (Main campus) Mr. Mario Tripodi
Ms. Maria Ausiku
Mr. Ivan Isaacks
Mr. George Negongo
PC Support Officers (Library) Mr. John Archer
Mr. Paulo de Almeida
Mr. Festus Shivute
Mr. Trevor Izaks
Senior PC Support Officer (Engineering) Mr. Derek Fredericks
PC Support Officers (Engineering) Mrs. Magreth Tjingaete
Mr. Jeremy Harris
Junior PC Support (Communication Dept.) Mr. Allastair Ellitson
PC Support Officer (CED) Mr. Lorean de Vries
PC Support Officer (Science & Tech) Ms. Pelinawa Sakeus
Service Desk Ms. Nelsia Zakaapi
Trainee Ms. Abigail Ntlai
Information technology situation at the Polytechnic

The Polytechnic has always acquired the most reliable technology on the market. The
central administrative system, called the ITS system, allows students and staff to register, to
consult marks, financial statements, examination timetables among others, via any computer
connected to the Internet.
357
Namibia’s first gigabit Ethernet network was implemented in 1998 at the Polytechnic. To date,
more than 2 500 devices are connected to the network. Africa’s only full Tucows mirror at this
time (including all the available modules) started its operations in 2000. It can be reached via
the following URL: http://www.tucows.com.
The Bureau of Computer Services is also hosting one of Africa’s largest public download
server, which can be reached at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na. It contains very useful and
popular Free / Libre Open Source Software (FLOSS) packages. As of October 2010, this server
contains more than 10 Tb of applications, operating systems, entertainment software.
Other sites of interest hosted at the Polytechnic:
A mirror of the Massachussets Institute of Technology’s OpenCourseWare program, located
at http://ocw.polytechnic.edu.na
A mirror of the Gutenberg project, with thousands of books freely available at http://download.
polytechnic.edu.na/pub/gutenberg
A free GIS software, GRASS, located at http://grass.polytechnic.edu.na
A complete repository of Ubuntu Linux, located at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na/pub/
ubuntu
Lots of other operating system, installation, patches and other programs, such as Fedora,
RedHat, Suse, OpenSUSE, FreeBSD, Gentoo, Mozilla, OpenOffice, Apache, and many
more.
Many computer laboratories are reserved for IT classes. Each lab boosts, in average, about
25 PCs and all of them (150 of them as at August 2010) are linked to the campus network.
The library is also well equipped and contains free access labs and an internet section.
A centralised printing solution for all students is in place on campus since 2008.
Internet / E-mail access is present through several internet links with a combined capacity of
23 Mbits / second each, thus giving redundancy. Internet access is open to students from the
computer labs and from our wireless network, operational since 2007 and available for free
for all Polytechnic students. Apple and Linux based computers are available in the Library
for student use. However, social networking sites such as Facebook or Twitter can not be
accessed during office hours.
Two very helpful IT services are available free of charge to all registered students: Free
web-based e-mail and student web. The web-based e-mail service is not only very similar
to other web-based services, it also scans all mails against viruses, and it also filters most
spam. The student web allows each student to access its student records, financial statement,
examination timetable and other very useful information. For instructions on how to access
these two services, log on to the site: http://students.polytechnic.edu.na from any computer
connected to the Internet. Please take note that forgotten passwords shall be replaced subject
to the payment of a fee.
Student cards are provided by the card system’s office on the lower ground of the Office Building.
Please take note that previously registered students have to return their student cards during
first semester registration before being issued with a new one. Failure to return the previously
issued student card shall lead to the payment of the prescribed replacement fee.
358
OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION AND STUDENT SERVICES
The Office of the Dean of Students provides quality students services and programmes to the
diverse Polytechnic student population. The quality of services and programmes are student-
centered which provide a healthy environment to learning. These services include Health
Services, Social Services, Counseling and HIV/AIDS Coordination, Job placement Services,
Accommodation, Sport and Culture, and Hostel and Kitchen Services.
Furthermore, the Office of the Dean of Students provides leadership and supervisory support to
both the Academic and Residential Sections of the Polytechnic. The aim is to promote services
and programmes relevant to students’ development throughout their academic studies, and,
above all, to facilitate and encourage student extra-curricular activities, appreciation of cultural
differences, and academic excellence.
STUDENTS SERVICES
1. Polytechnic Health Services:

The Polytechnic Health Services provide primary health care and ensures a good quality
of life for students. It focuses on the prevention of illness, promotion of a healthy life
style and general hygiene. It provides the following health development workshops: (1)
Family planning (2) Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI’s). It also provides the following
health development programme: (a) First Aid Training. The Polytechnic Health Services
is adjacent to Shangri-la student hostel. It opens from 7:30 a.m. to 16:30 p.m. Monday
to Friday. The nurse is on stand-by over the weekends for emergencies. The Health
Services unit has a full-time nurse.
2. Social Welfare Services:

The Social Welfare Services focuses on social problems and promotes good mental
health for students. It provides the following social welfare development workshops: (1)
Violence against women and children (2) Alcohol and substance abuse (3) Relationships
and date rape (4) Stress management and (5) Self-esteem. It also provides the social
welfare programme: (a) New student orientation.
3. Student Counseling and HIV/AIDS Coordination Services:

The Student Counseling and the HIV/AIDS Coordination Services provides academic
and HIV/AIDS counseling. It incorporates counseling as a helping relationship and as a
means of psychological interventions. It provides both individual and group counseling.
It provides the following academic development workshops: (1) Study skills and (2)
Student leadership. It also provides the following academic development programmes:
(a) HIV/AIDS Awareness Campaign (b) HIV/AIDS peer counseling training. Counseling
is therefore provided to facilitate positive growth and development amongst students.
4. Job Placement Services:

This section provides students with career guidance. It incorporates counseling as helping
relationship and counseling as the means of psychological intervention. Job placement
service provides the following career guidance development workshop: (1) CV Writing. It also
provides the following career guidance programmes: (a) Career fair (b) Mock interviews
5. Accommodation, Sport and Culture

Hostel accommodation provides quality living quarters. There are three (3) hostels with a
capacity of 404 beds. There are two (2) female hostels and one (1) male hostel. The three
359
(3) Hostel Superintendents are assisted by ten (10) Housing Committee (HC) members.
Sport activities provide students with a well balance and stimulating extra-curricular
environment. It provides a platform for students to participate in a variety of sports.
Students are encouraged to explore their sport talents. The trophy award ceremony
recognises both sport and cultural achievements.

Cultural activities provide students with a platform to express their cultural heritage.
Extra-curricular activities are vital to each student’s education. The cultural festival is a
week long event of fun an entertainment, which culminates in the crowning of Miss and
Mr. Polytechnic.
6. Hostel and Kitchen Service

This section provides students with a wide range of nutritional meals served at breakfast,
lunch and dinner. Menus are planned in conjunction with the menu committee. This section
also ensures a clean living environment, maintenance of hostel and kitchen facilities.
Each residential hall is supervised by a superintendent. The HC members are elected

by students each year to assist the superintendents with the overall operation of the
residential services and the general well-being of students.
The Polytechnic has three residential halls. The ladies’ residences are Monresa and
Höpker and, the men’s hostel is Shangri-La. Total accommodation of about 404 is
provided.
7. Meals
Residential students eat in the same dining hall which is supervised, managed and
maintained by the Hostel Manager. The latter is also responsible for the overall food
services and kitchen operation. The dining hall is well furnished. The kitchen is well
equipped with competent kitchen staff who prepare food on a daily basis.
8. Student Representative Council (SRC)
The SRC is the highest student’s representative body elected annually by students in
accordance with the SRC Constitution.
The aim of the SRC is to represent all sections of the student community, including full-
time, part-time, and distance education students. Representation is one of the most
important functions of the SRC. Students are represented on a number of Committees,
such as Polytechnic Council, Senate, and the Boards of Studies.
Since the SRC is entrusted with issues and activities to represent students, their
programme reflects a healthy balance of recreational and academic activities.
360
SR: STUDENT REGULATIONS
NOTE: The final interpretation of these Regulations shall be vested in the Council.
SR1. RULES AND CONDUCT
SR1.1 Subordination to the rules

On signing the registration form, a student binds himself/herself to obey all the
legal provisions and rules of the Polytechnic, and it is the student’s duty to become
acquainted with such legal provisions and rules. Ignorance of such legal provisions
shall not establish a defense. In this regard, The Polytechnic Act, the Statutes, all
the Calendars and Prospectuses, the rules and prescriptions of Council, Senate,
Boards of Studies, Departments, the Rector’s pronouncements or those of any other
authorised official or body are important.
SR1.2 Conduct
Students shall:
1.2.1 pursue the mission of the Polytechnic;
1.2.2 be primarily dedicated to their studies;
1.2.3 refrain from acts of misconduct, as defined in the Student Disciplinary Regulations;
1.2.4 refrain from any conduct or action which results or may result in the inconvenience
of any other students in their studies or being prejudiced in any other way;
1.2.5 refrain from undisciplined or improper behaviour towards personnel members;
1.2.6 immediately notify the Registrar in writing of any change of address (any letter,
communication, parcel, etc. directed to students at their latest recorded addresses
shall be deemed to have been received by the students);
1.2.7 comply with the rules regarding dress code;
1.2.8 be subject to the traffic and parking rules of the Polytechnic;
1.2.9 refrain from smoking, eating and drinking during lectures, practical classes,
examinations, tests or in any place where smoking is prohibited.
SR2 STUDENT ACTIVITIES
SR2.1 Orientation Programme

2.1.1 An orientation programme, specifically aimed at new students takes place at the
beginning of the academic year.
2.1.2 All students registered at the Polytechnic for the first time, are required to participate
in this programme.
SR2.2 Sports and Culture

2.2.1 In order to promote the total development of students, the Polytechnic facilitates sports
and cultural facilities.
2.2.2 The Dean of Students is responsible for exercising control over and co-ordinating
and promoting sports and culture at the Polytechnic as determined in the relevant
Regulations.
SR2.3 Religious or party-political associations

2.3.1 The Students Representative Council or any association or club at the Polytechnic
shall give no official or financial support - directly or indirectly - to any political party
or external religious organisation.
361
Student association or club shall be an association or club as constituted in terms of
section 4(2) of the Students Representative Council constitution.
2.3.2 No offices of political parties or external religious organisations shall be permitted on
campus.
2.3.3 Subject to the provisions of paragraph SR 2.4, no political-party meetings shall be
held on campus; a political-party meeting in terms of this provision shall be deemed
to be any public meeting under the auspices of a political party.
SR2.4 Outside persons as speakers on campus

2.4.1 Any recognised students association or club wishing to invite external persons to speak
on campus, shall notify the Students Representative Council thereof at least one week
prior to the invitation. The SRC shall thereupon, in due time prior to the speaker’s
address, notify the Dean of Students.
2.4.2 The provision in SR2.4.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event that the Students
Representative Council wishes to invite external persons to speak on campus.
2.4.3 The Dean of Students or the Rector or any person or body appointed by the Rector
has the right to interdict the function in the event that it would unduly interfere with
the normal functioning of the Polytechnic.
SR2.5 The use of notice boards, conducting of meetings and functions and distribution
of publications
2.5.1 Individual students or student associations and clubs may use notice boards and
conduct meetings or gatherings on the premises of the Polytechnic only with the
approval of the Student Representative Council, the Dean of Students, the Officer
for Accommodation, Sport, and Culture.
2.5.2 After the necessary permission has been obtained in terms of the above paragraph
a student may affix such document, poster or publication only on designated notice
boards and may not write, scratch or paint in any way on walls, pillars or any other
parts of the campus buildings or structures.
2.5.3 No students, club or association may, without the SRC’s permission, publish, affix,
display or distribute any document, poster or publication of any official nature
whatsoever on the premises of the Polytechnic, or, using the name of the Polytechnic,
publish, affix, display or distribute it elsewhere, or contribute towards doing so.
2.5.4 No room or other terrain of the Polytechnic may be used for meetings or functions
without prior permission from the responsible person or institution.
SR2.6 Journeys, educational tours, and camps

Journeys, educational tours, and camps for which arrangements are made in the
name of the Polytechnic, may only be organised with the permission of the Dean of
Students or respective Dean of School and for this purpose the procedures contained
in the Tour Regulations must be complied with.
SR2.7 Students Representative Council

2.7.1 The Students Representative Council is elected annually by the students of the
Polytechnic as determined by the SRC Constitution.
2.7.2 The SRC, within the framework of its powers, and in collaboration with the Dean of
Students, is entrusted with matters concerning students.
2.7.3 In the absence of a constituted SRC, or when the SRC, in the opinion of the Rector,
does not act in the interest of students, the SRC’s functions may be carried out by
the Rector or any person or body appointed by the Rector.
362
SR3 PERSONAL
SR3.1 Dress
Students shall be dressed appropriately and neatly at lectures, and official gatherings
on and off campus.
SR3.2 Personal care

A student is responsible for the maintenance of a high standard of personal hygiene
and care.
SR3.3 Pregnancy and parenthood

3.3.1 No pregnant student is allowed to stay in the Polytechnic hostel from the 13th week
of pregnancy.
3.3.2 The Polytechnic will not be held liable for any pregnant student.
Note: Any complication and risk during the pregnancy.

Due to insufficient facilities the Polytechnic cannot accommodate child birth and
premature labour.
Pregnant students must provide a medical certificate regarding their pregnancy
status.
3.3.3 No children of students may reside in a Polytechnic hostel.
SR4 MISCELLANEOUS
SR4.1 Contagious diseases

If a student has suffered from a contagious disease or has been in contact with such
a disease, a medical certificate, stating that the student may be at the Polytechnic
without any danger of contaminating others, must be submitted to the Registrar.
SDR. STUDENTS DISCIPLINARY REGULATIONS
SDR1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 On signing the registration form of the Polytechnic, students undertake to acquaint
themselves with all relevant regulations, rules, prescriptions and legal provisions of
the Polytechnic. Ignorance of any such provision shall not be advanced as a defense
on a charge of misconduct.
1.2 Words indicating the singular may also implicate the plural.
1.3 A student shall not formally be charged with misconduct before a written and signed
statement containing a charge, complaint or allegation against the student has been
handed to the accused.
1.4 The initiator who laid a charge may institute or have instituted a preliminary investigation
into a charge, complaint or allegation which has been presented to such a person
or into a student’s conduct which has been such that it could possibly amount to
misconduct. In the preliminary investigation, consultations may be held, or information
obtained, from any person, including the student against whom the charge, accusation
or allegation has been instituted.
1.5 The Rector or his/her appointee may, if in the best interest of the Polytechnic, suspend
a student against whom a charge, accusation or allegation has been instituted for a
determined period by, i.e. prohibit the student from:
1.5.1 Entering any premises or hostel of the Polytechnic, or any part thereof;
1.5.2 Exercising any rights or privileges a registered student enjoys.
363
1.6 The Rector, or his/her appointee, may at any time cancel a suspension; provided that
notwithstanding such cancellation, the hearing of the charge of misconduct may be
continued.
1.7 When the chairperson of a disciplinary committee, (before that disciplinary committee
has reached a ruling on the charge against a student), is of the opinion that the
relevant charge should rather be heard by a committee on another level, the hearing
may be suspended and referred to the Rector for a ruling. The Rector may rule that
the disciplinary committee shall continue with the hearing or that it shall be referred
to another disciplinary committee. This other disciplinary committee will conduct a
complete hearing.
1.8 If a disciplinary committee, Council, the Rector or a person appointed by the Rector,
temporarily or permanently deprives a student of any rights or privileges which students
enjoy, or suspends the student temporarily or expels the student, such a student shall
forfeit all rights to repayment, reduction or remission of fees paid by or payable to the
Polytechnic.
SDR2 DEFINITION OF MISCONDUCT

A student is guilty of misconduct when such conduct is prejudicial or could be prejudicial
to the good name of the Polytechnic, or the maintenance of order and discipline at
the Polytechnic or the proper execution of work at the Polytechnic, inter alia, if such
a student:
2.1 Infringes any act, regulation, rule, or prescription of the Polytechnic, or makes an
attempt to do so;
2.2 Refuses to comply with any rightful instruction or request by any lecturer or official of
the Polytechnic or acts in contradiction to such instructions or requests;
2.3 Wrongfully and in a blameworthy manner usurps, uses, damages, destroys or alienates
any property of the Polytechnic, a personnel member or a fellow student or applies or
handles it in such a way that it is prejudicial or could be prejudicial to the Polytechnic,
a personnel member or fellow student;
2.4 Is on any Polytechnic premises whilst under the influence of liquor or drugs
(dependence-producing drugs), or without written permission from the Rector or
authorised representative:
Brings alcoholic beverages or drugs onto the premises of the Polytechnic, consumes
them or has them in their possession; or serves or consumes alcoholic beverages
or drugs on campus during a gathering of a student association or student body
of the Polytechnic or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and
assignments.

NOTE:
Proof of being “under the influence of alcohol” will be determined by the use of
an appropriate breath analyser, (maximum limit is 0,08 ml of alcohol per 100 ml
blood).
Proof of “under the influence of drugs” will be determined by utilizing an appropriate
blood test.
Refusal to undergo such a breath analyser test or blood sampling as well as refusing
to be searched properly by the appropriate authorities are serious offences.
2.5 Intimidates whether by word or deed fellow students and staff on or off the campus.
2.6 Behaves in a violent, riotous, obscene or improper manner on or in any premises
of the Polytechnic or elsewhere during a gathering by or of the student body of the
Polytechnic or a portion/group thereof.
364
2.7 Behaves in an insulting, obscene or improper manner towards a fellow student or
personnel member of the Polytechnic, a management body or office of the Polytechnic
or a member of such a body or office-holder of such office;
2.8 Knowingly makes false or incorrect statements to any personnel member of the
Polytechnic; or purposefully spreads false information about the Polytechnic to any
person;
2.9 Is guilty of misconduct which is the cause of or can reasonably be the cause of any
one of the following instances, either where such cause was foreseen or could have
been foreseen as a reasonable possibility at the time of the poor conduct:
(a) Implicating the good name of the Polytechnic to the disadvantage of the
Polytechnic
(b) Prejudicing or endangering the maintenance of order, discipline and safety at the
Polytechnic
(c) Prejudicing or endangering the smooth course of tuition, research, administration
or general activities at the Polytechnic
(d) Divulging confidential Polytechnic information.
(e) Dishonoring the National Symbols of the country.
2.10 Organising or participating in student action, which interferes with or could interfere with
the academic work of fellow students, or with the functioning of the Polytechnic;
2.11 Bringing, possessing or handling a fire-arm or any other dangerous weapons,
explosives or fuel which is not reasonably required for the operation of a machine,
on campus;
2.12 Assisting or encouraging other students to commit an offence;
2.13 Injuring the dignity of or physically assaulting, or mentally wronging or humiliating any
personnel member or fellow student;
2.14 Failing to comply with any hostel rule;
2.15 Let any person sleep over in their hostel rooms after 10.00 pm during weekdays or
after midnight during weekends.
2.16 Is dishonest or attempts to be dishonest in any test, assignment or examination.
2.17 Gives flat/room keys to any other person.
2.18 Removes furniture without the permission of his/her superintendent.
2.19 Commits plagiarism.
SDR3 CLASSIFICATION OF MISCONDUCT

3.1 Depending on the seriousness or degree of misconduct, misconduct by students is
divided into the following categories:
3.1.1 Academic related misconduct: the Student’s Disciplinary Committee: Academic, hears
misconduct of an academic nature, having a bearing on the studies of a student.
3.1.2 Non-academic related misconduct (serious cases): the Student Disciplinary Committee:
Non-Academic, hears cases of serious misconduct..
3.1.3 Non-academic related misconduct (less serious cases): the Hostel Disciplinary - or the
SRC Disciplinary Committee shall hear cases of misconduct of less serious nature.
3.1.4 Non-Academic related misconduct (specific to club/house/society/cultural): the
Disciplinary committee of the club, houses and culture societies or association
concerned shall be competent to hear less serious charges related to their specific
situation.
SDR4 NOTIFICATION
4.1 A student charged with any form of misconduct shall be notified of such complaints in
writing at least seven days before the hearing by the relevant disciplinary committee;
provided that any such student may waive this period.
4.2 Any such notice shall contain the charge in full as well as stipulating the particular
disciplinary committee which will hear the charge, and the time and place of the
hearing.
365
4.3 Written notice of a charge shall be regarded as being properly served if it was posted or
delivered by hand to the student concerned to the address provided on the registration
form.
4.4 In case of serious charges or where the student is a minor, a copy of the charge shall
be sent to the parents of the student concerned per registered post at the address
provided by the student on the registration form.
4.5 Any notice sent or delivered in the manner prescribed in these Regulations shall
be considered as having been received by the person to whom it was addressed.
Preference will be given to hand delivering such notices.
4.6 When students neglect or refuse to attend a hearing they can be heard in absentia
and the proceedings shall not be invalid as a result of the absence of the accused
person.
SDR5 DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEES AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
5.1 Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic

The chairperson of the committee may apply one or more of the following disciplinary
measures against a student who has been found guilty of serious misconduct:
(a) The revocation of a qualification obtained by improper methods
(b) The suspension as a student for a period determined by the chairperson
(c) The cancellation of examination results
(d) The refusal of registration for examination for a specified period
(e) A warning
(f) Any other measures which the chairperson deems appropriate; Provided that no
such disciplinary measures shall be put into operation against a student or if such
a student is a minor, the parents or guardian have been notified in writing of the
alleged contravention and the student has been afforded a proper opportunity to
make a written statement and to appear personally before the Students Disciplinary
Committee: Academic.
5.2 Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic

When the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non - Academic finds a student guilty
of misconduct, one or more of the following penalties may be imposed by the
chairperson:
(a) Suspension from the Polytechnic or a hostel for a period not exceeding the
present academic period and one further academic year
(b) Imposition of a fine, the student will pay or the amount of nights the person stayed
over
(c) Demanding of any such financial amount as may be necessary to compensate
for any damage, loss or expense caused by the action of the accused
(d) Cancellation of privileges of the student as a member of the Polytechnic for not
more than one year
(e) Imposition of a specific task
(f) Warning and/or reprimand
(g) Recommendation to the Rector that the student be suspended from the
Polytechnic or a hostel for a period exceeding the period stated in paragraphs
(a) and (d)
(h) Any other penalty, which the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic
thinks fit in the specific circumstances.
5.3 The accused will be informed before any hearing regarding the procedure of the
Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Students Disciplinary Committee:
Non-Academic, as well as appeal procedures.
366
5.4 Division of functions
Except where the context otherwise indicates, the Registrar shall deal with matters
of the Students’ Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Dean of Students shall
deal with matters of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic.
5.5 Procedure of disciplinary hearings

5.5.1 The parties involved will be:
The accused
The representative of the accused
The chairperson (who will make the judgment)
Advisors to the chairperson
The initiator (who will investigate and present the charge)
Witnesses
5.5.2 If the Registrar/Dean of Students is of the opinion that there are reasonable grounds
for a charge of misconduct against a student and that the conduct of the student
concerned is apparently of a serious nature, a written charge shall be formulated and
a hearing shall be convened by the Students Disciplinary Committee:
Academic, when the charge has a bearing on the studies of the student, or when the
charge does not have a bearing on the student’s studies, a hearing by the Students
Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic.
5.5.3 The disciplinary committee concerned shall hear a student to whom proper notice
has been given of the charge in accordance with section SDR4 of these Regulations
at the time and place as mentioned in the notification.
5.5.4 At the commencement of the hearing the charge shall be put to the student who shall
have the opportunity to plead to the charge, provided that such a student shall also
have the right to hand in a written statement in explanation of this plea.
5.6 Representation
5.6.1 The accused may appoint a representative to assist him/her during the proceedings,
providing the representative is a registered student and this representative should
preferably be a SRC member.
5.6.2 The Registrar/Dean of Students may not institute the case against the student, but
a personnel member must be appointed to do so on behalf of the Polytechnic. The
Rector must identify an alternative chairperson if the Registrar/Dean of Students is
involved in the case or institutes the case.
5.7 Procedure during hearing

5.7.1 The procedure to be followed during a specific hearing shall be in accordance with
general disciplinary hearing principles providing the provisions of these Regulations,
and although the formal rules of the Law of Evidence are not applicable to the hearing,
the accused shall inter alia have the right to:
(a) Give evidence
(b) Call witnesses or have witnesses called (also by the representative)
(c) Cross-examine the witnesses who have testified against the student or have them
cross-examined
(d) Cross-examine own witnesses or have them cross-examined
(e) After all evidence has been given, argue the case or have it argued by the
representative
(f) After conviction presents evidence in mitigation of punishment; If an accused
student admits guilt in respect of the charge, the chairperson of the disciplinary
committee may decide whether or not evidence regarding the charge is
required.
367
5.7.2 The person (initiator) who cites the case against the accused inter alia may:
(a) Examine the person or persons who testify against the accused
(b) Cross-examine the accused that has testified, as well as any person or persons
who have testified for the accused
(c) Argue the case after all evidence has been given but before the accused or the
representative was afforded the opportunity to argue the case.
5.7.3 The chairperson of a disciplinary committee will be the only one making the final
judgment, although he/she may be assisted with advice by the other committee
members, as provided for in this document.
5.7.4 The Registrar/Dean of Students shall appoint a staff member to keep a record of the
proceedings at the hearing and of all evidence given there by means of a tape recording
and/or in writing. Such person shall not be a member of the disciplinary committee.
The minutes of the proceedings shall be kept safely for at least two years.
5.7.5 Unless the Chairperson of the relevant disciplinary committee determines otherwise,
the hearing shall take place in camera and the proceedings of that disciplinary
committee shall not be published.
5.8 Appeal
5.8.1 The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic, compiled as stipulated in the statutes of
the Polytechnic, shall hear the appeal cases of the students against findings of the Students
Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic and conclude the case on behalf of Council whilst
appeal cases of academic nature will be referred to the Council Appeal Committee.
5.8.2 A student may appeal against the conviction and/or penalty.
5.8.3 A student shall give the chairperson written notice of appeal not later than five (5)
calendar days after being notified in writing of the decision of the disciplinary committee
against which committee’s decision appeal is made. In the notice of appeal, the
grounds for the appeal shall be fully stated.
5.8.4 The student may appoint a representative to assist him/her in the formulation of
grounds for appeal. (See SDR5.6.1)
5.8.5 On receiving the notice of appeal, the chairperson shall forward it immediately to
the Rector who shall submit it to the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or
Council Appeal Committee.
5.8.6 On considering the appeal, the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or
Council Appeal Committee may decide which procedure it thinks most fit in the
circumstances.
5.8.7 The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or any other council Appeal
Committee may in part or in whole accept, or reject or amend the conviction of
the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic or the Students Disciplinary
Committee: Academic and/or the sentence and may impose any of the prescribed
sentences which it thinks fit.
368
SDR6 GENERAL HOSTEL AND SRC DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
6.1 The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee

6.1.1 Complaints
Complaints about less serious misconduct (which may include repeated minor
misconduct) on the hostel premises or transgression of a hostel regulation shall be
taken up with or made by the Superintendent of the relevant hostel.
6.1.2 Compilation of the General Hostels Disciplinary Committee

The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee shall consist of a superintendent
of a hostel of the Polytechnic, in which the accused does not reside and the two
chairpersons or nominees of house committees or nominees from the housing
committee members, as advisors. The superintendent shall serve as chairperson
for the disciplinary committee and be responsible for the final decision.
6.1.3 Disciplinary measures

The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee may impose one or more of the
following disciplinary measures:
(a) Suspension of the student from the hostel of residence for a period
not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year with or without a
recommendation that the student be denied re-admission to a Polytechnic
hostel for the following calendar year
(b) Imposition of a fine not exceeding N$100.00
(c) Demand any such financial amount as may be necessary to compensate for
any damage, loss or expense caused by the action of the student
(d) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity
for a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year
(e) Warning and/or reprimand.
(f) Imposition of a task.
(g) Cancellation of any privileges of the student or the position held in the s tudent
community.
6.2 The SRC Disciplinary Committee

6.2.1 Complaints
Complaints about students’ transgressions of the SRC rules shall be taken up with or
made by a member of the SRC appointed by the SRC President. This initiator shall
institute the charge against the student, on behalf of the SRC.
6.2.2 Compilation of the SRC Disciplinary Committee

The SRC Disciplinary Committee shall consist of the SRC President (as the chairperson
of the hearing) and two other SRC members nominated by the SRC members as
advisors.

The SRC Disciplinary Committee may impose one or more of the following disciplinary
measures:
(a) Imposition of a fine not exceeding N$100.00
(b) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity for
a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year
(c) Warning and/or reprimand
(d) Imposition of a task
(e) Cancellation of a leadership position held by the student in the student
community
369
6.3 Procedure of mentioned Disciplinary Committees examining misconduct
6.3.1 The prescriptions of sections SDR5.7 shall mutatis mutandis be applicable to a hearing
by any mentioned disciplinary committee examining misconduct.
6.3.2 Disciplinary measures shall take effect immediately after imposition thereof.
6.3.3 The accused shall have the right to appeal against a ruling of a disciplinary committee
on a charge of less serious misconduct. The appeal shall be lodged in accordance
with section SDR5.8.3 and the chairperson shall forward the appeal to the Dean of
Students who will initiate the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic to
serve as appeal committee.
6.3.4 The Hostels Disciplinary Committee or SRC Disciplinary Committee shall compile and
submit a report on the proceedings, the ruling of the disciplinary committee and the
disciplinary measures which were imposed to the Dean of Students in any case.
6.3.5 The Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, as the appeal hearing body,
has power of review inter alia that he/she:
(a) May further investigate a case
(b) May re-investigate and/or reconsider the penalty imposed
(c) May confirm, amend or set aside any ruling and/or penalty of such a
disciplinary committee and may take any steps which he/she deems fit
(d) May, where necessary, determine the procedure to be followed at the review
of a hearing or penalty
(e) May determine that the penalty shall not take effect prior to the review of the
case.
6.3.6 The decision of this committee will be final.
SDR7 DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE OF HOUSES, CLUBS AND CULTURAL

SOCIETIES
7.1.1 Functioning of the Disciplinary Committees of Houses, Clubs and Cultural

Societies
7.1.2 Procedure
7.1.3 Complaints shall be taken up with or made by a member of the appropriate committee
of a house committee or management of a hostel, house, club or cultural society.
7.1.4 The chairperson of the appropriate house, club or cultural society shall arrange a
hearing by the disciplinary committee of the relevant students group. The chairperson
shall also appoint a registered hostel student when applicable or a member of the
specific body to institute the charge against a student (this will be the initiator).
7.1.5 The prescriptions of paragraphs SDR6.3.1 to SDR6.3.5 shall mutatis mutandis be
applicable to such hearing.
7.1.6 If a student is dissatisfied with the ruling of such a disciplinary committee, he/she
may, not later than five (5) days after the announcement of the findings, appeal to
the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, which shall conclude the case
in accordance with section SDR6.3.3 up to SDR6.3.6. The student will forward the
appeal form to the Dean of Students.
7.1.7 Compilation
The disciplinary committee of a house, club or cultural association shall consist of
the chairperson (also as chairperson for the hearing) and at least two management
members (as advisors).
The disciplinary committee referred to in this paragraph, may impose one or more of
the following disciplinary measures:
(a) A fine not exceeding N$50.00
370
(b) Warning and/or reprimand
(c) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity
of the house, club or association for a period not exceeding the remainder of
the calendar year
(d) Imposition of a task.
SDR8 ADMISSION OF GUILT

8.1 Summary action in the case of an admission of guilt
8.1.1 When a person with whom a charge of less serious or minor misconduct has been
instituted against a student, is of the opinion that the student should be given an
opportunity to make an admission of guilt prior to a hearing of a disciplinary committee
of the charge against such a student a report on the alleged misconduct shall be
submitted to the initiator of such a case.
8.1.2 The initiator may decide not to afford the student such an opportunity, in which case
the report shall be returned with a corresponding note to the person who instituted
the charge, so that a disciplinary committee may continue with the hearing.
8.1.3 If the initiator decides to afford the student the opportunity to make an admission of guilt,
a written notice shall be sent to the student, containing the following particulars:
8.1.3.1 The time, place and nature of the alleged misconduct;
8.1.3.2 That an admission of guilt may be lodged within seven days from the date of the notice
and that such admission of guilt will not be weighed against the student;
8.1.3.3 That the student is under no circumstances compelled to make such admission of
guilt;
8.1.3.4 Possible measures to be imposed should an admission of guilt be made;
8.1.3.5 That a failure to make an admission of guilt will not be held against the student during
a possible later hearing;
8.1.3.6 The chairperson of the disciplinary committee will decide on a penalty.
8.1.4 The disciplinary committee will meet and decide to accept the admission of guilt and
the committee has the power to impose any measures as described in appropriate
sections of these regulations regarding the penalties allowed for that specific
disciplinary committee.
GHR GENERAL HOSTEL REGULATIONS

These Regulations shall be applicable to all hostels of the Polytechnic.
GHR1 CONTROL OF HOSTELS

1.1 Subject to the authority of the Rector, the control of hostels shall be exercised by
the Dean of Students, the relevant Superintendent of the hostel and the House
Committee.
1.2 The powers of the House Committee and the way in which it is elected are defined in
the constitution of each hostel. The Dean of Students shall approve the constitution
of the hostel.
1.3 The responsibility for meals and linen shall be vested in the Hostel Manager. The
House Committee shall bring complaints in this regard to the attention of the Senior
Matron.
1.4 The Dean of Students, the Superintendent, and the House Committee shall deal with
matters concerning students conduct and discipline within the prescriptions of these
regulations.
371
GHR2 ORGANISATION
2.1 The organisation of the hostels is divided into supervisory and management
functions.
2.2 The Dean of Students, the Superintendents and the House Committees shall be
responsible for supervision.
2.3 The management of the hostels shall be done by the Hostel Manager: Hostel and
Catering Services.
2.4 The duties of the Hostel Superintendent shall inter alia include:
2.4.1 to act as advisor for individual students regarding their welfare
2.4.2 to promote a high academic and moral standard in the hostel
2.4.3 to maintain the image of the Polytechnic and to protect the interest of the
Polytechnic
2.4.4 to ensure that the rules and regulations of the hostel and the Polytechnic are complied
with
2.4.5 to ensure the smooth running of the hostel in general and to report on the same to
the Dean of Students
2.4.6 to issue such hostel rules as are deemed necessary from time to time and to which
all resident students or visitors are subject.
2.5 Through their conduct students shall maintain and extend the good reputation of the
hostel.
2.6 Students and other residents shall be compelled to carry out and/or comply with
all decisions, commissions and rules taken, issued or put into operation by Council
or its delegate(s) from time to time regarding the hostels in general or a hostel in
particular.
GHR3 FUNCTIONS
3.1 As far as hostels are concerned, the rendering of hostel services to resident students
during the course of the year, excluding vacations. This includes the following:
- provision of meals
- provision of furniture and equipment
- rendering of cleaning and laundry services
3.2 An additional function of the hostels is accommodation for delegates to congresses
and vacation schools.
GHR4 ADMISSION TO HOSTELS

4.1 The Polytechnic of Namibia operates on a First Come First Serve Basis. Once a
Student is registered academically he/she can register for hostel accommodation if
available.
4.2 Students who have failed an academic year, forfeit their place in the hostel, but may
apply to be placed on a waiting list for re admission should accommodation become
available.
4.7 No part-time students will be accommodated in the Polytechnic Hostels.
Note:
Student on experiential training who are registered full-time are allowed to stay in the
hostel.
4.8 The Polytechnic reserves the right to, at its discretion, refuse application for admission
to a hostel, including present hostel residents’ applications, or to terminate hostel
accommodation of a student on the following grounds:
4.8.1 misconduct on any premises of the Polytechnic, of which a student has been found
guilty;
4.8.2 poor academic performance;
4.8.3 adaptation problems in the hostel;
4.8.4 continuous infringement of rules;
372
4.8.5 insubordination;
4.8.6 willful damage to property;
4.8.7 improper or obscene behavior;
4.8.8 any other grounds in the opinion of the Dean of Students or the Rector.
GHR5 PLACEMENT IN HOSTELS

5.1 Choice of room-mates will be respected as far as possible.
5.2 All requests regarding room-switching after students have been placed must be
directed in writing to the House Committee for consideration.
GHR6 FEES
6.1 Hostel fees
All hostel fees are payable to the Polytechnic. The fees are determined by Council
from time to time.
6.2 Hostel deposit

6.2.1 Hostel deposit and breakage fees shall be paid during registration.
6.2.2 The deposit and breakage fee will be refunded on a pro rata basis.
6.3 Liability for fees on leaving the hostel

6.3.1 Hostel fees are calculated per study period and a student must direct a written
notice to the Bursar before the end of a term if he/she does not intend to use hostel
accommodation for the next term.
6.3.2 A student remaining at the Polytechnic, who leaves the hostel at any date after
commencement of the academic year and before the last day of a term, must pay
the fees for the full term.
6.3.3 In cases of termination due to death or serious illness, fees will be levied pro rata in
respect of the actual period of hostel accommodation.
GHR6.4 BREAKAGE
6.4.1 Before students move into a room, they must be satisfied that the room and its contents
are in good order and, if necessary, report any defects to the Superintendent. This
is also applicable to students switching rooms during the course of the year.
6.4.2 Reporting
Breakage and damage to buildings and furniture must be reported immediately to
the House Committee which will report it to the Superintendent. The Superintendent
records full particulars of such cases in a book kept for this purpose.
6.4.3 Assessment of damage

The Superintendent requests the Hostel Manager to assess the damage and to have
it repaired, and the Hostel Manager submits an account in settlement of the costs
to the Hostel Management Committee. This committee submits the account to the
Bursar, who will levy the relevant damage.
6.4.4 Liability for damage

Resident students are individually and jointly liable for damage done in a hostel.
The person responsible for the damage must pay for the damage done. Where the
Superintendent cannot identify the person responsible for the damage, the entire
room, floor, flat, block or hostel, as the case may be, may be held responsible for
the damage, unless proof can be furnished that circumstances (e.g. the elements)
or specific persons from outside are responsible for the damage.
373
6.4.5 Recovery of damage
On application by the Hostel Management Committee, the Bursar makes arrangements
that an account is sent to the student(s) for the repair costs. If an account for breakage
is not settled within two months, the relevant person will be debited and the examination
results will be retained until the account has been settled in full.
6.4.6 Security
Every student receives a key to her/his flat. It is the responsibility of every student to
lock the flat/room door whenever she/he enters or leaves the flat.
GHR7 GATE 4 (SMALL GATE TO THE LADIES HOSTEL)

7.1 The smaller gate to the ladies hostel must always be manned by a security guard.
7.2 This gate must be opened at 07:00 and again locked at 22:00 during weekdays and
until 24:00 on Saturdays and Sundays.
7.3 Residents of the ladies hostels are free to come in and leave the gate at all times.
7.4 Visitors are allowed between the opening time and closing time (07:00 until 22:00).
7.5 All visitors, including male hostel students, must leave by 22:00 during weekdays and
24:00 on Saturday and Sundays.
7.6 Students must show their student cards when visiting the ladies’ residence.
7.7 Visitors’ names must be recorded in the register. The room number to be visited must
also be included.
GHR8 CLOSING AND RE-OPENING OF HOSTELS

8.1 The hostels close for the vacation after breakfast of the day following the closing of
the Polytechnic and reopen with dinner on the day prior to the reopening of the
Polytechnic.
8.2 A student suspending his studies or who does not attend lectures anymore, must
leave the hostel within a day after having attended the final lecture.
8.3 A student who does not sit for any examination must leave the hostel within one day
after the closure of lectures.
8.4. A student writing examinations must leave the hostel within one day after the final
paper.
8.5 All students must vacate Polytechnic hostel during June and December recess.
GHR9 SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING ACCOMMODATION

9.1 No provision is made for the accommodation of semester and year students during
the June and December vacations, unless otherwise approved by the Dean of
Students.
9.2 At the beginning of the year, House Committee members may reside in the hostel from
such dates as may be determined by the Superintendent or the Dean of Students in
consultation with the Manager: Hostel and Catering Services.
9.3 During vacations, accommodation may be offered to students groups, pupils and
delegates to conferences and workshops. The fees for accommodation during
vacations are determined by the Bursar. Applications for accommodation are approved
by the Hostel Management Committee. A day tariff, as determined by the Bursar, will be
paid to hostel personnel who do approved additional official duty during vacations.
The direct expenditure (including additional salaries) will be calculated against the
income received.
9.4 Only registered students of a hostel may stay in a hostel overnight.
9.5 A student with a complaint should report this to a member of the House Committee, who
will refer it to the Chairperson of the House Committee if necessary. The chairperson
will, if unable to deal with it, refer the complaint to the Superintendent.
9.6 The Superintendent or an authorised person may inspect any room in a hostel at any
reasonable time.
374
GHR10 VACATING HOSTELS
10.1 Any student wishing to vacate a hostel permanently must complete the necessary
cancellation form which also serves as a claim form for the refund of the hostel deposit
and submit it to the Bursar. As soon as a resident student moves into a room, any
defects must immediately be reported to the Superintendent.
10.2 If a resident student vacates the hostel permanently at the end of a term, that
student, together with the Superintendent, must inspect the condition of the room
and equipment. On failure to do so, such a student will be liable for damage which
may be discovered at a later stage.
GHR11 DRESS
11.1 Hostel students must always be dressed appropriately and neatly and in accordance
with the internal hostel rules.
11.2 Property of hostel students, especially clothes, must be properly marked.
GHR12 QUIET AND STUDY TIMES

12.1 A student must behave in such a way as to facilitate the studying of fellow-students at
all times. Quiet and study times must be adhered to as defined in the internal rules.
It is the duty of the House Committee to ensure that all students are always able to
study in the hostel.
12.2 During weekends, students are expected to conduct themselves in such way as not
to offend fellow students and immediate neighbors.
GHR13 PARKING OF VEHICLES

No hostel student may keep any vehicle on the hostel premises without the written
consent of the Dean of Students. Parking of Vehicles is often at owner’s risk.
GHR14 WEAPONS
No student may possess any explosives, petrol or dangerous weapons in the hostel
or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and assignments.
GHR15 CASES OF ILLNESS

15.1 All cases of illness and casualties must be reported to the House Committee and the
Superintendent or Matron.
15.2 No doctor may be sent for without the knowledge of the Superintendent, House
Committee or Matron.
15.3 The Superintendent or Matron must report cases of contagious diseases to the Dean
of Students without delay.
GHR16 MEETINGS
16.1 Meetings held on campus should be conducted in consultation with the Dean of
Students.
16.2 No political meetings are permitted on the hostel premises.
16.3 No person who is not a resident student may address students on the hostel premises
without the consent of the Rector or the Dean of Students.
GHR17 CONDUCT TOWARDS PERSONNEL

17.1 Hostel students may in no way interfere with the activities of the hostel personnel or
direct requests to them or give them orders.
17.2 Any complaints concerning the personnel and general complaints regarding laundry
and food must be handed in at the House Committee. The House Committee must
report these to the Superintendent.
17.3 Where necessary, the Dean of Students may also be contacted.
375
GHR18 MAINTENANCE AND USE OF BUILDINGS, PREMISES AND FURNITURE
18.1 It is the responsibility of all resident students to keep the hostel premises and buildings
clean and tidy.
18.2 No posters, notices or any defacement may be fixed to the walls of the buildings. No
objects may be nailed to walls. Notices must appear only on notice boards and be
signed by a House Committee member.
18.3 Students may not make any alterations to electric wiring.
18.4 The illicit use of fire-hoses and other fire fighting apparatus in the hostel is
prohibited.
18.5 No bicycle or other vehicles or parts thereof may be kept in the rooms.
18.6 Bulbs are kept in stock by the Superintendent and on the handing in of a fused bulb,
this will be replaced.
18.7 Flat keys can be obtained from the Superintendent at a fixed tariff.
18.8 No Polytechnic equipment may be removed from rooms, recreation halls, dining rooms
or lounges.
On occasions such as house functions and house meetings the House Committee
may make appropriate arrangements as it thinks fit and on its own responsibility.
18.9 No food may be prepared in hostel rooms.
18.10 A student may not keep any pets or other animals in or at the hostel.
18.11 In addition to any disciplinary measures which may be taken, a student will forfeit the
privilege of keeping a radio or similar device should its usage cause any offence.
GHR19 DINING ROOMS

19.1 Superintendents and House Committees are responsible for the maintenance of good
order in the dining rooms.
19.2 Smoking is prohibited in dining rooms at all times.
19.3 Meals are served at the times determined by the Hostel Management Committee.
19.4 Furniture, food, or equipment may not be removed from the dining rooms.
19.5 Damaged to or loss of common facility/property shall be the responsibility of all the
occupants of flat members where the guilty party is not traceable.
GHR20 MISCONDUCT AND DISCIPLINE

20.1 Students and other persons residing in hostels or visiting there shall be subject to
the rules of that hostel as well as to the disciplinary measures which Council or its
delegate(s) may promulgate for students and/or hostels in general, or any hostel in
particular, from time to time.
GHR21 LOSS OF PERSONAL PROPERTY

21.1 The Polytechnic shall not accept responsibility for loss of or damage to personal
property of hostel residents.
GHR22 JOURNEYS, TOURS AND CAMPS

22.1 Journeys, tours, and camps held in the name of the hostel, may only be organised
with the consent of the Dean of Students.
22.2 The Polytechnic will not make any contributions towards costs in respect of excursions
or weekend camps undertaken by resident students.
GHR23 VISITORS
23.1 Visitors and spouses are not allowed in any part of the hostel rooms after 10.00 pm
(squatting) during week days and after midnight during weekends.
23.2 A resident student who permits a visitor and/or spouse to spend the night in his/her
room is guilty of a transgression.
376
GHR24 INITIATION CEREMONIES AND RAIDS
24.1 Initiation ceremonies and raids are strictly prohibited.
GHR25 CLEANING SERVICES

25.1 Daily cleaning services
Corridors, bathrooms and student recreation halls are cleaned daily by service
workers.
25.2 Cleaning of rooms
Students are personally responsible for the cleaning and neatness of their rooms
during the semester.
25.3 Cleaning during vacations
During vacations cleaning services which are not possible during term-time are carried
out. For this reason students must remove all personal possessions and hand in their
keys to the Superintendent.
GHR26 LAUNDRY
26.1 Laundry is done in accordance with internal laundry procedures.
GHR27 APPLICATION FOR ACCOMMODATION

27.1 The Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to approve or reject an application of
accommodation without furnishing any reasons for its decision.
GHR28 HANGING CLOTHES ON THE BALCONIES

28.1.1 Hanging clothes on the balconies are forbidden and constitute an offence. The
Polytechnic made provision for clothing lines since its inception.
GHR29 SMOKING
29.1 No smoking is allowed in any of the Polytechnic buildings including Polytechnic
Hostels, this includes hablibably.
377
AWARDS
AW 1 RECTOR’S MEDAL
To qualify for the Rector’s Medal
AW 1.1 A candidate should have completed his/her programme within the prescribed period
of study.

AW 1.2 He/she must have passed all courses with at least 70 %.
AW 1.3 The overall average mark achieved by the candidate may not be less than 75 %.
AW 1.4 Should he/she be exempted from a course(s), course mark(s) for such a course(s)
shall be ignored in calculating his/her overall average mark. Courses completed in
addition to the minimum requirements for a qualification shall be ignored in calculating
the overall average mark.
AW 1.5 He/she must have maintained a clean academic record throughout his/her studies
at the Polytechnic: no repeating candidate will be eligible for selection.
AW 1.6 Apart from receiving the Rector’s medal and a Certificate of Congratulations, he/she
shall also receive a cash award as determined by the Rector from time to time.
Note: The Rector’s medal shall only be awarded for the highest qualification in a
programme.
AW 2 MERIT AWARDS
AW 2.1 To receive a merit award, a student must obtain a minimum overall mark of 70 %.
AW 2.2 Normally students who have repeated any course(s) at any level shall not be eligible
for merit awards.
AW 2.3 The best final year student per qualification and the best student of the Polytechnic
awards shall be granted.
AW 2.4 Students who qualify as the best first year and the best non-final year students shall
be given certificates of congratulations only.
AW 2.5 All students who obtain distinctions shall receive a discount on tuition fees for every
distinction obtained in a full course.
378

Prospectus Undergraduate Studies

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Prospectus Undergraduate Studies

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PROSPECTUS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES

It is obtainable free of charge from:

Location: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek

© Polytechnic of Namibia/Office of the Registrar.

Dr. Tjama Tjivikua

To promote national competitiveness by providing multiple opportunities for excellent

CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS 1

GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES

SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING

LIBRARY SERVICES 353

COMPUTER SERVICES 357

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS 359

Central Administration and Lecturers’ Offices

CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING

Office of the Rector: Rector 207 2000/1-3

Office of the Registrar: Registrar 207 2008/2118

Office of the Bursar: Bursar 207 2007

Office of the DOS: Dean of Students 207 2165

Ladies: Mon Resa Superintendent 207 2131

NB: The international code in all numbers is +264-61

VICE-RECTOR: ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AND RESEARCH

VICE-RECTOR: ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE

1. Mr. Niilo Taapopi - Chairperson

2. Ms. Evelyn Breuer - Vice-Chairperson

3. Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector

3. Dr. Gert Gunzel - Vice-Rector: Administration and Finance

4. Vacant - Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs and Research

5. Dr. Louis Burger

6. Mr. Erastus N. Ikela

7. Ms. Meriam Kahitu

8. Ms. Katrina Liswani

9. Mr. Festus Katuna Mbandeka

10. Ms. Florence Zitha Munyungano

11. Ms. Loide Shaanika

12. Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - Senate Representative to Council

13. Mr. Corneels Jafta - Secretary to Council

14. Mr. Ashwell. W. Forbes - SRC President

Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector and Chairperson

Deans and Heads of Departments

School of Communication (SCCJLS)

School of Engineering (SOE)

School of Health and Applied Sciences

School of Information Technology (SIT)

4 F Registration Ends: First Year Students

1 M CULTURAL FESTIVAL BEGINS

GOOD FRIDAY 22.04.2011

Mid-year Recess 20.06-08.07

Semester 2 11.07 - 21.10

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS 2011

Semester 1 06.02 - 24.05

GOOD FRIDAY 06.04.2012

Mid-year Recess 18.06 – 06.07

SENEX (PROMOTION AND GRADUATION)

INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

POLYTECHNIC GRADUATE OUTCOMES

POLYTECHNIC CURRICULUM MODEL

The Curriculum Model includes the following types of learning:

Basic Studies (maximum 72 credits)